%% see ####
%% KEY-STATUS: 5335 entries, 4212 keyed, 421 revs, 383 xrefs, 319 to key
%% On keywording (done A-K) see file SEALang-Index and index.el
%% =>  Now editing %K, done up to Henderson.
%%     searching for %[^xK]\n$ to find missing %K's and fixing them.
%% SEE {{ ... }} for unformatted library cat insertions, c. 45.
%% Additions done: Hmong from melvyl
%%----------------------------------------------------------------
%% Chapters (letters) separated by ^L
%% Current tags: # % + ? A B b C D E I J K L M N O o P R S s T t U u V
   v X x Z
%% NEW tag: F festschriftee
%% NEWER tag: , break in long field
%%  Unused: G H Q W Y
%%  Maybe reserve a for alias name, a subclass of x
%%  u temporary for U
%%  L used for library call nos.
%%  For M (meeting) perhaps C without I; all existing C have I
%% Reversed names use double comma: Donegan,, Patricia
%% TODO: * Fix language names, fix defunct names like Miao and Yao
%%       * Normalize tags
%%       * Fix names, see file names.a-k.sort-du
%%       * Break long fields
%%         Some, incl. Reviewed by and LSI entry, already broken
   logically
%%       * Reverse names after "Review of" and "Reviewed by" - DONE.
%%       * Expand names after "Review of" and "Reviewed by" - later?
%%       * Use & for `and' in above (DONE).  And elsewhere?
%%       * Perhaps eliminate predictable <>'s
%%       * Eliminate some x-refs (DONE FOR A-K, except marked
   "{keep}")
%%          Some %x should be kept because they show diff spellings
   e.g.
%%          %A Chumsai,, Manit
%%          %x see Manich Jumsai
%%          There is a distinction between "%x see" and "%x see also"!
%% %C has ? or n.l. (not n.p.) if no data
%% %I has ? if no data, or "(none)" if none in lib. cat.
%% %D has n.d., nda., in progress, forthcoming, in preparation, to
   appear,
%%  in press, if not a year or sequence.  Sequence now always has TWO
   digits
%%  after the hyphen in abbreviating (Huffman's usage varied).
%% Queries now usually in %% band with ??, usually {?? ...} elsewhere
%%  Also %? and %[A-Z] ? and ??.
%%  {\?? ...} for unidentified language of a title
%% See file lgs.el on language code {\language ...}
%% See file char-coding
%% Done: A-K: English spelling checks on T, B, = bands; page-number
   checks
%%  Reversed names after review-of.  Did reviewed-by only if initials
%%  (those with full names still need to be checked.)
%%  Using entry-check.el, etc.
%% For LSA formatting see tib2lsa.el
%% See entry-types.el.

 A
%% A (Huffman pp. 1-13), input and edited by David Stampe, December
   1995

%0 book
%A A Wang Dan Da
%D 1980
%T {\ch <Zhi zhe yu shi - Aan wen zi ci gai shu>}
%t A general description of the Tibetan lexicon
%C n.l.
%I Ethnic Publishing House
%% ?? spelled A Wang Dau Da in index
%K Tibetan: Lexicon

%0 book
%A A Wang Que Tai Er
%D 1980
%T {\ch <Zang we gu ci qian she>}
%t Explanation of ancient Tibetan words
%C n.l.
%I Qinghai Ethnic Publishing House
%% ?? listed as A Wang AND Que Tai Er in index
%K Tibetan: Lexicon

%0 book
%A A Zun Liang Nai Ba
%D 1958
%T {\ch <Zheng zi chu xue (Zang wen)>}
%t Introduction to writings (Tibetan)
%C n.l.
%I Sichuan Ethnic Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Aalto,, Pentti
%D 1972
%T Review of Sedl\'a\vcek, {\germ <Das Gemein-Sino-Tibetische>}
%J <Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen>
%V 39
%N 3
%P 592-5

%0 book
%A Abadie,, Maurice
%D 1924
%T {\fr <Les races du Haut-Tonkin de Phong-Tho \`a Lang-Son>}
%t The races of the Upper Tonkin from Phong-Tho to Lang-Son
%? preface by {Pelliot,, Paul}
%C Paris
%I Soci\'et\'e des Editions G\'eographiques, Maritimes, et Coloniales
%Z vi, 194 pp.
%O Ethnographic and demographic information on the TB (Lolo, Honi), MY
   (Meo, Yao) and Tai groups
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA DS557.T7 A6
%L UCB Main DS557.T7 A4
%L UCB NewsMicro MICROFILM.66253
%K Lolo: Ethnog; Miao: Ethnog; Tai: Ethnog; Woni: Ethnog; Yao: Ethnog

%0 unpublished
%A Abadie,, Peggy
%D 1973
%T The `-e' suffix in Thakali
%M term paper, University of California/Berkeley
%Z 10 pp.
%K Thakali: Morph

%0 book
%A Abbey,, W. B. T.
%D 1899
%T <A manual of the Maru language>
%C Rangoon
%I American Baptist Mission Press
%Z 59 pp.
%O Pt. I. Grammar and construction of the language --
   Pt. II. Colloquial exercises -- Pt. III. Vocabulary.
%L UHM HMLTN PL4001.M35 A22
%L Melvyl #
%K Maru: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Abbi,, Anvita
%D 1978
%T Consonants of Khasi (Abstract)
%J <Proceedings of the International Congress of Anthropological And
   Ethnological Sciences>
%V 10
%N 2
%P 74
%K Khasi: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Abbott,, Barbara (Barbara Kenyon)
%D 1972
%T Versatile verbs in Vietnamese
%M ms., University of California/Berkeley
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1959
%T Vocoder output and whispered speech in a tone language: Thai
%J <Journal of the Acoustical Society of America>
%V 31(1568).A
%K Thai: Phonet; Thai: Tones; Thai: Tones, whispered speech

%0 cross reference
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1960
%x see Lotz,, J. A., A. S. Abramson, et al.

%0 thesis
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1960
%T <The vowels and tones of standard Thai: acoustical measurements and
   experiments>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University
%Z iii, 211 leaves, ill.
%L UHM ASIA MICROFILM S00173 item 5

%0 book
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1962
%T <The vowels and tones of standard Thai: acoustical measurements and
   experiments>
%S <International Journal of American Linguistics>
%u vol. 28, no. 2, part 3
%S <Indiana University Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and
   Linguistics, Publications>
%u 20
%C Bloomington, IN
%I Indiana University Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and
   Linguistics
%Z 146 pp.
%+ Slightly revised version of Columbia University Ph.D. dissertation,
   1960
%L UHM ASIA GN2.I5 v.20
%L UCB Anthropol GN4.I48 no.20
%K Thai: Phonet

%0 cross reference
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1964
%x see Lisker,, Leigh, and A. S. Abramson

%0 in journal
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1966
%T Review of Haas, <Thai--English student's dictionary>
%J <Word>
%V 22
%P 334-8

%0 in collection
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1972
%T Tonal experiments with whispered Thai
%E Valdman,, Albert
%E et al.
%B <Papers in linguistics and phonetics in memory of Pierre Delattre>
%S <Janua linguaram, series maior>
%u 54
%Z 513 pp., 31 pp. of photos
%F Delattre,, Pierre
%C The Hague
%I Mouton
%P 31-44
%L UHM HMLTN P26.D44
%L UCB Main P25.J296 v.54
%K Thai: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1972
%T Word-final stops in Thai
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Noss,, Richard B.
%B <Tai phonetics and phonology>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English language, Office of State
   Universities, Faculty of Science, Mahidol University
%P 1-7
%L UHM ASIA PL4113.C6 1971
%L UCB Main PL4113.C6 1971
%K Thai: Phonet; Thai: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1974
%T Experimental phonetics in phonology: vowel duration in Thai
%J <Pasaa>
%V 4
%N 1
%P 71-90
%K Thai: Phonet

%0 in collection
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1975
%T The coarticulation of tones: an acoustic study of Thai
%B <Proceedings of the International Congress of Phonetic Sciences>
%C ?
%I ?
%V 8
%P 17-23
%L ?
%K Thai: Phonet; Thai: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1975
%T Pitch in the perception of voicing states in Thai: diachronic
   implications
%J <Haskins Laboratories Status Reports>
%V 41
%P 165-74
%K Thai: Phonet

%0 in collection
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1975
%T The tones of Central Thai: some perceptual experiments
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Chamberlain,, James R.
%B <Studies in Tai linguistics in honor of William J. Gedney>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English Language
%P 1-16
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4111.S8
%L UCB Main PL4111.S81
%K Thai: Phonet

%0 in collection
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1976
%T Thai tones as a reference system
%E Gething,, Thomas W.
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Kullavanijaya,, Pranee
%B <Tai linguistics in honor of Fang-kuei Li>
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University Press
%P 1-12
%L UHM ASIA/HMLTN PL411.T34
%L UCB Main PL4111.A5 L6 1976
%K Thai: Phon; Thai: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1977
%T The phonetic plausibility of the segmentation of tones in Thai
   phonology
%B <Proceedings of the 12th International Congress of Linguists,
   Vienna, Aug. 28-Sept. 2, 1977>
%% ?? publ. info on congress?
%K Thai: Phonet; Thai: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1979
%T The coarticulation of tones: a study of Thai
%E Theraphan L. Thongkum
%E Panupong,, Vichin
%E Kullavanijaya,, Pranee
%E Tingsabadh,, M. R. Kalaya
%B <Studies in Tai and Mon-Khmer phonetics and phonology in honour of
   Eug\'enie J. A. Henderson>
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University Press
%P 1-9
%L UHM ASIA REF PL4165.T475
%L UCB Main PL4165.S8
%K Thai: Phonet; Thai: Phon; Thai: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%D 1979
%T Lexical tone and sentence prosody in Thai
%B <Proceedings of the International Congress of Phonetic Sciences>
%C Copenhagen
%I Institute of Phonetics, University of Copenhagen
%V 9
%P 380-7
%L ?
%K

%0 in journal
%A Abramson,, Arthur
%A Erickson,, Donna M.
%D 1978
%T Diachronic tone splits and voicing shifts in Thai: some perceptual
   data
%J <Haskins Laboratories Status Reports>
%V 53
%N 2
%P 85-96
%K Thai: Phonet; Thai: Phon; Thai: Tones

%0 book
%A Abu Jamal
%D 1892
%T <Burmese and Gujar\'ati vocabulary>
%O Termed {\gujarati <Myama saga arthavali>} in Gujarati characters
%C Surat
%I ?
%Z 53 pp.
%L ?
%K Burmese: Loans from Gujarati

%0 thesis
%A Achara Virabhand
%D 1965
%T <The incidence of speech and hearing problems in Pratom II children
   in Bangkok>
%U Unpublished dissertation, Chulalongkorn University, Board of
   Education
%L ?
%K Thai: Speech pathology

%0 cross reference
%A Achara Wangsotorn
%D 1976
%x see Parsart Brudhiprabha, Achara Wangsotorn, and Joe D. Palmer

%0 in journal
%A Achara Wangsotorn
%D 1983
%T Analysis of language transfers from Thai to English in three types
   of discourse: explanatory, descriptive, and persuasive
%J <Pasaa>
%V June 1983; Special issue in memory of Ajarn M. L. Boonlua
   Debyasuvarn
%P 87-99
%K Thai: Eng for spkrs of

%0 in journal
%A Acharya,, Baburam
%D 1970
%T Nepal, Newar, and the Newari language
%J <Regmi Research Series> (Kathmandu)
%V 2
%N 1
%P 1-15
%K Newari: Misc

%0 book
%A Acharya,, K. P.
%D 1975
%T <Lotha phonetic reader>
%S <Central Institute for Indian Languages, Phonetic readers>
%u 14
%C Mysore
%I Central Institute for Indian Languages
%Z xiv, 101, 2 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4001.L5 A3
%L NRLF B 3 161 525
%K Lotha: Textbook

%0 book
%A Acharya, K. P.
%D 1978
%T <Classified bibliography of articles in <Indian Linguistics>>
%S Central Institute of Indian Languages, Occasional monographs series
%u 12
%C Mysore
%I Central Institute of Indian Languages
%Z vi, 106 pp.
%L UHM ASIA REF Z7049.I3 A25
%L UCB S-S/EAsia PK1508.A12 A24 REF
%L UCLA URL Z 7049 I3 A25
%K Austroasiatic: Biblio; Tibeto-Burman: Biblio

%0 book
%A Acharya, K. P.
%D 1983
%T <Lotha grammar>
%S <Central Institute for Indian Languages, Grammar series>
%u 10
%C Mysore
%I Central Institute for Indian Languages
%Z xxi, 166 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4001.L5 A29 1983
%L UCB Main PL4001.L5 A291 1983
%K Lotha: Gram

%0 book
%A Adam,, John G.
%D 1892
%T <The Griffin's guide to Burmese>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%L ?
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 unpublished
%A Adams,, Karen L.
%D 1977
%T The occurrence of numeral classifiers in the Mon-Khmer branch of
   Austro-Asiatic
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 10 (Georgetown University, Washington, DC)
%K Mon-Khmer: Clfr

%0 unpublished
%A Adams,, Karen L.
%D 1979
%T Classifiers in Mon-Khmer
%M Third International Conference on Austroasiatic Languages,
   Helsing\/or, Denmark, October 24-26, 1979
%K Mon-Khmer: Clfr

%0 thesis
%A Adams,, Karen L.
%D 1982
%T <Systems of numeral classification in the Mon-Khmer, Nicobarese,
   and Aslian subfamilies of Austroasiatic>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan
%Z 507 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 43.10:3305-A; University Microfilms
   8304433
%O Reference to Khasi, Palaungic, Mon, Khmer, Khmuic, Bahnaric,
   Katuic, Viet-M\;u\;ong, Jahaic, Senoic, Semelaic, and Nicobarese
%+ Published as <Pacific linguistics> B.101, Canberra, 1989
%L SRLF A 0000893099
%K Aslian: Clfr; Bahnaric: Clfn; Jahaic: Clfr; Katuic: Clfr; Khasi:
   Clfr; Khmer: Clfr; Khmuic: Clfr; Mon-Khmer: Clfr; Nicobarese: Clfr;
   Palaungic: Clfr; Semelaic: Clfr; Senoic: Clfr; Viet-M\;u\;ong: Clfr

%0 in collection
%A Adams,, Karen L.
%D 1986
%T Numeral classifiers in Austroasiatic
%E Craig,, Colette (Colette Grinevald)
%B <Noun classes and categorization: proceedings of a symposium on
   categorization and noun classification, Eugene, Oregon, October
   1983>
%S <Typological studies in language> (ISSN: 0167-7373)
%u 7
%C Amsterdam; Philadelphia
%I J. Benjamins
%Z vi, 481 pp.
%P 241-262
%% H. had book title <Categorization and noun classification>, date
   1985
%% article pages from TLI, which has date 1982
%L UHM HMLTN P299.C58 N68 1986
%L UCB Main P299.C58 N681 1986
%K Austroasiatic: Clfr

%0 in collection
%A Adams,, Karen L.
%D forthcoming
%T A comparison of the numeral classification of humans in Mon-Khmer
%E Svantesson,, Jan-Olaf
%B <Papers from the Helsing\/or symposium on Austroasiatic linguistics
   and literature>
%C Copenhagen/London
%I Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies/Curzon
%P 1-30

%0 book
%A Adams,, Karen L. (Lee)
%D 1989
%T <Systems of numeral classification in the Mon-Khmer, Nicobarese,
   and Aslian subfamilies of Austroasiatic>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u B.101
%C Canberra
%I Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%Z xiii, 219 pp., maps
%L UHM PACC PL4309.A32 1989
%L UCSD SSH PL5001.A1 C31 v.101
%+ Reprint of 1982 University of Michigan Ph.D. dissertation
%O Refers to Khasi, Palaungic, Mon, Khmer, Khmuic, Bahnaric, Katuic,
   Viet-M\;u\;ong, Jahaic, Senoic, Semelaic, and Nicobarese
%K Mon-Khmer: Clfr

%0 unpublished
%A Adams,, Karen L.
%A Becker,, Alton L.
%A Conklin,, Nancy Faires
%D 1975
%T Savoring the differences among classifiers
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 8 (University of California/Berkeley)
%O Deals primarily with Thai, Vietnamese, and Burmese
%K Burmese: Clfr; Thai: Clfr; Vietnamese: Clfr

%0 in journal
%A Adams,, Karen L.
%A Conklin,, Nancy Faires
%D 1973
%T Toward a theory of natural classification
%J <Papers of the Chicago Linguistic Society>
%V 9
%P 1-10
%O Report on 37 languages, including various AA, TB, and TK languages
%K Austroasiatic: Clfr; Tai-Kadai: Clfr; Tibeto-Burman: Clfr

%0 unpublished
%A Adams,, Karen L.
%A Conklin,, Nancy Faires
%D 1974
%T On the numeral classifier in Thai
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 7 (Georgia State University, Atlanta)
%O Data on the omission of classifiers in Thai
%K Thai: Clfr

%0 in journal
%A Adams,, T. S.
%D 1922
%T A vocabulary of Pangan
%J <Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 85
%P 97-123
%O AA: Jahai
%K Mendriq: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Addiss,, Stephen
%D 1973
%T `Hat a dao', the sung poetry of North Vietnam
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 93
%P 18-31
%K Vietnamese: Lit anal

%0 book
%A Adelung,, Johann Christoph
%D 1806-17
%T {\germ <Mithridates, oder allgemeine Sprachenkunde, mit dem Vater
   unser als Sprachprobe in bey n\"ahe f\"unf hundert Sprachen und
   Mundarten>}
%t Mithridates, or general linguistics, with the Lord's Prayer as a
   language sample in about five hundred languages and dialects
%? edited by {Vater,, Johann Severin}
%C Berlin
%I Vossische Buchhandlung
%Z 4 vols.
%O Contents:
%o ?
%O Treats `Peguan' (i.e. Burmese) and Thai, vol. 1
%L UHM HMLTN MICROCARD
%K Burmese: Vocab; Thai: Vocab

%0 book
%A Adkins,, Elmer H.
%D 1962
%T <A study of Montagnard names in Viet Nam>
%C Saigon
%I Public Safety Division, U.S. Operations Mission to Viet Nam
%L #Melvyl
%K Vietnam: Ethnonyms

%0 cross reference
%A Adloff,, R.
%x see Thompson,, V., and R. Adloff

%0 book
%A Agar,, Grace C.
%D n.d.
%T <Tibetan colloquial of Choni district, Kansu province, Northwest
   China>
%Z mimeo.
%K Choni: Misc

%0 book
%A Agarwal,, R. C. S.
%D 1953
%T <Student Burmese--English dictionary>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%L ?
%K Burmese: Dict, Burmese-Eng; Burmese: Dict, Eng-Burmese

%0 book
%A Agarwal,, R. C. S.
%D 1970
%T <The Agarwal's English--Burmese dictionary>
%C Mandalay
%I Myawady Press
%Z 675 pp.
%L ?
%K Burmese: Dict, Eng-Burmese

%0 in journal
%A Ai Ch'ing [Ai Qing]
%D 1957
%T {\ch ??}
%t A note on the secret language of the women in the Miao community in
   Chien-chu Hsiang, in the district of Ku-ling in Szu-ch'uan
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 59
%P 15
%K Miao: Women's lang

%0 in collection
%A Ai Ch'ing [Ai Qing]
%D 1972
%T A Miao secret language
%E Purnell,, Herbert C.
%B <Miao and Yao linguistic studies; selected articles in Chinese,
   translated by Chang Yu-hung, and Chu Kwo-ray>
%S <Cornell University Southeast Asia Program Data Paper>
%u 88
%C Ithaca
%I Cornell University Southeast Asia Program
%P 235-6
%O English translation of 1957
%L UHM ASIA PL3311.M5 P8
%L UCB Main PL3311.M5 P8
%K Miao: Women's lang

%0 cross reference
%A Ai Pun,, Saya
%x see Telford and Ai Pun

%0 in journal
%A Ai Tang
%D 1962
%T {\ch Zang wen (Xiong di min zu wen zi jie shao)}
%t Introduction to Tibetan
%J <Wen zi gai ge>
%V 12
%K Tibetan: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Aim-on Truwichien
%D 1982
%T Address avoidance in Thai
%J <W\=aras\=an manutsas\=at>
%V 10
%N 3
%P 31-9
%K Thai: Pronoun avoidance

%0 book
%A Ajanta Prakashan
%D 1970
%T <Ajanta standard English--Manipuri dictionary>
%C Delhi
%I Ajanta Prakashan
%O TB: Meithei
%K Meithei: Dict, Eng-Meithei

%0 book
%A Akashi Etatsu
%D 1937
%T {\jap <Chibettogo bunten koyo>}
%t Outline grammar of Tibetan
%C Tokyo
%I Kobundo
%% ?? Showa 12
%L UCLA EastAsian 5802.2 A31
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 cross reference
%A Aksorn Vichapun
%x see Minnegerode,, B., and A. Vichapun

%0 cross reference
%A Al\"esin,, P. I.
%x see Nguy\^en N\uang An, ed. by P I. Al\"esin and H\^ong H\`a

%0 in journal
%A Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1961
%T {\rus O formirovanii v'etnamskogo natsional'nogo literaturnogo
   iazyka}
%t Concerning the formation of the Vietnamese national literary
   language
%J <NarodyAzii i Afriki>
%V 3
%P 139-46
%K Vietnamese: Lit lang

%0 in collection
%A Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1964
%T {\rus Klassificatsiia predlozhenii vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Classification of sentences in Vietnamese
%B <Conference on languages of Southeast Asia, Moscow, 1964>
%C Moscow ?
%I ?
%P 43-4
%K Vietnamese: Sentences, types

%0 in collection
%A Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1965
%T {\rus Zametki o sovremennom v'etnamskom literaturnom iazyke}
%t Remarks on the modern Vietnamese literary language
%E Serdiuchenko,, G. P. (Georgii Petrovich)
%B {\rus <Sovremennyi literaturnye iazyki stran Azii>}
%b The contemporary literary languages of the countries of Asia
%C Moscow
%Z 205, 3 pp.
%I Akademiia nauk SSSR, Institut narodov Azii, Glav. red. vostochnoi
   lit-ry
%P 132-40
%L UHM HMLTN PJ95.A38
%L UCLA URL PJ95.A315s
%K Vietnamese: Lit lang

%0 in journal
%A Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1970
%T {\rus Slozhnoe predlozhenie s prechino-sledstvennym otnoshenii vo
   v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Complex sentences with a causal-resultative relation in Vietnamese
%J <Uchenye Zapiski Moscow Institute of International Relations>
%V 4
%N 1
%P 152-69
%K Vietnamese: Sentences, complex

%0 in collection
%A Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1971
%T {\rus Kriterii vydeleniia slozhnykh predlozhenii vo v'etnamskom
   iazyke}
%t Criteria for identifying complex sentences in Vietnamese
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%E Syromiatnikov,, N. A. (Nikolai Aleksandrovich)
%B {\rus <Vostochnye Iazyki>}
%b Oriental languages
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 230-7
%L UHM ASIA PJ95.V59
%L UCB Main PJ95.V59
%K Vietnamese: Sentences, complex; Vietnamese: Sentences, types

%% #### Book search in UHM libraries to here

%0 in collection
%A Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1971
%T {\rus Predlozheniie-opredelenie vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Sentence-determiners in Vietnamese
%E Rozhdestvenskii,, Iu. V. Iurii Vladimirovich
%B {\rus <Vostochnaia filologiia: kharakterologicheskie
   issledovaniia>}
%b Eastern philology: typological studies
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 180-91
%K Vietnamese: Sentence-determiners

%0 in collection
%A Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1974
%T {\rus Ustoichivye i neustoichivye slozhnye predlozheniia (na
   materiale v'etnamskom iazyka)}
%t Idiomatic and non-idiomatic complex sentences (on material from
   Vietnamese)
%E Plam,, Iu. Ia. (Iurii Iakovlevich)
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Kitaia i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b The languages of China and Southeast Asia
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 18-28
%K Vietnamese: Sentences, complex

%0 collection
%E Solntsev,, V. M. (Vadim Mikhailovich)
%E Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1976
%T {\rus <V'etnamskii lingvisticheskii sbornik>}
%t ?
%C Moscow
%I Institut vostokovedeniia (Akademiia nauk SSSR)
%Z 269 pp., illus.
%O Subject: Vietnamese language  Grammar
%L UHM ASIA ??
%K

%0 book
%A Al\"eshina, I. E.
%D 1984
%T {\viet <Tu dien Nga--Viet thuc hanh: khoang 5000 tu>}; {\rus
   <Russko--v'etnamskii uchebnyi slovar>}
%t ?
%% ?? diacritics
%C Moscow
%I Tieng Nga
%Z 502 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4376.A43 1984
%K Viet: Dict, Russian-Viet

%0 cross reference
%A Al\"eshina,, I. E.
%D 1976
%x see Solntsev and Al\"eshina

%0 book
%A Ali,, Ahmed (Aung Hmat,, U)
%D 1907
%T <The English, Hindustani, and Burmese manual>
%C Mandalay
%I ?
%Z 115, 160 pp.
%L #Melvyl
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Ali,, Ahmed (Aung Hmat,, U)
%D 1926
%T <The student's English--Burmese and Burmese--English dictionary of
   useful plants, with Sanskrit synonyms of medicinal plants>
%C Rangoon
%I New Burma Press
%Z 77 pp.
%K Burmese: Dict, flora

%0 cross reference
%A Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%D 1974
%x see Plam and Alieva

%0 collection
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%D 1980
%T {\rus <Iazyki iugo-vostochnoi azii: problemy povtorov>}
%t Southeast Asian languages: problems of reduplicatives
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%Z 271 pp.
%O Articles on the structure, semantics, and functions of
   reduplicatives in ST, AA, AN, and Tai languages
%O S
%K Austroasiatic: Redup; Sino-Tibetan: Reduplication; Southeast Asian
   languages: Reduplication; Tai-Kadai: Reduplication

%0 collection
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%E Plam,, Iu. Ia. (Iurii Iakovlevich)
%D 1971
%T {\rus <Iazyki kitaia i iugo-vostochnoi azii: problemy sintaksisa>}
%t Languages of China and Southeast Asia: syntactic problems
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%Z 299 pp.
%O S
%K Southeast Asian languages: Syntax

%0 collection
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%E Syromiatnikov,, N. A. (Nikolai Aleksandrovich)
%D 1971
%T {\rus <Vostochnye iazyki>}
%t Oriental languages
%C Moscow
%I Institut vostokovedeniia (Akademiia nauk SSSR) Nauka
%Z 251 pp.
%O S
%L UHM ASIA PJ95.V59
%L UCB Main PJ95.V59
%K

%0 in journal
%A Allen,, Keith
%D 1977
%T Classifiers
%J <Language>
%V 53
%N 2
%P 285-311
%O Reference to Burmese, Khmer, Thai, Nung, and Vietnamese
%K Burmese: Clfr; Khmer: Clfr; Nung\2: Clfr; Thai: Clfr; Vietnamese:
   Clfr

%0 book
%A Allen,, N. J.
%D 1975
%T <Sketch of Thulung grammar, with three texts and a glossary>
%S <East Asian Papers>
%u 6
%C Ithaca, NY
%I Cornell University China-Japan Program
%Z 254 pp.
%K Thulung: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Allen,, N. J.
%D 1978
%T {\thulung Sewala puja Bintila puja}: {\eng notes on Thulung ritual
   language}
%J <Kailash>
%V 6
%N 4
%P 237-56
%K Thulung: Ritual lang

%0 in collection
%A Allen,, N. J.
%D 1981
%T Tibet and the Thulung Rai: towards a comparative mythology of the
   Bodic speakers
%E Aris,, M.
%E San Suu Aung
%B <Tibetan studies in honor of Hugh Richardson>
%C Atlantic Highlands, NJ
%I Humanities Press
%P 1-8
%K Bodic: Mythology; Thulung: Mythology

%0 book
%A Allison,, Gordon H.
%D 1959
%T <Modern Thai, with exercises, vocabularies, answer key, and
   appendix>
%C Bangkok
%I Nibondh
%Z 252 pp.
%L UHM HMLTN PL4163.A156m
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Allison,, Gordon H.
%D 1961
%T <Simplified Thai, including useful Thai word-lists with accurate
   pronunciation of the words indicated in simple English throughout
   the book>
%C Bangkok
%I Nibondh
%Z 266 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4163.A63
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Allison,, Gordon H.
%D 1965
%T <Easy Thai: an introduction to the Thai language, with exercises
   and answer key>
%C Bangkok
%I Siri Aksornsat Press
%Z 113 pp.
%+ 3rd ed., Bangkok: Professional Services, 1972, 198 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4163.A59 1972
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Allison,, Gordon H.
%D 1969
%T <Easy spoken Thai, a practical speaking dictionary of the Thai
   language, with explanations and easy English phonetics. A quick and
   easy way to be able to speak Thai>
%C Bangkok
%I Professional Services
%Z 154 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4163.A593
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Allison,, Gordon H.
%D 1969
%T <Easy Thai: an introduction to the Thai language, with exercises
   and answer key. A gradual cumulative system with little time
   wasted>
%C Rutland, VT
%I Charles E. Tuttle Co.
%Z 105 pp.
%O Reprint of 1965
%L UHM HMLTN PL4163.A59 1969
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Allison,, Gordon H.
%D 1972
%T <Compact Thai--English dictionary: a useful, concise dictionary of
   the Thai language>
%C Bangkok
%I Professional Services Publishers and Translators
%Z 264 pp.
%L UHM ASIA REF PL4817.A45
%K Thai: Dict, Eng-Thai; Thai: Dict, Thai-Eng

%0 book
%A Allison,, Gordon H.
%D 1973
%T <Mini-dictionary, English--Thai, Thai--English: a total
   English-Thai and Thai-English vocabulary of more than 7,000
   selected useful words and terms; with Thai words shown in easy
   English phonetics and also in real Thai writing; designed
   especially for those who cannot yet read the Thai language but want
   to speak and understand Thai>
%C Bangkok
%I Professional Services
%Z 479 pp.
%L UHM ASIA CLOSED PL4187.A46
%K

%0 in journal
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1959
%T Review of Cornyn & Musgrave, <Burmese glossary>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 22
%N 3
%P 601-3

%0 in journal
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1959
%T Review of Cornyn, <Burmese chrestomathy>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 22
%N 3
%P 601-3

%0 cross reference
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1963-81
%x see Stewart,, J. A., et al., eds., 1940-81

%0 in collection
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1965
%T Categories for the description of the verbal syntagma in Burmese
%E Milner,, G. B. (George Bertram)
%E Henderson,, Eug\'enie J. A.
%B <Indo-Pacific linguistic studies>
%S <Lingua>
%u 14-15
%C Amsterdam
%I North Holland Publishing Co.
%V 2
%P 283-309
%L UHM HMLTN/PACC PL5001.C65 1965 pt.1-2
%K Burmese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1967
%T Grammatical tone in modern spoken Burmese
%J <Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Karl-Marx Universit\"at Leipzig,
   Gesellschafts- und Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe>
%V 16
%N 1-2
%P 151-61
%K Burmese: Morph; Burmese: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1967
%T South-East Asian studies in the USSR: languages and literature
%J <Mizan>
%V 9
%P 118-25
%K Southeast Asian languages: Studies in USSR

%0 in journal
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1969
%T Review of Cornyn & Roop, <Beginning Burmese>
%J <Asia Major>
%V 15
%N 1
%P 119-21

%0 in journal
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1970
%T Review of Cornyn & Roop, <Beginning Burmese>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 33
%N 3
%P 669-71

%0 in journal
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1973
%T Review of Roop, <An introduction to the Burmese writing system>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 36
%N 1
%P 188

%0 in journal
%A Allott,, Anna J.
%D 1973
%T Review of Minina & Kyaw Zaw, eds., {\rus <Birmansko--russki
   slovar'>} [= Burmese--Russian dictionary];
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 42
%N 1
%P 168-9

%0 in journal
%A Altmann,, G.
%D 1966
%T Review of Voegelin & Voegelin, <Languages of the world:
   Indo-Pacific, fascicle four>
%J <Archiv Orient\'al\'ni>
%V 34
%P 148-9

%0 in journal
%A Altmann,, G.
%D 1968
%T Review of Milner & Henderson, eds., <Indo-Pacific linguistic
   studies>
%J <Archiv Orient\'al\'ni>
%V 36
%N 3
%P 148-9

%0 thesis
%A Amara Bhamoraput
%D 1972
%T <Final particles in Thai>
%U M.A. thesis, Brown University
%K Thai: Final particles

%0 in journal
%A Amara Prasithrathsint
%D 1974
%T Cooccurrences of final particles in Thai
%J <Bulletin of the Faculty of Arts>
%V 8
%P 74-9
%K Thai: Final particles

%0 in journal
%A Amara Prasithrathsint
%D 1982
%T {\thai Kham pasom lae kham phas\=an nai ph\=as\=a thai}
%t Compounds and derivatives in Thai
%J <W\=aras\=an manutsas\=at>
%V 10
%N 3
%P 20-30
%K Thai: Morph

%0 in journal
%A Amara Prasithrathsint
%D 1982
%T {\thai Laksana kh\=\,ong k\=an y\=\,um ph\=as\=a lae watthanatham
   t\=ang prath\=et th\=i prokot nai ph\=as\=a thai}
%t The characteristics of foreign linguistic and cultural borrowings
   in Thai
%J <S\=at h\=aeng ph\=as\=a>
%V 2
%P 63-78
%K Thai: Foreign infl

%0 thesis
%A Amara Prasithrathsint.
%D 1985
%T <Change in the passive constructions in written Thai during the
   Bangkok period>
%Z x, 195 leaves, illus.
%U Ph.D. thesis, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Linguistics
%L UHM HAWN AC1.H3 no. 1891
%L UHM HMLTN MICROFICHE D32684
%K Thai: Passive

%0 book
%A American University Alumni Association
%D 1963
%T <Beginning Thai, Units I-VII>
%C Bangkok
%I American University Alumni Association Language Center
%+ Revised ed. by {Brown,, J. Marvin}, 1967-69
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Brown,, J. Marvin
%D 1967-69
%T <American University Alumni Association Language Center Thai
   course>
%N Revised ed.
%C Bangkok
%I American University Alumni Association Language Center
%Z 3 vols.,  illus.
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4163.B734 v. 1-3
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Amiot,, Joseph
%D 1778
%T {\fr Lettre du P. Amiot, Missionaire de la Chine, sur la
   r\'eduction des Miao-tsu en 1775}
%t Letter of P\`ere Amiot, missionary of China, in 1775, on the
   reduction of Miao-tsu to writing
%J {\fr <M\'emoires concernant l'historie, les sciences, les arts, les
   moeurs, les usages, etc. des Chinois, par les missionnaires de
   Pekin>}
%V 3
%P 387-422
%K Miao: Roman

%0 book
%A Amipa,, Sherab Gyaltsen
%D 1974
%T {\tib <Dbyin-bod skad-g is slob-deb Blo-gsar nin'byed>}
%t Textbook of colloquial Tibetan
%C Rikon; Zurich
%I Tibetan Institute
%Z 97 pp.
%R Kolma\vs,, J., <Kailash> 4(1976).3:237-40
%K Tibetan: Textbook

%0 book
%A Amirkha,, Rev.
%D 1931
%T {\khasi <Ka dikshoneri Phareng--Khasi>}
%t English--Khasi dictionary
%C Shillong
%I The Nepali Printing Works
%Z 146 pp.
%K Khasi: Dict, Eng-Khasi

%0 in journal
%A Ammer,, Karl
%D 1969
%T Review of Rabel, <Khasi, a language of Assam>
%J <Zeitschrift f\"ur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft, und
   Kommunikationsforschung>
%V 22
%P 294-7

%0 book
%A Amundsen,, Edward
%D 1903
%T <Primer of standard Tibetan>
%C Ghoom; Darjeeling
%I ?
%Z 180 pp.
%K Tibetan: Textbook

%0 book
%A Henderson,, Vincent C.
%D 1903
%T <Tibetan manual>
%? revised by Amundsen,, Edward
%C Calcutta
%I Inspector General of Chinese Imperial Maritime Customs
%Z ii pp, 2 l., 118, 129 pp.
%O Contents:
%L UHM ASIA PL3613.H45
%L UCB Main PL3613.H45
%K Tibetan: Textbook; Tibetan: Vocab

%0 cross reference
%A An Shixing
%D 1981
%x see Luo Bingfen and An Shixing

%0 unpublished
%A An Shixing
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t The historical development of Burmese final consonants
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K Burmese: Hist phon

%0 in journal
%A An Shixing
%D 1984
%T {\ch ??}
%t The Tibetan abbreviations
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1984
%N 2
%P 25-31
%O Includes Tibetan script and roman phonetics
%K Tibetan: Abbrevs

%0 in journal
%A Anake Navigamool
%D 1983
%T Folk songs from Suphanburi
%J <M\=\,uang B\=or\=an Journal>
%V 9
%N 2
%O Thai and English
%K Thai, Suphanburi: Folksongs

%0 thesis
%A Anan Songvitaya
%D 1981
%T {\thai <Laksana 'aks\=\,on lae 'akkharawithi c\=ar\,uk samai
   sukkh\=othai>}
%t The characteristics of the scripts and their orthography in the
   Sukhothai inscriptions
%U M.A. thesis, Silpakorn University
%Z 231 pp.
%O English summary
%K Thai: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Anceaux,, J. C. (Johannes Cornelis)
%D 1965
%T Linguistic theories about the Austronesian homeland
%J <Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land-, en Volkenkunde van
   Nederlandsch-Indi\"e>
%V 121
%P 417-32
%K Southeast Asian languages: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Anderson,, Barbara
%D 1962
%T Review of Rabel, <Khasi, a language of Assam>
%J <American Anthropologist>
%V 64
%P 1355

%0 book
%A Anderson,, James Drummond
%D 1885
%T <A short list of words in the Hill Tippera language with their
   English equivalents. Also of words of the languages spoken by
   Lushais of the Sylhet frontier...>
%C Shillong
%I ?
%Z 1, 13 pp.
%O TB: Bodo, Lushei, Tippera
%K Bodo: Vocab; Bodo: Vocab; Lushei: Vocab; Tippera: Vocab

%0 book
%A Anderson,, James Drummond
%D 1895
%T <A collection of Kachari folk-tales and rhymes, intended as a
   supplement to Rev. S[idney] Endle's Kachari grammar>
%C Shillong
%I ?
%Z 61 pp.
%K Bodo: Folktales; Kachari: Folktales

%0 book
%A Anderson,, James Drummond
%D 1896
%T <A short vocabulary of the Aka language>
%C Shillong
%I Assam Secretariat Press
%Z 20 pp.
%O Aka = Hruso
%K Hruso: Vocab

%0 book
%A Anderson,, James Drummond
%D 1896
%T Vocabulary and notes on B\oar\oa
%B <Linguistic survey of India>
%C Calcutta
%I Office of the Superintendent of Goverment Printing
%V 3, pt. 2
%N 2
%P 2-17
%+ Reprinted 1967, 1973, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass
%K Bodo: Vocab

%0 book
%A Anderson,, John
%D 1824
%T <Political and commercial considerations relative to the Malayan
   Peninsula and the British settlements in the Straits of Malacca>
%C Prince of Wales Island
%I William Cox
%Z 204 pp.
%O Kentak vocabulary xliv-xlvii
%K Kentak: Vocab; Semang: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Anderson,, John
%D 1850
%T The Semang and Sakai tribes of the Malay Peninsula
%J <Journal of the Indian Archipelago>
%V 4
%P 424-32
%O Ethnography
%K Sakai: Ethnog; Semang: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Anderson,, John
%D 1871
%T <A report on the expedition to Western Yunnan via Bham\^o>
%C Calcutta
%I Office of the Superintendent of Goverment. Printing
%Z 458 pp., 5 plates, map
%O Vocabulary: TB: Achang, Lishaw [Lisu], Kachin; TK: Shan; AA:
   Palaung, 401-9
%L UHM ASIA MICROFILM 360 item 1
%K Achang: Vocab; Kachin: Vocab; Lishaw: Vocab; Palaung: Vocab; Shan:
   Vocab

%0 book
%A Anderson,, John
%D 1876
%T <Mandalay to Momien: a narrative of the two expeditions to Western
   China of 1868 and 1875 under Colonel Edward B. Sladen and Colonel
   Horace Browne>
%C London
%I Macmillan
%Z xvi, 479 pp., plates, maps
%O Vocabulary: TB: Achang, Lishaw [Lisu], Kachin; TK: Shan; AA:
   Palaung
%L UHM HMLTN DS793.Y8 A6
%K Achang: Vocab; Kachin: Vocab; Lishaw: Vocab; Palaung: Vocab; Shan:
   Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%D 1956
%T {\viet V\^an \-d\^e bihn th\;u\;ong hoa cach phat \^am ti\^eng
   Vi\^et}
%t The problem of standardization of pronunciation in Vietnamese
%J <T\^ap san Nghi\^en c\`uu V\uan S\`u \-Dia>
%V 18
%P 29-37
%K Vietnamese: Dialects

%0 in journal
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%D 1958
%T {\rus K voprosu o proiskhozhdenii v'etnamskogo iazyka}
%t Toward the question of the origin of Vietnamese
%J <Sovetskoe Vostokovedenie>
%V 2
%P 101-11
%K Vietnamese: Origins

%0 in journal
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%D 1958
%T {\rus Struktura v'etnamskogo sloga}
%t The structure of the Vietnamese syllable
%J <Uchenye zapiski Leningradskogo ordena Lenina gosudarstvennogo
   Universiteta im. A. A. Zhdanova>
%V 256
%P 152-7
%K Vietnamese: Syllabic structure

%0 cross reference
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%D 1961
%x see Osipov and Andreev

%0 in journal
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%D 1963
%T Review of Cornyn & Musgrave, <Burmese glossary>
%J <Lexicographical collection>
%V 6
%P 189-90

%0 in journal
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%A Batova,, D. A.
%A Panfilov,, V. S.
%A Petrov,, V. M. (Vladimir Mikhaelovich)
%D 1958
%T {\rus Elementy nezavistimogo analiza vo v'etnamsko--russkom
   algoritme mashinogo perevoda}
%t Elements of independent analysis in Vietnamese--Russian algorithm
   of machine translation
%J <Materials for machine translation>
%V I
%P 199-208
%K Vietnamese: Machine transl

%0 book
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%A Bratus',, B. V. (Boris Vasil'evich)
%A Gordina,, M. V. (Mirra Veniaminovna)
%D 1956
%T {\rus <V'etnamskaia transkriptsiia russkikh slov>}
%t Vietnamese transcription of Russian words
%C Leningrad
%I ?
%K Vietnamese: Transc of Russian

%0 in journal
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%A Gordina,, M. V. (Mirra Veniaminovna)
%D 1957
%T {\rus Sistema tonov v'etnamskogo iazyka (po eksperimental'nym
   dannym)}
%t The system of tones in the Vietnamese language (on experimental
   data)
%J <Vestnik Leningradskogo gosudarstvennogo Universiteta>
%V 8
%P 132-48
%K Vietnamese: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%A Gordina,, M. V. (Mirra Veniaminovna)
%D 1963
%T {\rus Tonal'naia sistema i udarenie v birmanskom i v'etnamskom
   iazykakh}
%t The tonal system and accent in Burmese and Vietnamese
%E Pinus,, E. M.
%E Ivanov,, S. N. (Sergei Nikolaevich)
%B {\rus <Filologiia stran vostoka>}
%b Oriental philology
%C Leningrad
%I Izd. Leningrad U.
%P 59-64
%K Burmese: Tones; Vietnamese: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%A Gordina,, M. V. (Mirra Veniaminovna)
%A Timofeeva,, O. A.
%D 1961
%T {\rus Sistema tonov birmanskogo iazyka (po eksperimental'nym
   dannym)}
%t The system of tones in Burmese (on experimental data)
%J <Uchenye zapiski Leningradskogo ordena Lenina gosudarstvennogo
   Universiteta im. A. A. Zhdanova>
%V 294
%P 71-83
%K Burmese: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Andreev,, N. D. (Nikolai Dmitrievich)
%A Timofeeva,, O. A.
%D 1958
%T {\rus Struktura birmanskogo slog}
%t The structure of the Burmese syllable
%J <Vestnik Leningradskogo gosudarstvennogo Universiteta>
%V 20
%N 4
%K Burmese: Structure

%0 unpublished
%A Andrianoff,, David I.
%D 1974
%T <The Meo of Southeast Asia: a bibliography>
%M unpublished ms.
%K Miao: Biblio

%0 collection
%E Andronov,, M.
%E Morgenroth,, W. (Wolfgang)
%E Richter,, Eberhardt
%D 1981
%T {\germ <S\"udasiatische sprachwissenschaftliche Studien>}
%t Southeast Asian linguistic studies
%S {\germ <Linguistische Studien, Berlin>}
%u Reihe A, Arbeitsberichte 82
%C Berlin
%I Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR
%O S
%K South Asian languages: Studies

%0 collection
%E Angdu,, Soman
%D 1973
%T <Tibeto-Sanskrit lexicographical materials, edited with detailed
   indices, from manuscripts from Ladakh: the {\tib Sgra sbyor bam po
   g\~nis pa}, the {\tib Dag yig Za ma tog}, and the {\tib Dag yig Li
   \'si'i gur kha\:n}>
%S <Tibeto--Sanskrit--Hindi grammars and dictionaries>
%u I
%C Leh (Ladakh)
%I Basgo Tongspon Publications
%Z 4, 161, 66, 43, 148 pp.
%% ?? publisher is Rinchen Tondup Tongspon in CARL
%L UHM ASIA REF PL3634.5.T5
%R deJong,, J. W., <Indo-Iranian Journal> 19(1977):120-1
%K Ladakhi: Dict, Ladakhi-Sanskrit-Hindi; Tibetan: Lexicon

%0 thesis
%A Angkap Palakornkul
%D 1972
%T <A sociolinguistic study of pronominal strategy in spoken Bangkok
   Thai>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin
%Z vi, 137 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 33,9:5155A; University Microfilms
   73-7613
%L UHM ASIA MICROFILM 862 item 3
%K Thai: Pronouns; Thai: Socioling

%0 in collection
%A Angkap Palakornkul
%D 1975
%T A sociolinguistic study of pronominal usage in spoken Bangkok Thai
%E Rubin,, Joan
%B <Sociolinguistics in Southeast Asia>
%S <International Journal of the Sociology of Language>
%u 5
%S <Linguistics>
%u 165
%P 11-42
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA P40.I58 no.5
%% format: titled edited journal issue, no city
%K Thai: Pronouns; Thai: Socioling

%0 in collection
%A Angkap Palakornkul
%D 1976
%T Some observations on variation and change in the use of classifiers
   in Thai
%E Prapart Brudhiprabha
%E Achara Wangsotorn
%E Palmer,, Joe D.
%B <A Festschrift for Richard B. Noss>
%S <Pasaa>
%u 6.1-2
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English Language
%P 186-99
%% format: book AND journal
%K Thai: Clfr

%0 cross reference
%A Angkuravaranont,, Supa
%x see Supa Angkuravaranont

%0 cross reference
%A Angrup,, K.
%x see Varman and Angrup

%0 cross reference
%A Angwathanakun,, Sumitra
%x see Sumitra Angwathanakun

%0 book
%A Anh \-Dao
%A Huy V\^an
%A Thanh Nguy\^en
%A Tr\^an Tr\^ong
%D 1957
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en Nga--Vi\^et th\;uc-dung>}
%t Practical Russian--Vietnamese dictionary
%C Hanoi
%I Bo Giao Duc
%Z 477 pp.
%R Mkhitarian, <Sovetskoe Vostokovendenie> 1958.5:197
%% Huffman's author names have hyphens for spaces
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Russian-Viet

%0 alias
%A Anivan,, S.
%x see S. Anivan

%0 cross reference
%A Ankong,, Sanguan
%x see Sanguan Ankong

%0 in journal
%A Annamalai,, E.
%A Pai,, Pushpa
%D 1973
%T The problem of free variation in structural phonology
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 34
%P 112-19
%O Variation between affricates and sibilants in Tippera
%K Tippera: Phon

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D 1766
%T {\ch <Ch'in ting hsi y\"u t'ung wen chi>}
%t ?
%C n.l.
%I ?
%Z 8 vols.
%+ Reprinted 1961 as <Kentsi saiiki dobunshi> (<Toyo Bunko Sokan> 16),
   Tokyo, 790 pp.
%O Geographical dictionary in Chinese, Manchu, Mongol, Tibetan,
   Kalmuk, and Jaghati; contains some 3000 geographical names from
   Central and Western Asia - BSTL
%K Tibetan: Dict, geog

%0 unpublished
%A Anonymous
%D 1849
%T {\pali <Sandhi Nissaya>}
%t ?
%M palm-leaf ms.
%C n.l.
%I ?
%Z 63 pp.
%O Grammatical treatise in Pali and Burmese - BSTL
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D 1852
%T {\rus <Slovar' siamskogo iazyka>}
%t Dictionary of the Siamese language
%S {\rus <Imperatorskoe russkoe geograficheskoe obshchestvo>}
%C n.l.
%I ?
%Z 5146 pp.
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Russian

%0 in journal
%A Anonymous
%D 1882
%T {\fr Dictionnaires annamites}
%t Annamese dictionaries
%J <Annals de l'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 4
%N 47
%P 367
%O Announcement of publication of M. Challamel, <Dictionnaire
   annamite>, and mention of the two-volume <Dictionarium
   Annamitico-Latinum>, vol. 1 by Ravier and vol. 2 by Theurel
%K Vietnamese: Dictionaries

%0 in journal
%A Anonymous
%D 1894
%T {\fr Les Mo\"is de Ta-my (r\'egion de la Cannelle)}
%t ?
%J <Revue Indochinoise>, 1er s\'erie
%V 4
%P 82-113
%O 1450-word vocabulary of Sedang, with Vietnamese and French
   equivalents, 107-13 - SJS
%K Sedang: Vocab; Vietnamese: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Anonymous
%D 1914
%T {\fr La num\'eration chez les Khm\^ers ou Cambodgiens}
%t Counting among the Khmers or Cambodians
%J <L'Ethnographie> n.s.
%V 2
%P 69-79
%K Khmer: Numerals

%0 in journal
%A Anonymous
%D 1915
%T Some Semang vocabularies obtained in Pahang and Perak
%J <Journal of the Federated Malay States Museums>
%V 6
%P 115-25
%K Semang: Vocab

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D 1927-28
%T <Lai sinna lai bu - Chin reader, Kamhau dialect>
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O For use in the Tiddim subdivision - BSTL
%K Chin, Tiddim: Reader

%0 in journal
%A Anonymous
%D 1935
%T Further documents on the romanization of Siamese
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 28
%P 19-35
%O Thai and English texts - SJS
%K Thai: Roman

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D 1937
%T <Chei-zah ca-uk - First (Second, Fourth) reader in the Chinbok
   dialect of Chin>
%C n.l.
%I ?
%K Chinbok: Reader

%0 in journal
%A Anonymous
%D 1938
%T {\fr Arr\^et\'e relatif \`a la transcription alphab\'etique de la
   langue chame}
%t Decision relative to the alphabetic transcription of the Cham
   language
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 38
%P 507-10
%K Cham: Roman

%0 in journal
%A Anonymous
%D 1940
%T Romanization of Siamese. Two official systems
%J <Thai Government Gazette>
%V 20 (March 1940)
%K Thai: Roman

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D 1950
%T {\fr <Lexique franco--khm\'ere>}
%t French--Khmer lexicon
%C Phnom Penh
%I ?
%K Khmer: Dict, French-Khmer

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D 1970
%T {\lahu <Ca law ca yi hen ve>}
%t Ca Law the Wise Man
%Z 2 vols.
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%+ 2nd ed., Bangkok
%O Lahu reader
%K Lahu: Reader

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D 1970
%T {\lahu <Lahu li-aw hkui pui hen tu ve>}
%t Lahu primer
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%+ 2nd ed., Bangkok
%K Lahu: Primer

%0 collection
%E Anonymous
%D 1971
%T {\fr <Etudes tib\'etaines d\'edi\'ees \`a la m\'emoire de Marcelle
   Lalou>}
%t Tibetan studies dedicated to the memory of Marcelle Lalou
%C Paris
%I Adrien Maisonneuve
%Z 573 pp.
%O S
%L UHM ASIA DS786.E74
%R Kvaerne,, P., <Journal Asiatique> 259(1971):391-4
%K Tibetan: Studies

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D 1977
%T {\fr <Lexique fran\,cais--khmer expliqu\'e>}
%t French--Khmer lexicon elucidated
%C Sereika??
%I ?
%Z 1016 pp.
%K Khmer: Dict, French-Khmer

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Bod-kyi brdai bye-brag gsal-bar byed-pa \:nag-gisgron-me>}
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Tibetan--Mongol dictionary - BSTL
%K Tibetan: Dict, Tibetan-Mongolian

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Bod-yul-gyi skad gsar rnyi\:n-gi rnam-par dbye-ba rta-bdun
   sna\:n-ba>}
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Tibetan dictionary of synonyms
%K Tibetan: Dict, synonyms

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Dag-byed gsal-bai me-loh>}
%t Mirror of correct spelling
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O BSTL
%K Tibetan: Orthog

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T <Duyin hacin-i hergen qamciha buleku bithe>
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Manchu, Mongol, Tibetan, Chinese dictionary arranged by subject -
   BSTL
%K Tibetan: Dict, Manchu-Tibetan

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\tib? <Kun p'an sna ts'oga sman sbyor \'zes bya-ba>}
%t ?
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Text in Mongol; 66 leaves, of which 10 have names of 179 drugs in
   Tibetan, Mongol, and Chinese - BSTL
%K Tibetan: Drug names

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Mi\:n-brd\'zod-kyi sgo dbye-bai mdzod-kyi lde-mig
   t\'ses-bya>}
%t ?
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Tibetan dictionary - BSTL
%K Tibetan: Dict, monolingual

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Mi\:n-gi m\:nom-brd\'zod pad-ma dkar-po \~ap're\:n-ba>}
%t ?
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Dictionary of Tibetan synonyms
%K Tibetan: Dict, synonyms

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\?? <sKad b\'zi \'san-sbyar-bai me-lo\:n-gi yi-ge>}
%t ?
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Manchu, Mongol, Tibetan, Chinese dictionary - BSTL
%K

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <sMan mi\:n bod da\:n rgyai skad \'san sbyar-ba>}
%t ?
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Published near Temple Su\:n t\'su se; edition in Chinese style,
   10ff., in Tibetan style, 14ff.; names of drugs in Tibetan and
   Chinese - BSTL
%K

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Sum-t\'s'u-pai snyi\:n-po b\'zugs-so>}
%t ?
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Contains the principal parts of Tibetan grammar
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 book
%A Anonymous
%D n.d.
%T {\chin <Tsa siarn\'ak tsa uk>}; {\eng <Chin reader in the Laizo
   dialect, no. 4, for use in Haka and Falam subdivisions>}
%C n.l.
%I ?
%O Laizo = Haka - BSTL
%K Haka: Reader; Laizo: Reader

%0 book
%A Anthony,, Edward M.
%D 1956
%T <A teacher's handbook of Thai students' English pronunciation
   difficulties>
%C Bangkok
%I S. Silpa
%Z 34 pp.
%L UHM HMLTN PE1137.A5
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Anthony,, Edward M.
%D 1958
%T Reading tone in Thai syllables
%J <Language Learning>
%V 8
%N 3-4
%P 21-6
%K Thai: Tones

%0 book
%A Anthony,, Edward M.
%D 1962
%T <A programmed course in reading Thai syllables>
%C Ann Arbor
%I University of Michigan
%Z 132 pp.
%L UHM HMLTN PL4163.A68
%+ Reprinted 1979, <University of Hawaii Southeast Asia Papers> 12,
   Honolulu: University of Hawaii Center for Asian and Pacific Studies
%L UHM ASIA PL4163.A68 1979
%K Thai: Orthog, textbook; Thai: Textbook

%0 in collection
%A Anthony,, Edward M.
%D 1964
%T Verboid constructions in Thai
%E Marckwardt,, Albert
%E Kreidler,, Carol J.
%E et al.
%B <Studies in language and linguistics in honor of Charles C. Fries>
%C Ann Arbor
%I English Language Institute, University of Michigan
%P 69-79
%L UHM HMLTN P26.F7 M3
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 book
%A Anthony,, Edward M.
%A French,, Deborah P.
%A Warotamasikkhadit,, Udom
%D 1968
%T <Foundations of Thai>, book I
%C Ann Arbor
%I University of Michigan
%Z 2 v., 552 pp., illus.
%R Dellinger, <Linguistics> 76(1971):123-7
%R Noss, <Journal of the Siam Society> 58(1970).1:148-54
%L UHM ASIA PL4163.A67 pt. 1; UH ASIA PL4163.A67 pt. 2
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Anthony,, Edward M.
%A Gandour,, Jackson T.
%A Warotamasikkhadit,, Udom
%D 1968
%T <Foundations of Thai>, book II, parts 1 and 2
%C Ann Arbor
%I University of Michigan
%Z mimeo., 2v., xiii, 545 pp., ill.
%+ Also published 1970, Washington DC: U.S. Office of Education,
   Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
%L UHM ASIA PL4163.A662 pt. 1; UH ASIA PL4163.A662 pt. 2
%R Dellinger, <Linguistics> 76(1971):123-7
%R Gething, <Journal of Asian Studies> 19(1969).1:205-6
%R Noss, <Journal of the Siam Society> 58(1970).1:148-54
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Antisdel,, C. B.
%D 1911
%T Elementary studies in Lahoo, Akha (Kaw), and Wa languages
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 1
%N 1
%P 41-64
%K Akha: Studies; Lahu: Studies; Wa: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Antisdel,, C. B.
%D 1911
%T Lahoo narrative of creation
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 1
%N 1
%P 65-9
%K Lahu: Creation myths

%0 cross reference
%A Antomarchi,, Dominique
%D 1940
%x see Sabatier and Antomarchi

%0 book
%A Antomarchi,, Dominique
%D 1946
%T {\jorai <T\;ol\;oi Br\^ao hr\uam l\uang hr\ua>}
%t {\fr Premier livre de lecture J\;orai}
%t First book of J\;orai readings
%? B\;oph\`un ng\ua
%Z 77 pp.
%K Jarai: Reader

%0 book
%A Antomarchi,, Dominique
%D 1946
%T {\rhade <Klei mr\^ao hri\uam dl\uang hr\ua>}
%t {\fr Premier livre de lecture rhad\'ee}
%t First book of Rad\'e readings
%? Dua tal ng\ua th\`im
%Z 76 pp.
%K Rad\'e: Reader

%0 book
%A Antomarchi,, Dominique
%D n.d.
%T {\fr <Lexique franco--rhade>}
%t French--Rhade lexicon
%C n.l.
%I ?
%K Rad\'e: Dict, French-Rad\'e

%0 book
%A Anuchit,, Phraya
%D 1968
%T {\thai <R\=ach\=sap le kham 'athib\=ai>}
%t Royal vocabulary and commentary
%C Bangkok
%I Kasem Bannakich
%K Thai: Royal vocab

%0 book
%A Anuman Rajadhon,, Phraya
%D 1936
%T {\thai <R\=\,uang Thai--Ch\=in>}
%t ?
%C Bangkok
%I Rongphim Thai Khasem
%Z 134 pp., map
%O A study of the similarity between Thai and Chinese
%K Thai: Clfn; Thai: Comp w Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Anuman Rajadhon,, Phraya
%D 1946
%T The phonetic value of the consonant <\~n>
%J <Bulletin of the Royal Institute Siam>
%V 3
%P 1-15
%K Thai: Phonet

%0 book
%A Anuman Rajadhon,, Phraya
%D 1952
%T {\thai <R\=\,uang kham phl\=aeng nai ph\=as\=a Thai>}
%t Concerning affixation in Thai
%C Bangkok
%I Royal Institute
%Z 45 pp.
%K Thai: Affixation

%0 book
%A Anuman Rajadhon,, Phraya
%D 1955
%T <The Thai language>
%S <Thailand culture series>
%u 17
%C Bangkok
%I National Culture Institute
%Z 32 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4161.A58
%% Huffman had 1954 (actually B.E. 2498)
%K Thai: Gen

%0 book
%A Anuman Rajadhon,, Phraya
%D 1956
%T {\thai <Niruktis\=at>, Ph\=ak 1\2}
%t Philology, Books 1-2
%C Bangkok
%I Rungruangtham Printers
%Z 2 vols. in 1, ill.
%+ Reprinted 1971, Bangkok: Royal Institute
%O A general linguistics textbook used by Phraya Anuman at
   Chulalongkorn University; emphasis of the languages of Asia and
   their relationship to Thai
%L UHM ASIA P121.A63
%K Thai: Gen

%0 book
%A Anuman Rajadhon,, Phraya
%D 1961
%T <The nature and development of the Thai language>
%S <Thai culture>, new series
%u 10
%C Bangkok
%I Fine Arts Department
%Z 36 pp., illus.
%L UHM ASIA PL4119.A58
%K Thai: Gen

%0 cross reference
%A Anusan,, Paiboon
%x see Paiboon Anusan

%0 in journal
%A Aoki Haruo
%D 1961
%T Review of Nishida, <Equivalence of tonemes in Tibetan and Burmese>
%J <International Journal of American Linguistics>
%V 27
%P 358

%0 book
%A Aoyagi Seizo
%D 1969
%T {\jap <Indo Biharshu in Okery Dradiago, Mundago, Indo-Arayago no
   kisogoi no tami>}
%t A comparative study of basic vocabularies of Dravidian, Munda, and
   Indo-Aryan in Bihar State in India
%C Tokyo
%I Kyoikudaigaku ukiyo Saiyobungaku kenkyu
%% from TLI; ?? check Japanese spelling e.g. Okery
%K

%0 thesis
%A Aphinan Chuathai
%D in progress 1983
%T {\thai <'Anupray\=ok b\=\,ok khwa\=am m\=ai th\=i y\=u ton pray\=ok
   nai ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t Assertive clause preposing in Thai
%U M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, Chulalongkorn University
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 thesis
%A Apiradee Udomanisawat
%D 1982
%T {\thai <Khw\=am samphan raw\=ang r\=up b\=aep kh\=\,ong s\=iang sra
   lae khw\=am m\=ai kh\=\,ong kham sam s\=\,ong phay\=ang nai
   ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t Relations of vowel patternings and meanings of disyllabic
   reduplicatives in Thai
%U M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, Chulalongkorn University
%K Thai: Redup

%0 in journal
%A Aporn Surintramont
%D 1967
%T {\thai R\=\,uang kh\=\,ong kham th\=i thai y\=\,um m\=a c\=ak
   th\=et}
%t Foreign loanwords in Thai
%J <Chantarakasem>
%V 77
%P 33-45
%K Thai: Loanwords

%0 in journal
%A Aporn Surintramont
%D 1973
%T Some aspects of underlying syllable structure in Thai: evidence
   from `khamphuan', a Thai word game
%J <Studies in the Linguistic Sciences>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 121-42
%K Thai: Syllable structure

%0 unpublished
%A Aporn Surintramont
%D 1975
%T Missing anaphora: pronominalization in Thai
%M unpublished paper, University of Illinois
%K Thai: Pronominalization

%0 unpublished
%A Aporn Surintramont
%D 1977
%T The functional properties of the reflexive pronoun in Thai
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 10 (Georgetown University, Washington, DC)
%K Thai: Pronouns, reflexive

%0 thesis
%A Aporn Surintramont
%D 1979
%T <Some deletion phenomena in Thai>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Illinois
%Z vii, 160 leaves.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 40.1:228-29A; University Microfilms
   79-15-434
%L UHM ASIA MICROFILM S00089 item 1
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 book
%A Appenzeller,, Heinz
%D 1949
%T {\germ <Einblicke in die Welt der Sprache: Grundriss der
   Thai-Sprache>}
%t Glimpses into the world of language: Fundamentals of the Thai
   language
%C Zurich
%I Energetica-Verlag
%Z 48 pp.
%K Thai: Structure

%0 book
%A Appleton,, George
%D 1944
%T <Student's English--Burmese dictionary>
%C Rangoon
%I C.L.S. Press
%Z 145 pp.
%K Burmese: Dict, Eng-Burmese

%0 book
%A Appleton,, George
%D 1945
%T <Three months hard labor. A handbook for learning colloquial
   Burmese>
%N 2nd ed.
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 thesis
%A Araphim Bunapha
%D 1969
%T {\thai <N\=uai s\=iang ph\=as\=a Ray\=\,ong>}
%t The phonemes of Rayong (Thai)
%U M.A. thesis, Chulalongkorn University
%K Thai, Rayong: Phon

%0 book
%A Arlotto,, Anthony
%D 1972
%T <Introduction to historical linguistics>
%C Boston
%I Houghton-Mifflin
%Z xiv, 274 pp.
%O Classification of ST, 50-4 - RTBL
%L UHM HMLTN P121.A74 1972
%K Sino-Tibetan: Clfn

%0 book
%A Armour,, Monica
%A Knudson,, Paula
%A Meeks,, Jeffrey
%A Son Quang Le (illustrator)
%D 1981
%T <The Indochinese, new Americans>
%C Provo, UT/Salt Lake City, UT
%I Brigham Young University Language Research Center/Utah State Office
   of Education, Curriculum and Instruction Division
%Z 36 pp., illus.
%O Subjects: Vietnamese -- United States; Khmers -- United States;
   Hmong (Asian people) -- United States; Laos (Tai people) -- United
   States; Indochina -- Social life and customs
%L UCB S-S/EAsia DS537.I52
%K

%0 book
%A Armstrong,, Lilias E.
%A Pe Maung Tin
%D 1925
%T <A Burmese phonetic reader, with English translations>
%C London
%I University of London Press
%O Reprinted 1961, Rangoon: University of Rangoon
%Z 65 pp.
%R Reynolds,, H. O., <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
   17(1927):119-25
%L UHM ASIA PL3933.A7
%% Huffman had reprint as 1960
%K Burmese: Reader

%0 in journal
%A Arokianathan,, S.
%D 1976
%T Temporal relations in Tangkhul Naga
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 37
%N 3-4
%P 182-6
%K Tangkhul: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Arokianathan,, S.
%D 1977
%T Sincerity of conditions of questions on Tangkhul Naga
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 38
%N 3
%P 151-5
%K Tangkhul: Gram

%0 cross reference
%A Aromsook,, Tasanai
%x see Tasanai Aromsook

%0 cross reference
%A Art-Ong Jumsai
%x see Manich Jumsai, Sumet Jumsai, and Art-Ong Jumsai

%0 in journal
%A Arutionov,, S. A.
%D 1961
%T {\rus O iazykakh `ksa' na severe v'etnama}
%t Concerning the `Ksa' languages of northern Vietnam
%J <Short reports AN SSR Inst. Ethnog.>
%% ?? unabbrev. of serial name ?
%V 37
%P 76-80
%O Ksa = Kha, i.e. montagnards of various families
%% ?? index had date 1962
%K Kha: Gen

%0 unpublished
%A Arutionov,, S. A.
%D 1964
%T {\rus Ob \`etno-lingvisticheskom podkhode k izucheniiu iazykov
   Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii}
%t Concerning the ethnolinguistic approach to the study of Southeast
   Asian languages
%M <Conference on languages of Southeast Asia, abstracts>
%K Southeast Asian languages: Ethnoling

%0 in journal
%A Arutionov,, S. A.
%A Mukhlinov, A. I.
%D 1961
%T {\rus Materialy po \`etnolingvisticheskoi klassifikacii narodov
   V'etnama}
%t Material on the ethnolinguistic classification of the peoples of
   Vietnam
%J <Sovetskaia Etnografiia>
%V 1961
%N 1
%P 72-83
%K Vietnam: Ethnoling

%0 book
%A <Asahi Shimbun>
%D 1942
%T {\jap <??>}
%t Introduction to Vietnamese
%C Tokyo
%I Asahi Shimbun
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Ashmun,, Lawrence F.
%D 1983
%T <Resettlement of Indochinese refugees in the United States: a
   selective and annotated bibliography>
%S <Center for Southeast Asian studies, Monograph series on Southeast
   Asia, Occasional Paper>
%u 10
%C DeKalb, IL
%I Northern Illinois University
%O Exclusive distribution by the Cellar Bookshop, 18090 Wyoming,
   Detroit, MI 48221
%O Some bibliography on teaching English as a second language to
   Indochinese refugees
%L UHM ASIA REF Z7164.R32 1983
%K Indochinese refugees: TEFL

%0 book
%A Association for Asian Studies
%D 1947-80
%T <Bibliography of Asian Studies>
%C Ann Arbor, MI
%I Association for Asian Studies
%O Annual classified bibliography of Asian studies; from 1947-55 it
   was titled <Bibliography of the Far Eastern Quarterly>
%K Asian languages: Biblio

%0 in collection
%A Asyik,, Abdul Gani
%D 1982
%T The agreement system in Achenese
%E Jenner,, Philip N.
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V XI
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Press
%P 1-34
%O Relating to the theory of an Austroasiatic substratum in Achinese
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 11
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 11
%K Achinese: Agreement

%0 cross reference
%A Atcharyasucha,, Wichet
%x see Wichet Atcharyasucha

%0 cross reference
%A Atthayothin,, Pricha
%x see Pricha Atthayothin

%0 in journal
%A Au Chhieng
%D 1962
%T {\fr Etudes de philologie indo-khm\`ere, I et II}
%t Studies in Indo-Khmer philology, I and II
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 250
%N 4
%P 575-91
%K Khmer: Philol

%0 in journal
%A Au Chhieng
%D 1966
%T {\fr Etudes de philologie indo-khm\`ere, III et IV}
%t Studies in Indo-Khmer philology, III and IV
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 254
%N 1
%P 143-65
%K Khmer: Philol

%0 book
%A Au Chhieng
%D 1968
%T {\fr <B\=a\.n> et <r\.n\.noc>, deux th\`emes de r\'eflection
   methodologique pour l'\'etude du vieux khmer>}
%t <B\=a\.n> et <r\.n\.noc>, two themes of methodological reflection
   for the study of Old Khmer
%B {\fr <40e anniversaire de la fondation de l'Institut de
   Civilisation indienne de l'Universit\'e de Paris, 1967. M\'elanges
   d'indienisme \`a la m\'emoire de Louis Renou>}
%b Fortieth anniversary of the foundation of the Institute of Indian
   Civilization of the University of Paris, 1967.  Indic miscellany in
   memory of Louis Renou
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Institut de Civilisation indienne>}
%u 8. s\'erie, 28
%C Paris
%I de Boccard
%P 43-51
%K Khmer: Philol

%0 in journal
%A Au Chhieng
%D 1969
%T {\fr Etudes de philologie indo-khm\`ere, V}
%t Studies in Indo-Khmer philology, V
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 256
%N 2
%P 185-201
%K Khmer: Philol

%0 in journal
%A Au Chhieng
%D 1971
%T {\fr Etudes de philologie indo-khm\`ere, VI}
%t Studies in Indo-Khmer philology, VI
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 259
%N 3-4
%P 297-308
%K Khmer: Philol

%0 in journal
%A Au Chhieng
%D 1974
%T {\fr Etudes de philologie indo-khm\`ere, VII}
%t Studies in Indo-Khmer philology, VII
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 262
%P 131-41
%K Khmer: Philol

%0 book
%A Aubaret,, G.
%D 1867
%T {\fr <Grammaire annamite suivie d'un vocabulaire
   fran\,cais--annamite et annamite--fran\,cais>}
%t Annamese grammar followed by a French--Annamese and
   Annamese--French vocabulary
%C Paris
%I Imprim\'erie Imp\'eriale
%Z 598 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Aubin,, Fran\,coise
%D 1972
%T {\fr Travaux et tendances de la sinologie sovi\'etique recente}
%t Works and trends in recent Soviet Sinology
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 58
%P 161-171
%K Hsi-hsia: Hist

%0 book
%A Audretch,, C. C.
%A Chaffee,, C. C
%D 1969
%T <The Lahu tribes of Thailand and Burma: specific information,
   bibliographic references, and sources>
%C Bangkok
%I Battelle Memorial Institute, Thailand Information Center
%Z 16 pp.
%% Listed out of order in Huffman after Antisdel
%K Lahu: Biblio

%0 alias
%A Aung Hmat,, U
%x see Ali,, Ahmed

%0 book
%A Aung Kyaw Sein
%D 1970
%T <Student's Burmese--English dictionary>
%C Rangoon
%I Guide Literature House
%Z 228 pp.
%K Burmese: Dict, Burmese-Eng

%0 book
%A Aung Shwe Zan
%D 1916
%T A philological study of the Burmese language
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 35
%P 233-67
%K Burmese: Philol

%0 in journal
%A Aurousseau,, M.
%D 1922
%T Review of Souvignet, {\fr <Les origines de la langue annamite>}
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 22
%P 168-72

%0 in journal
%A Aurousseau,, M.
%D 1941
%T Official romanization of Thai (Siamese)
%J <Geographical Journal>
%V 98
%P 154-5
%K Thai: Roman

%0 in journal
%A Austen,, H. H. Godwin
%D 1866
%T A vocabulary of English, Balti and Kashmiri
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 35
%P 233-67
%K Balti: Vocab

%0 unpublished
%A Austerlitz,, Robert
%D 1971
%T The Sino-Tibetan hypothesis in the light of Eurasia as a linguistic
   area
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 4 (Indiana University, Bloomington)
%K

%0 in journal
%A Avery,, John
%D 1885
%T On the Garo language
%J <Proceedings of the American Oriental Society>
%V 11
%P xxv-xxviii
%K Garo: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Avery,, John
%D 1885
%T On the Khasi language
%J <Proceedings of the American Oriental Society>
%V 11
%P clxxiii-clxxv
%K Khasi: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Avery,, John
%D 1886
%T Ao Naga language of southern Assam
%J <American Journal of Philology>
%V 8
%P 27
%K Ao: Gen; Tibeto-Burman: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Avery,, John
%D 1887
%T On the relationship of the Kachari and Garo languages of Assam
%J <Proceedings of the American Oriental Society>
%V 13
%P clvii-clxi
%K Garo: Affil; Kachari: Affil

%0 book
%A Aviong
%D 1970
%T <R\;oglai--R\;oglai dictionary>
%C Bangoi, Vietnam
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%K R\;oglai: Dict, R\;oglai--R\;oglai

%0 book
%A Aviong
%D 1977
%T {\roglai <T\;u-\-di\^en ti\^eng R\;oglai>}
%t R\;oglai dictionary
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 35 pp., 1mf.
%K R\;oglai: Dict, R\;oglai-R\;oglai

%0 book
%A Awbathabiwuntha,, Ashin
%D 1947
%T {\burm <Myamna abhidan I>}
%t Burmese dictionary
%O With translations in Burmese and Pali
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%K Burmese: Dict, Burmese-Burmese; Burmese: Dict, Burmese-Pali;
   Burmese: Dict, Burmese-Pali

%0 book
%A Aw\;oi-hathe
%A Aviong
%A A-T\'y
%A A-Ly
%A Cobbey,, Maxwell
%A Cobbey,, Vurnell
%D 1977
%T {\roglai <Suraq vung\~a san\~ap Radlai>}: {\viet <Ng\;u-v\;ung
   R\;oglai>}: {\eng <Northern R\;oglai vocabulary>}
%t R\;oglai--Vietnamese--English vocabulary
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 163 pp.
%K R\;oglai: Dict, R\;oglai-Viet-Eng

%0 thesis
%A Aye,, K. K.
%D 1964
%T <Repetitive forms in Burmese>
%U M.A. thesis, University of London
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1874
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire fran\,cais-cambodgien, pr\'ec\'ed\'e d'une
   notice sur le Cambodge et d'un aper\,cu de l'\'ecriture et de la
   langue cambodgienne>}
%t French-Cambodian dictionary, preceded by a note on Cambodia and a
   sketch of the Cambodian script and language
%C Saigon
%I Imprimerie Nationale
%Z 58, 184 pp.
%K Khmer: Dict, French-Khmer

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1874
%T {\fr <Vocabulaire cambodgien--fran\,cais>}
%t Cambodian--French vocabulary
%C Saigon
%I Coll\`ege des stagiaires
%Z 4, 158 pp.
%K Khmer: Dict, Khmer-French

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1875
%T {\fr <Cours de cambodgien>}
%t A course in Cambodian
%C Saigon
%I Coll\`ege des stagiaires
%Z 216 pp.
%K Khmer: Textbook

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1877
%T {\fr <Cours \'el\'ementaire de cambodgien>}
%t An elementary course in Cambodian
%C Saigon
%I Coll\`ege des Administrateurs stagiaires
%Z 223 pp.
%K Khmer: Textbook

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1878
%T {\fr <Textes khmers. Publi\'ee avec une traduction sommaire>}
%t Khmer texts. Published with a summary translation
%C Saigon
%I ?
%Z 84, 299 pp.
%K Khmer: Texts

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1878
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire khmer--fran\,cais>}
%t Khmer--French dictionary
%C Saigon
%I Autographi\'e par S\;on Di\^ep
%Z 436 pp.
%K Khmer: Dict, Khmer-French

%0 in journal
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1881-83
%T {\fr Recherches et m\'elanges dur les Chams et les Khmers}
%t Researches and miscellanies on the Chams and the Khmers
%J <Excursions and Reconnaissances>
%V 4(1881-82)/5(1882-83)
%P 319-50/167-86
%O An account of Cham, Bani (religious dialect), and Dalil (archaic
   sacred dialect), with Khmer comparisons - SJS
%K Cham: Gen; Khmer: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1885
%T {\fr Notes sur l'Annam, Premi\`ere parties: Le Binh Thuan}
%t Notes on Annam, first part: Binh Thuan
%J <Excursions et Reconnaissances>
%V 10
%P 199-340
%O Vocabulary: MA: Cham, Churu; AA: Kaho [Koho], 515-16
%+ Reprinted Saigon: Imprimerie Coloniale, 1885: 121-2
%% ?? sic, with page numbers in Huffman ?
%K Cham: Vocab; Chru: Vocab; K\;oho: Vocab

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1889
%T {\fr <Grammaire de la langue chame>}
%t Grammar of the Cham language
%C Saigon
%I Imprimerie Coloniale
%+ Also published 1889, <Excursions et Reconnaissances> 14:5-92
%K Cham: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1892-94
%T {\fr <R> et <L>, voyelles en khmer}
%t <R> et <L>, vowels in Khmer
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
%V 8
%P cxlvii-xlix
%K Khmer: Phon

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%A Cabaton,, Antoine
%D 1906
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire \vcam--fran\,cais>}
%t Cham--French dictionary
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>}
%u 7
%C Paris
%I Leroux
%Z 587 pp.
%R Blagdon, <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society> (1907):1086-96
%R Durand, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
   6(1906):347-8
%R Ferrand, <Journal Asiatique> 10(1907):381-8
%R Finot, <T'oung Pao>, 2e s\'erie, 8(1907):137-8
%R Schmidt, <Anthropos> 2(1907):330-2
%K Cham: Dict, Cham-French

%0 book
%A Aymonier,, Etienne Fran\,cois
%D 1911
%T {\fr <L'inscription \vcame de Po Sah>}
%t The Cham inscription of Po Sah
%C Paris
%I Imprimerie Nationale
%Z 11 pp.
%L UHM HMLTN PL4491.Z77 A95
%O Extract from the <Bulletin de la Commission archeologique de
   l'Indochine>, 1911
%K

%0 in journal
%A Ayoub,, M.
%D 1959
%T Review of Bernot & Bernot, {\fr <Les Khyang des collines de
   Chittagong>}
%J <American Anthropologist>
%V 61
%P 1127-8

%0 book
%A Aze,, F. Richard
%D 1971
%T <Parengi (Gorum) phonemic summary>
%C Kathmandu
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z mimeo.
%K Parengi: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Aze,, F. Richard
%D 1973
%T Clause patterns in Parengi-Gorum
%E Trail,, Ronald L.
%B <Patterns in clause, sentence, and discourse in selected languages
   of India and Nepal>
%C Kathmandu
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%O Part 1: 235-312; Part 4: 1700-word vocabulary, 12-208
%K Parengi: Syntax; Parengi: Vocab

%0 in collection
%A Aze,, F. Richard
%A Aze,, Trish
%D 1973
%T Parengi texts
%E Trail,, Ronald L.
%B <Patterns in clause, sentence, and discourse in selected languages
   of India and Nepal>
%C Kathmandu
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%O Part 3 (Texts): 213-362
%K Parengi: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Az\'emar,, H.
%D 1886
%T {\fr Dictionnaire Stieng. Receuil de 2,500 mots faits \`a
   Br\;ol\^am en 1865}
%t Stieng dictionary. A collection of 2,500 words from Br\;ol\^am in
   1865
%J <Excursions et Reconnaissances>
%V 12
%P 99-146, 251-344
%K Stieng: Dict, Stieng-French

 B
%% B (Huffman 13-55), input by Caroline Steele (B-Banker), Alfred
   Maglalang (Banker-Bernard), \vSarka \vStivarova (Bernard-Bickner),
   Seiichiro Keach Inaba (Bickner-Boller), I-Ru Su
   (Bolsokhoeva-Bradley), David Stampe (Bradley-Bystrov), edited by
   David Stampe, December 1994

%0 book
%A B.,, S.
%D 1933
%T <The up-to-date dictionary for students, English--Siamese>
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%K Thai: Dict, Eng-Thai

%0 book
%A Ba,, Juliyusa
%D 1983
%A <{\hindi Khairya dhvanisastra} = Kharia phonetics>
%D Ranchi
%A Meri Silima
%Z xvi, 112 pp.
%L NRLF B 3 912 912
%K Kharia: phonet

%0 book
%A Ba Han,, Maung
%D 1951, 1966
%T <The University English--Burmese dictionary>, vol. I:A-N (1951);
   vol. II:O-Z (1952)
%C Rangoon
%I Hanthawaddy Press
%Z 2292 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1966
%K Burmese: Dict, Eng-Burmese

%0 book
%A Ba Sein,, Kenneth
%D 1952
%T <Everyday Burmese idioms and axioms, with explanations in Burmese
   and English equivalents>
%N 2nd ed.
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%Z 54 pp.
%K Burmese: Idioms

%0 book
%A Ba Shin
%D 1962
%T <Lokahteikpan: Early Burmese culture in a Pagan temple>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%O Chapter 3: Writing and language
%K Burmese: Gen

%0 collection
%E Ba Shin
%E Boisselier,, Jean
%E Griswold,, A[lexander] B.
%D 1966
%T <Essays offered to G. H. Luce by his colleagues in honour of his
   seventy-fifth birthday>
%S <Artibus Asiae>
%u suppl. XXIII
%Z 2 vols.
%C Leiden
%I E. J. Brill
%O S
%F Luce,, Gordon H.
%L UHM ASIA DS33.E88 v. 1/2
%K

%0 in journal
%A Baber,, E. Colburne
%D 1886
%T Travels and researches in the interior of China, I: A Journey of
   exploration in western Ssu-ch'uan
%J <Royal Geographical Society, Supplemental Papers>
%V I
%P 1-152
%O Numerals in Lolo near Wa-shan and near Ma-pien, 72; Lolo of left
   bank of T'ung River, 73-8 - BSTL
%K Lolo: Script; Lolo: Vocab; Manyak: Vocab

%0 thesis
%A Babiracki, Carol M. (Carol Marie)
%D 1991
%T <Musical and cultural interaction in tribal India : the karam
   repertory of the Mundas of Chotanagpur>
%Z xviii, 329 leaves, illus.
%U Ph. D. thesis, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
%O ?? Subjects: Munda (Indic people) -- India -- Chota Nagpur --
   Music; Folk music -- India -- Chota Nagpur -- History and
   criticism; Culture diffusion -- India -- Chota Nagpur
%L UCB Music MICROFILM.AA2123

%0 book
%A Baccam Don
%A Brase,, James L.
%D 1977
%T <English--Thai Dam language lessons>
%S <Linguistic Series, Ethnic Minorities of Southeast Asia>
%u 26
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 78 pp.
%O In Black Tai, Lao, and romanized-Vietnamese scripts with English
   translations
%K Tai, Black: Textbook

%0 book
%A Baccam Don
%A Brase,, James L.
%D 1977
%T {\fr <Le\,cons de fran\,cais--tai dam>}
%t French--Thai Dam lessons
%S {\fr <S\'erie linguistique, Ethnies minoritaires de l'Asie du
   Sud-Est>}
%u 26
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 78 pp.
%O French version of the preceding item
%R Haudricourt, <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
   74(1979).2:502-3
%K Tai, Black: Textbook

%0 book
%A Bacot,, Jacques
%D 1912
%T {\fr <L'\'ecriture cursive tib\'etaine>}
%t The Tibetan cursive script
%C Paris
%I ?
%K

%0 book
%A Bacot,, Jacques
%D 1913
%T {\fr <Les Mo-so. Ethnographie des Mo-so, leurs religions, leur
   langue et leur \'ecriture>}
%t The Mo-so. Ethnography of the Mo-so, their religions, their
   language, and their script
%C Leiden
%I E.J. Brill
%L UHM HMLTN DS731.M7 B3
%K Moso: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Bacot,, Jacques
%D 1928
%T {\fr <Une grammaire tib\'etaine du tib\'etain classique: les
   \'slokas grammaticaux de Thonmi Sambhota, avec leurs commentaires,
   traduits du tibetain et annotes par Jacques Bacot>}
%% accentuations after traduit ??
%t A Tibetan grammar of Classical Tibetan: the grammatical rules of
   Thonmi Sambhota, with their commentaries, translated from Tibetan
   and annotated by Jacques Bacot
%S {\fr <Annales du Mus\'ee Guimet, Biblioth\`eque d'Etudes>}
%u 37
%C Paris
%I P. Geuthner
%Z 231 pp., facsimiles
%L UCLA URL PL3611.T38g
%% ?? Melvyl has series vol. as t. 61
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan, Classical: Gram

%0 book
%A Bacot,, Jacques
%D 1930
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire tib\'etain--sanscrit par Tsi-ring-ouang-gyal
   (Che ri\:n dba\:n rgyal)>}
%t Tibetan--Sanskrit dictionary by Tsi-ring-ouang-gyal (Che ri\:n
   dba\:n rgyal)
%S <Buddhica>
%u 2nd series, vol. 2
%C Paris
%I P. Geuthner
%Z 3 pp., reproduction phototypique 101 pp.
%L UCB Main BL1405.B8 v.2
%R Roerich,, G. de, <J. of Urusvati> 3(1933):219;
%K Tibetan: Dict, Tibetan-Sanskrit

%0 book
%A Bacot,, Jacques
%D 1948
%T {\fr <Grammaire du tib\'etain litt\'eraire>}
%C Paris
%I ?
%Z 2 vols.
%R Lamotte, <Mus\'eon> (1947):222
%R Poucha, <Archiv Orient\'al\'ni> 20(1951):330-2
%R Preston, <Journal of the American Oriental Society> 68(1948):74-5
%R Rahder, <Language> 24(1948):316-19
%R Thomas,, F. W., <Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies>
   12(1947-48):450-3
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan, Classical: Gram; Tibetan, Literary: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bacot,, Jacques
%D 1953
%T {\fr La structure du tib\'etain}
%t The structure of Tibetan
%J <Conference de l'Institut de Linguistique, Universit\'e de Paris>
%V 11
%P 115-35
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bacot,, Jacques
%D 1956
%T Review of Peter, <The aristocracy of Central Tibet>
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 244
%P 233-4

%0 book
%A Bacot,, Jacques
%A Thomas,, F[rederick] W[illiam]
%A Toussaint,, [Gustav] Ch[arles]
%D 1946
%T {\fr <Documents de Touen-houang relatifs \`a l'histoire du Tibet>}
%t Documents of Touen-houang relative to the history of Tibet
%S {\fr <Annales du Mus\'ee Guimet, Biblioth\`eque d'Etudes>}
%u 51
%C Paris
%I P. Geuthner
%Z 206 pp.
%O Contains index of archaic words - BSTL
%L UCLA URL DS785.B13d
%K Tibetan: Hist

%0 book
%A Badaraev,, Bal-Dorghi
%D 1967
%T {\rus <Ob osnovakh transkriptsii i transliteratsii dlia tibetskogo
   iazyka>}
%t The fundamentals of the transcription and transliteration of
   Tibetan
%C Ulan-Ude
%I Buriatskoi Knizhnoi Izd-Vo
%Z 192 pp.
%K Tibetan: Roman

%0 book
%A Bahadur,, K. P.
%D 1977
%T <Caste, tribes, and cultures of India: Assam>
%S <Caste, tribes, and cultures of India>
%u 1
%C Delhi
%I Ess Ess Publications
%Z 117 pp.
%O Ethnographic information on the Garos, Kachari, Khasi, Mikir,
   Meithei, Naga, and Santhals
%K Garo: Ethnog; Kachari: Ethnog; Khasi: Ethnog; Meithei: Ethnog;
   Mikir: Ethnog; Naga: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Bahadur,, K. P.
%D 1977
%T <Caste, tribes, and cultures of India: Bengal>
%S <Caste, tribes, and cultures of India>
%u 3
%C Delhi
%I Ess Ess Publications
%Z 143 pp.
%O Ethnographic information on the Bhuija, Juang, Bauri, Bagdi, Ho,
   Bhumij, Munda, Kandh, Kharia, Kochh, Mahili, Oraon, and Birhor
%K Bhumij: Ethnog; Birhor: Ethnog; Ho: Ethnog; Juang: Ethnog; Kharia:
   Ethnog; Koch: Ethnog; Munda: Ethnog; Santali: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Bahl,, Kali Charan
%D forthcoming
%T <A grammar and glossary of Korwa>
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   32(1966).1:80
%K Korwa: Gram; Korwa: Vocab

%0 in collection
%A Bahl,, Veena
%D 1980
%T Studies in Kharia linguistics
%E Sharma,, P. Dash
%B <The passing scene in Chotanagpur: Sarat Roy commemorative volume>
%C Ranchi
%I Maitryee
%P 123-36
%L UHM ASIA HN690.C44 P35 1980
%L UCB Main HN690.C55 P35 1980
%F Roy,, Sarat Chandra
%K Kharia: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Bailey,, D. R. Shakelton
%D 1953
%T Review of Weller, {\germ <Tibetisch--sanskritischer Index zum
   Bodhic\=aryavat\=ara, Pt. 1>}
%J <Orientalistische Literaturzeitung>
%V 48
%P 467

%0 book
%A Bailey,, Thomas Grahame
%D 1905
%T <The languages of Chamba State>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%O Chamba Lahuli
%K Chamba: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bailey,, Thomas Grahame
%D 1908
%T <The languages of the northern Himalayas>
%S <Asiatic Society, Monographs>
%u 12
%C London
%I Royal Asiatic Society
%+ `Studies in northern Himalayan dialects' has separate t.-p., with
   imprint: Calcutta: Baptist Mission Press, 1903
%O TB: Chamba Lahuli grammar, vocab, and texts, chapter 3, 37-51
%X "This volume is a collection of studies printed at various times
   ... 'Studies in northern Himalayan dialects' was the first to be
   written; it was privately printed in 1902. Sketches of ten dialects
   were printed in 1905 with a view to their being incorporated in the
   forthcoming gazetteers of the Simla states, Camba state and the
   states of the Mandi and Suket. Lastly, notes on seven dialects in
   Kulu and Jammu state together with a Sasi vocabulary have been
   printed in 1906." -- Pref., p. [i]. "All the dialects treated of in
   these pages are Aryan with the one exception of Camba Lahuli
   (Tibeto-Burman)." cf. Pref., p. iv
%O Contents: Dialects of the Simla hills and Kulu.--Dialects of Mandi
   state.--Dialects of Camba and Jammu states and Sasi
   glossaries.--Studies in northern Himalayan dialects.--Dialects of
   Kangra district, by Edward O'Brien, rev., with additional notes, by
   T. G. Bailey
%L NRLF B 4 021 270
%K Chamba: Gram; Chamba: Texts; Chamba: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bailey,, Thomas Grahame
%D 1909
%T A brief grammar of the Kanauri language
%J <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft>
%V 63
%P 661-87, with map
%+ Reprinted in Bailey, <Studies in North Indian languages>, London -
   BSTL
%K Kanauri: Gram; Kanauri: Map

%0 book
%A Bailey,, Thomas Grahame
%D 1911
%T <Kanauri vocabulary in two parts: English--Kanauri and
   Kanauri--English>
%S <Asiatic Society, Monographs>
%u 13
%C London
%I Royal Asiatic Society
%Z 98 pp.
%+ Reprint from <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society> (1910):695-705;
   (1911):315-64
%L NRLF B 4 020 454
%L UHM HMLTN PL3801.K3 B3
%K Kanauri: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bailey,, Thomas Grahame
%D 1915
%T <Linguistic studies from the Himalayas, being studies in the
   grammar of fifteen Himalayan dialects>
%S <Asiatic Society, Monographs>
%u 18
%C London
%I Royal Asiatic Society
%Z xv, 277 pp.
%O Lower Kanauri, 46ff.; Chitkuli dialect, 78ff.; Purik grammar,
   1ff. - BSTL
%% Huffman had 1920 but index had 1915 and likewise Melvyl (twice)
%+ Reprinted New Delhi: Asian Publication Services, 1975
%L UCLA URL AS122.R81m v.18
%K Chitkuli: Studies; Kanauri: Studies; Purik: Gram

%0 book
%A Bailey,, Thomas Grahame
%D 1938
%T <Studies in North Indian languages>
%C London
%I Lund Humphries
%Z 180 pp.
%O Kanauri (Deals also with Urdu, Hindi, Panjabi, Shina (Sina),
   Nepali, and Rajasthani.)
%L UCB Main PK1502.B3
%K Kanauri: Studies

%0 book
%A Balbi,, Adriano
%D 1826
%T {\fr <Atlas ethnographique du globe, ou classification des peuples
   anciens et modernes d'apr\'es leurs langues>}
%t Ethnographic atlas of the world, or classification of ancient and
   modern peoples according to their languages
%C Paris
%I Rey et Gravier
%O Vocabulary of Kentak, Tab. xxxvii, no. 103 - SJS
%K Semang: Vocab

%0 book
%A Balbir,, Jagbans Kishore
%D 1963
%T {\fr <L'histoire de Rama en tib\'etain d'apr\'es les manuscrits de
   Touenhouang>}
%t The story of Rama in Tibetan according to the manuscripts of
   Tun-huang
%S <Coll. Jean Przyluski>
%u 4
%C Paris
%I Adrien Maisonneuve
%Z 74 pp.
%O Edition and annotated translation of Ramayana in Tibetan
%% Huffman date 1936, correction checked in UH library
%L UHM ASIA PK3655.F7 1963
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Baldwin,, George B.
%D 1978
%T A visual aid for remembering Thai tone rules
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 66
%N 1
%P 129-32
%K Thai: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Ball,, C. J.
%D 1892
%T The Accadian affinities of Chinese
%J <Transactions of the 9th Congress of Orientalists>
%V 2
%P 677-728
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil

%0 book
%A Ball,, C. J.
%D 1913
%T <Chinese and Sumerian>
%C London
%I ?
%Z xxiii, 151, 14 pp.
%R Cordier, <T'oung Pao>, series 2, 15(1914):300-1
%R Franke, <Ostasiatische Zeitschrift> 4(1915):136-9
%R W.,, R., <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, North China Branch>
   45(1914):157-9
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil

%0 in journal
%A Ball,, C. J. E.
%D 1964
%T Review of Shorto, ed., <Linguistic comparison in South-East Asia
   and the Pacific>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 27
%N 2
%P 483-4

%0 book
%A Ballard,, Emilie M.
%D 1961-62
%T <Lessons in spoken Burmese>
%Z 2 vols.
%C Rangoon
%I U Maung University
%O Prepared in conjunction with the Language and Orientation Committee
   of the Burma Baptist Missionary Fellowship and published under the
   auspices of the Baptist Board of Publications, Burma Baptist
   Convention
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 unpublished
%A Ballard,, W. L.
%D 1964
%T Ahom graphemics
%M ms.
%K Ahom: Orthog

%0 unpublished
%A Ballard,, W. L.
%D 1978
%T In re classical Tibetan orthography
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 11 (University of Arizona, Tucson)
%K Tibetan: Orthog

%0 unpublished
%A Ballard,, W. L.
%D 1979
%T Chinese: a bastard at the Sino-Tibetan family reunion?
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil; Sino-Tibetan: Clfn

%0 unpublished
%A Ballard,, W. L.
%D 1979
%T More on Tibetan orthographic practices
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%K Tibetan: Orthog

%0 unpublished
%A Ballard,, W. L.
%D 1980
%T A slight offering on tone diffusion to stimulate debate
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 13 (University of Virginia,
   Charlottesville)
%O Mentions TK, VM, TB, and MY
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil; Sino-Tibetan: Clfn; Southeast Asian languages:
   Tones

%0 in journal
%A Ballard,, W. L.
%D 1984
%T Mother soup: a south Chinese recipe for tonometamorphogenesis
%J <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
%V 22
%P 43-64
%O Discusses mutual influences among ST, TK, AA, AN, and MY languages
   in South China
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil; Sino-Tibetan: Clfn; Southeast Asian languages:
   Tones

%0 in collection
%A Ballard,, W. L.
%D 1985
%T The linguistic history of South China: Miao-Yao and the southern
   dialects
%E Thurgood,, Graham
%E Matisoff,, James A.
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Linguistics of the Sino-Tibetan area: the state of the art. Papers
   presented to Paul K. Benedict for his 71st birthday>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.87
%C Canberra
%I Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%P 58-84
%K Miao-Yao: Hist

%0 book
%A Bamphen Rawin
%D 1982
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=a t\=ang prath\=et nai ph\=as\=a th\=ai>}
%t Foreign languages in the Thai language
%C Chiengmai
%I Department of Thai, Faculty of Humanities, Chiengmai University
%Z 210 pp.
%K Thai: Foreign infl

%0 book
%A Bamphen Rawin
%A Vimol Saksailuang
%D 1979
%T {\thai <Sarawitthay\=a ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t Thai phonology
%C Chiengmai
%I Department of Thai, Chiengmai University
%N mimeo.
%K Thai: Phon

%0 cross reference
%A Bamrungsuk,, Phimpha
%x see Phimpha Bamrungsuk

%0 book
%A Ban Thu-th\;u S\^ong M\;oi
%D 1980
%T {\viet <Ti\^eu T\;u-\-di\^en Phap--Vi\^et--Phap>}
%t {\fr Dictionnaire de poche fran\,cais--vietnamien
   vietnamien--fran\,cais}
%t French--Vietnamese Vietnamese--French pocket dictionary
%C Paris
%I Institut de l`Asie du Sud-Est
%Z 352, 348 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, French-Viet; Vietnamese: Dict, Viet-French

%0 thesis
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%D 1946
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=a B\=al\=i lae Sansakrit th\=i k\=iaw kh\=\,ong kap
   ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t The Pali and Sanskrit languages in their relationship to the Thai
   language
%U M.A. thesis, Chulalongkorn University
%Z 131 pp.
%K Thai: Pali infl; Thai: Sanskrit infl

%0 thesis
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%D 1952-54
%T <Indo-Siamese glossary>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Banares University
%K Thai: Sanskrit infl

%0 book
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%D 1961
%T {\thai <K\=al\=e,\=antai (Pai th\=iao b\=an thai)>}
%t Visiting a Thai village
%C Bangkok
%I Language And Book Society
%Z 363 pp.
%O Description of author's work among the Ahom of Assam; 23-page
   Ahom-Thai glossary
%K Ahom: Gen; Ahom: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%D 1964
%T {\thai Laksana ph\=as\=a thai yai}
%t Characteristics of the Shan language
%J <Social Science Review>, Spec. No.
%V ?
%P 146-84
%K Shan: Desc

%0 book
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%D 1966
%T {\thai <Laksana ph\=as\=a thai yai th\=iap kap ph\=as\=a thai
   krungth\=ep>}
%t A comparison of the Shan and Bangkok Thai languages
%C Bangkok
%I <Sanwithay\=a>
%K Shan: Comp w Thai; Thai: Comp w Shan

%0 book
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%D 1971
%T {\thai <Laksana ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t Principles of the Thai language
%C Bangkok
%I Teachers' Publishing House
%+ Also published 1975, Bangkok: Ramkhamhaeng University Press
%K Thai: Gram; Thai: Pali infl; Thai: Sanskrit infl

%0 book
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%D 1978
%T {\thai <??>}
%t About Cambodian names
%C Bangkok
%I Rungruengsankanphim
%K Khmer: Pers names

%0 book
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%A et al.
%D 1974-80
%T {\thai <Photchan\=anukrom kham\-en--thai>}
%t Khmer--Thai dictionary
%S <Phraya Anuman Rajadhon Fund>
%u vol. 2-3
%? Rung Ruang Sasana
%K Khmer: Dict, Khmer-Thai

%0 book
%A Banchob Bandhumedha
%A Boolva Kunjara,, M. L.
%D 1957
%T <The Thai language>
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%+ Reprint
%K Thai: Desc

%0 in journal
%A Bandhu,, C. M.
%A Dahal,, Ballagh Mani
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1970
%T Chepang segmental phonemes
%J <Tribhuvan University Journal>
%V 5
%N 1
%P 65-81
%K Chepang: Phon

%0 cross reference
%A Bandhumedha,, Navavan
%x see Navavan Bandhumedha

%0 book
%A Banerjee,, G. C.
%D 1894
%T <Introduction to the Kharia language>
%C Calcutta
%I Bengal Secretariat Press
%Z 45 pp.
%+ Reprinted New Delhi: Bahri Publications, 1982
%L UCD Shields PL4579.B36 1982
%K Kharia: Desc

%0 book
%A Bangalore
%D n.d.
%T {\zo <Manpga Jesu Gentwthute>}
%t Some parables in Zo
%C Bangalore
%I Scripture Gift, Ministry of India
%Z 28 pp.
%K Zo: Texts

%0 book
%A Bangkok
%D 1850
%T <Introduction to the Siamese language>
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%O English--Siamese vocabulary - BSTL
%K Thai: Desc

%0 book
%A Bangkok
%D 1927
%T <Siamese dictionary>
%C Bangkok
%I Ministry of Education
%Z 906 pp.
%O Thai
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Thai

%0 book
%A Bangkok
%D 1930
%T {\thai <Prath\=anukrom>}
%t Government Thai dictionary
%N 2nd ed.
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Thai

%0 book
%A Bangkok
%D 1930
%T <Theochiu--Siamese dictionary>
%C Bangkok
%I Ministry of Education
%Z 342 pp.
%K Thai: Dict, Taechiu-Thai

%0 book
%A Bangkok
%D 1950
%T <Siamese--Chinese--English dictionary>
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Chinese-Eng

%0 book
%A Bangkok
%D 1957-70
%T {\thai <Prachum sil\=ach\=ar\,uk>}
%t Collection of Inscriptions
%Z Part 1 (1957): Inscriptions of Sukhothai; Part 2 (1961):
   Inscriptions of Dvaravadi; Part 3 (1965); Part 4 (1970)
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%R Jacques, (Parts 1-3), <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise
   d'Extr\^eme-Orient> 57(1970):230-6
%K Thai: Inscr

%0 book
%A Bangkok Amnuay Silpa School
%D 1932
%T <Scholars' Siamese--English dictionary. A useful manual for the
   students in both languages, containing more than 12,500 entries>
%C Bangkok
%I Silpa School
%Z 748 pp.
%+ 1st ed. 1932; 2nd ed. 1933; 3rd ed., revised and amended by
   A. G. Beaumont, 1936
%O SJS
%% how to punct "author"??
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Eng

%0 book
%A Bangkok Chulalongkorn University
%D 1950
%T {\thai <Lak ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t Principles of the Thai language
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University
%Z 308 pp.
%% how to punct "author"??
%K Thai: Gram

%0 book
%A Bangkok Committee on Coining Terms
%D 1956
%T {\thai <Banjat sap>}
%t Coining terms
%C Bangkok
%I Committee On Coining Terms
%Z 140 pp.
%% how to punct "author"??
%K Thai: Neologisms

%0 book
%A Bangkok Language Institute
%D 1977
%T <Bibliography of Thai language studies>
%C Bangkok
%I Language Institute, Indigenous Languages of Thailand Research
   Project, Mahidol University
%Z 78 pp., mimeo.
%O Extends to 1976 the coverage of the Thai languages section of
   Shorto, Jacob, & Simmonds, <Bibliographies of Mon-Khmer and Tai
   linguistics>, London: Oxford, 1963.
%% how to punct "author"??
%K Tai: Biblio

%0 book
%A Bangkok Military Press
%D 1942
%T {\thai <??>}
%t New spelling dictionary of Thai
%C Bangkok
%I Military Press
%Z 241 pp.
%% how to punct "author"??
%K Thai: Dict, orthog

%0 book
%A Bangkok Military Research and Development Center
%D 1968
%T <Ethnographic map of Thailand>
%C Bangkok
%I Military Research and Development Center
%% how to punct "author"??
%K Thailand: Ethnoling map

%0 in journal
%A Bangkok Royal Institute
%D 1941
%T Notification of the Royal Institute concerning the transcription of
   Thai characters into Roman (translation)
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 33
%P 49-65.
%% how to punct. "author" ??
%K Thai: Roman

%0 book
%A Bangkok Vajira\~na\.na National Library
%D 1914
%T <Sixteen tables of Thai alphabets current in Siam>
%C Bangkok
%I Vajira\~na\.na National Library
%Z 18 pp.
%% how to punct. "author" ??
%K Thai: Alphabets

%0 thesis
%A Bang-on Rutthaphon
%D 1970
%T {\thai <Kham kariy\=awis\=et nai ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t Adverbs in the Thai language
%U M.A. thesis, Chulalongkorn University
%K Thai: Adverbs

%0 unpublished
%A Banker,, Betty F. [Elizabeth F. M.]
%D n.d.
%T A comparison of Bahnar and Vietnamese
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota
%x see also Banker,, Elizabeth [F.] [M.]
%K Bahnar: Comp w Viet; Vietnamese: Comp w Bahnar

%0 in journal
%A Banker,, Elizabeth [F.] [M.]
%D 1964
%T Bahnar affixation
%J <Mon-Khmer Studies>
%V I
%P 99-118
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 1
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 1
%K Bahnar: Affix

%0 in journal
%A Banker,, Elizabeth [F.] [M.]
%D 1964
%T Bahnar reduplication
%J <Mon-Khmer Studies>
%V I
%P 119-34
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 1
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 1
%K Bahnar: Redup

%0 book
%A Banker,, Elizabeth [F.] [M.]
%D 1970
%T {\viet <La\ua p\;ot\;om m\;ohr\uam>}
%t Bahnar primer
%C Saigon
%I Department of Education
%Z 3 vols., 240 pp., illus.
%K Bahnar: Primer

%0 book
%A Banker,, Elizabeth M.
%A Siu M\;o
%D 1973
%T {\bahnar <T\;odrong p\;ohr\uam n\uor p\;oma>}; {\viet <Bai hoc
   ti\^eng Bahnar (Tinh Pleiku)>}; {\eng <Bahnar language lessons
   (Pleiku Province)>}
%C Saigon
%I Department of Education
%Z 40 pp.
%K Bahnar: Textbook

%0 book
%A Banker,, John E.
%D 1961
%T <Bahnar phonology>
%S <Vietnam linguistics papers>
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 15 pp.
%K Bahnar: Phon

%0 cross reference
%A Banker,, John E.
%D 1962
%x see Siu M\;o and Banker

%0 in journal
%A Banker,, John E.
%D 1964
%T Transformational paradigms of Bahnar clauses
%J <Mon-Khmer Studies>
%V I
%P 7-40
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 1
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 1
%K Bahnar: Syntax

%0 thesis
%A Banker,, John E.
%D 1965
%T <Bahnar word classes>
%U M.A. thesis, Hartford Seminary Foundation
%Z 56 pp.
%K Bahnar: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Banker,, John E.
%D 1972
%T Bahnar religion
%J <Southeast Asia>
%V 2
%N 1
%P 88-124
%K Bahnar: Ethnog

%0 cross reference
%A Banker,, John E.
%D 1976
%x see Siu M\;o and Banker

%0 book
%A Banker,, John E.
%D 1978
%T <Bahnar word classes>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 57 pp., 2mf.
%K Bahnar: Syntax

%0 unpublished
%A Banker,, John E.
%D n.d.
%T Preglottalized consonants in languages of Southeast Asia
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota
%Z 6 pp.
%K Southeast Asian languages: Phon

%0 book
%A Banker,, John E.
%A et al.
%D 1964
%T <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V I
%S <Linguistic Circle of Saigon Publications>
%u 1
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Linguistic Circle of Saigon
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 1
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 1
%Z 163 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics microfiche publications,
   2mf.
%R Capell, <Oceania> 35(1964).2:156-7
%R Haudricourt, <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
   60(1965).2:255
%R Hohepa, <J. Polynesian Society> 75(1966):240-1
%R Jacob, <Lingua> 20(1968):111-12
%R Shorto, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   28(1965).2
%R Smalley, <Language> 43(1967).4:977-87
%K Mon-Khmer: Studies

%0 unpublished
%A Banker,, John E.
%A Banker,, Betty [Elizabeth F. M.]
%D n.d.
%T <Bahnar texts>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota
%K Bahnar: Texts

%0 unpublished
%A Banker,, John E.
%D n.d.
%T <Bahnar--Vietnamese--English dictionary and texts>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota
%K Bahnar: Dict, Bahnar-Viet-Eng

%0 book
%A Banker,, John E.
%A Banker,, Elizabeth
%A Siu M\;o
%D 1979
%T <Bahnar dictionary>
%S <Vietnam Minority Linguistics Series>
%u 20.1
%C Manila/Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 202 pp./204 pp.
%O A trilingual dictionary in the Plei Bong-Mang Yang dialect;
   Vietnamese--English with an introductory key to pronunciation in
   English; includes three corresponding tri- or bilingual glossaries
   and an English index
%K Bahnar: Dict, Bahnar-Viet-Eng

%0 book
%A Banker,, John E.
%A Hin
%A Siu M\;o
%D 1971
%T {\viet <S\;op hlab\;oar h\;omon t\;odrong Bahnar S\;o ki>}
%t A Bahnar culture and folklore text
%C Saigon
%I Department of Education
%Z 104 pp.
%O In Bahnar and Vietnamese
%K Bahnar: Reader

%0 book
%A Banker,, John E.
%A Yup
%A et al.
%D 1974
%T {\bahnar <Bai p\;ohram n\;or Bahnar Kontum>}; {\viet <Bai hoc
   ti\^eng Bahnar Kontum>}; {\eng <Kontum Bahnar language lessons>}
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z vi, 38 pp.
%K Bahnar: Textbook

%0 unpublished
%A Baradat,, R.
%D 1941
%T {\fr <Les dialectes des tribus s\^amr\^e>}
%t The dialects of the S\^amr\^e tribe
%M ms., l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient, Paris
%Z 267 pp.
%K Samr\^e: Dialects

%0 in journal
%A Baradat,, R.
%D 1941
%T {\fr Les Samr\^e ou P\'ear, population primitive de l'ouest du
   Cambodge}
%t The Samr\^e or P\'ear, a primitive population of western Cambodia
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 41
%P 1-150
%O Map, p.4
%K Pear: Map; Samr\^e: Map

%0 in journal
%A Barbe,, M.
%D 1845
%T Some account of the hill tribes in the interior of the District of
   Chittagong
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 14
%P 380-91
%O TB: Bom (Paangkhua), Langet
%K Langet: Gen; Paangkhua: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Barbe,, P.
%D 1846
%T Notice of the Nicobar Islands
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 15
%P 344-67
%O Nancowry vocabulary, 366-7 - SJS
%K Nancowry: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Barbier,, Victor
%D 1912
%T {\fr Les expressions comparative dans la langue annamite}
%t Comparative expressions in Vietnamese
%J <Revue Indochinoise>
%V 1st sem. (1912)
%P 225-45; 356-69
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Barbier,, Victor
%D 1920
%T {\fr Phon\'etique annamite}
%t Vietnamese phonetics
%J <Revue Indochinoise> n.s.
%V 34
%P 57-68
%K Vietnamese: Phonet

%0 book
%A Barbier,, Victor
%D 1925
%T {\fr <Grammaire annamite>}
%t Vietnamese grammar
%C Hanoi
%I Imprimerie d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%Z 82 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A Bare,, Garland
%D 1961
%T The T'in and Kha Phai
%M unpublished background study
%K Phay: Ethnog; T'in: Ethnog

%0 collection
%E Bareh,, Hamlet
%D 1967
%T <The history and culture of the Khasi people>
%C Calcutta
%I Naba Mundran
%Z 485 pp.
%O Khasi language:19-22
%K Khasi: Gen

%0 book
%A Bareh,, Hamlet
%D 1969
%T <A short history of Khasi literature>
%C Shillong
%I Don Bosco Press
%Z 108 pp.
%K Khasi: Literature

%0 book
%A Bareh,, Hamlet
%D 1971
%T <Khasi fables and folk-tales>
%C Calcutta
%I K. L. Mukhopadhyay
%Z 87 pp.
%K Khasi: Folktales

%0 book
%A Bareh,, U Mondon
%D 1929
%T <Khasi--English course and grammar for schools and colleges>
%C Shillong
%I Ri Khasi Press
%K Khasi: Gram; Khasi: Textbook

%0 book
%A Bareigts,, Andr\'e
%D 1981
%T {\fr <Les Lautu: contribution \`a l'\'etude de l'organisation
   sociale d'une ethnie chin de Haute-Birmanie>}
%t The Lautu: contribution to the study of the social organization of
   a Chin people of Upper Burma
%C Paris
%I Soci\'et\'e d'Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France
%Z 313 pp.
%O Considerable information on ethnography, demography, and toponymy
   of TB languages
%% ?? Huffman has spelling Bareights throughout
%K Dai\1: Clfn; Dim: Clfn; Fanai: Clfn; Hngi-yong: Clfn; Hualngau,
   Hualngo: Clfn; Hyau: Clfn; Khualshim: Clfn; Khuangli: Clfn; Lailen:
   Clfn; Lautu: Ethnog; M'kang: Clfn; Ng'ga: Clfn; Nguite: Clfn;
   Saingbaung Chin: Clfn; Senthang: Clfn; Sittu: Clfn; Tamang\1: Clfn;
   Tapung: Clfn; Tawr: Clfn; Welaung: Clfn; Zophei: Clfn; Zotung: Clfn

%0 in collection
%A Barinova,, A. N. (Antonina Nikolaevna)
%D 1963
%T {\rus Povtory v kitaiskom i v'etnamskom iazykakh}
%t Reduplication in Chinese and Vietnamese
%B {\rus <Voprosy kitaiskoi filologii>}
%b Questions of Chinese philology
%C Moscow
%I ?
%P 262-76
%K Vietnamese: Redup

%0 thesis
%A Barinova,, A. N. (Antonina Nikolaevna)
%D 1964
%T {\rus Povtor v sovremennom v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Reduplication in contemporary Vietnamese
%U Moscow Lomonosov State University, Inst. of Oriental Languages,
   Candidate in Philological Sciences
%Z 213 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Redup

%0 in collection
%A Barinova,, A. N. (Antonina Nikolaevna)
%D 1965
%T {\rus Nekotorye v'etnamsko--indoneziiskie paralleli}
%t Some Vietnamese--Indonesian parallels
%E Mazur,, Iu. N. (Iurii Nikolaevich)
%B {\rus <Voprosy filologii stran Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b Philological problems in the countries of South-East Asia
%C Moscow
%I Izd. Moskovkogo univ.
%P 47-57
%L UCB Main PL3501.M6
%L UHM HMLTN OL3501.M6 1965
%K Vietnamese: Affil; Vietnamese: Comp w Indonesian

%0 in collection
%A Barinova,, A. N. (Antonina Nikolaevna)
%D 1965
%T {\rus Pol'nyi i chastichnyi povtor vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Full and partial reduplication in the Vietnamese language
%E Mazur,, Iu. N. (Iurii Nikolaevich)
%B {\rus <Voprosy filologii stran Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b Philological problems in the countries of South-East Asia
%C Moscow
%I Izd-vo Moskovkogo universiteta
%P 192-204
%L UCB Main PL3501.M6
%L UHM HMLTN OL3501.M6 1965
%K Vietnamese: Redup

%0 book
%A Barinova,, A. N. (Antonina Nikolaevna)
%D 1965
%T {\rus <Uchebnik v'etnamskogo iazyka, I kurs>}
%t Textbook of the Vietnamese language, course I
%C Moscow
%I Izd-vo Moskovskogo universiteta
%Z 320 pp.
%L UCB Main PL4373.B3
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Barkataki,, S.
%D 1977
%T <The Khasis>
%C Pathsala, Assam
%I Bani Prakash
%Z 105 pp.
%O Ethnography
%% Huffman's spelling Barataki corrected from alphabetical order and
   index
%K Khasi: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D 1960-64
%T Linguistics
%J <Asian Perspectives>
%V 4(1960); 5(1961); 6(1962); 7(1963); 8(1964)
%N 1-2; 1; 1-2; 1-2; 1
%P 133-5; 107-8; 65-73; 86-100; 115-25
%O Annual bibliography on Far Eastern linguistics, primarily work by
   Summer Institute of Linguistics
%K Southeast Asian languages: Biblio

%0 in journal
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D 1963
%T Proto-Vietnam\;u\;ong initial labial consonants
%J <V\uan-hoa Nguy\^et-san>
%V 12
%N 3
%P 491-500
%K Viet-M\;u\;ong: Reconstr

%0 in collection
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D 1966
%T Vietnamese and M\;u\;ong tone correspondences
%E Zide,, Norman H.
%B <Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics>
%S <Indo-Iranian monographs>
%u 5
%C The Hague
%I Mouton
%P 9-25
%K Viet-M\;u\;ong: Reconstr; Vietnamese: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D 1968
%T The phonemes of M\;u\;ong
%J <Studies in Linguistics>
%V 20
%P 59-62
%K M\;u\;ong: Phon

%0 thesis
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D 1969
%T <M\;u\;ong clause structure>
%U M.A. essay, University of Illinois
%K M\;u\;ong: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D 1969
%T The phonological adaptation of French loanwords in Vietnamese
%J <Mon-Khmer Studies>
%V III
%P 138-47
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 3
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 3
%K Vietnamese: Loanwords from French

%0 in collection
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D 1980
%T House construction among M\;u\;ong refugees
%E Gregerson,, Marilyn
%E Thomas,, Dorothy
%B <Notes from Indochina on ethnic minority cultures>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Museum of Anthropology,
   Publication>
%u 6
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 1-10
%K M\;u\;ong: Ethnog

%0 unpublished
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D n.d.
%T The phonological structure of M\;u\;ong
%M unpublished ms.
%K M\;u\;ong: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%D n.d.
%T Proto-Vietnamuong final consonants and vowels
%M unpublished ms.
%K Viet-M\;u\;ong: Reconstr

%0 book
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%A et al.
%D 1977
%T <Articles on Proto-Viet-M\;u\;ong>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics microfiche publications
%Z 48 pp., 1mf.
%K Viet-M\;u\;ong: Reconstr

%0 unpublished
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%A Barker,, Muriel A.
%D 1962
%T <M\;u\;ong--Vietnamese--English dictionary>
%M ms.
%K M\;u\;ong: Dict, M\;u\;ong-Viet-Eng

%0 unpublished
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%A Barker,, Muriel A.
%D 1974
%T <M\;u\;ong--Vietnamese--English alphabetization dictionary>
%M computer printout, Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of
   North Dakota
%K M\;u\;ong: Dict, M\;u\;ong-Viet-Eng

%0 book
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%A Barker,, Muriel A.
%D 1976
%T {\muong <Bai hoc ti\^eng Mol>}; {\viet <Bai hoc ti\^eng
   M\;u\;ong>}: {\eng <M\;u\;ong language lessons>}
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 39 pp.
%K M\;u\;ong: Textbook

%0 book
%A Barker,, Milton E.
%A Barker,, Muriel A.
%D 1976
%T <M\;u\;ong--Vietnamese--English dictionary>
%C Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 537 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics microfiche publications,
   11mf.
%K M\;u\;ong: Dict, M\;u\;ong-Viet-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Barker,, Muriel A.
%D 1970
%T Proto-Vietnamuong (Annamuong) final consonants and vowels
%J <Lingua>
%V 24
%N 3
%P 268-85
%% ?? cited in index as joint paper by Barker M E and Barker M A; see
   Barker M E n.d.
%K Viet-M\;u\;ong: Reconstr

%0 book
%A Barnard,, Joseph Terence Owen
%D 1934
%T <A handbook of the Raw\=ang dialect of the Nung language>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%Z xi, 118 pp.
%K Rawang: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Barnes,, W. D.
%D 1903
%T Review of Schmidt,, W., `The Sakai and Semang languages in the
   Malay Peninsula and their relations to the Mon-Khmer languages'
%J <Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 39
%P 38-45
%K Sakai: Affil w Mon-Khmer; Semang: Affil w Mon-Khmer

%0 in journal
%A Barnett,, L. D. (Lionel David)
%D 1903
%T Preliminary notice of the Tibetan manuscripts in the Stein
   collection
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1903
%P 109-14
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 in collection
%A Barnett,, L. D. (Lionel David)
%A Francke,, August Hermann
%D 1907
%T Tibetan manuscripts and graffiti discovered by Dr. M. A. Stein at
   Endere
%E Stein,, M. A[urel]
%B <Ancient Khotan>
%C Oxford
%I ?
%P 548-69 (Appendix N)
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 book
%A Barney,, George Linwood
%D 1950-54
%T <Hmong Njua materials>
%C Xieng Khouang, Laos
%I ?
%K Hmong Njua: Desc; Miao, Green: Desc

%0 book
%A Barney,, George Linwood
%D 1961
%T <The Meo of Xieng Khouang Province>
%S <Laos Project Paper>
%u 13
%C Los Angeles
%I University of California/Los Angeles, Department of Anthropology
   and Sociology
%+ Reprinted in Peter Kunstadter, ed., <Southeast Asian tribes,
   minorities and nations>, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press,
   1967:271-93
%K Miao: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Barney,, George Linwood
%A Smalley,, William A.
%D 1952
%T <Report of conference on problems in Meo phonemic structure>
%Z mimeo.
%K Miao: Phon

%0 book
%A Barney,, George Linwood
%A Smalley,, William A.
%D 1953
%T <Report of second conference on problems in Meo (Miao) phonemic
   structure and orthography>
%Z mimeo.
%K Miao: Phon; Miao: Script

%0 book
%A Barney,, George Linwood
%A Smalley,, William A.
%D 1953
%T <Third report on Meo (Miao): orthography and grammar>
%C Xieng Khouang, Laos
%I ?
%Z mimeo.
%K Miao: Gram; Miao: Script

%0 book
%A Barney,, George Linwood
%D 1957?
%T <The Meo of Xieng Khouang province>
%S <University of California, Los Angeles, Dept. of Anthropology and
   Sociology Laos project paper>
%u 13
%C Los Angeles
%I Dept. of Anthropology, University of California
%Z 50 pp.
%+ Chapters II and III of the author's master's thesis, <Christianity:
   Innovation in Meo culture, a case study in missionization>
%O Subjects: Hmong (Asian people); Laos: Ethnog
%L UCR Rivera DS731.M5 B3

%0 in journal
%A Barnouw,, Victor
%D 1955
%T Eastern Nepalese marriage customs and kinship organization
%J <Southwestern Journal of Anthropology>
%V 11
%P 15-30
%O Kinship terms:29-30 - BSTL
%K Rai\2: Kinship

%0 unpublished
%A Baron,, Stephen P.
%D 1973
%T The classifier-alone-plus-noun construction as an areal feature in
   Southeast Asia
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 6 (University of California/San Diego)
%K Southeast Asian languages: Clfr

%0 unpublished
%A Baron,, Stephen P.
%D 1973
%T Sani etymological concordance and summary of correspondences
%M ms.
%K Sani: Reconstr

%0 unpublished
%A Baron,, Stephen P.
%D 1973
%T Tonal derivation vs. tone sandhi as a syntactic device
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 6 (University of California/San Diego)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon; Sino-Tibetan: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Baron,, Stephen P.
%D 1974
%T On the tips of many tongues: apical vowels across Sino-Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 7 (Georgia State University, Atlanta)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 book
%A Barooah,, Gangadhar Roy
%D 1949
%T {\?? <Abor Sikshak>;} {\eng <Abor teacher>}
%C Pashighat, NEFA, Assam
%I ?
%O Abor grammar and vocabulary, in Abor, English, and Assamese - BSTL
%K Abor: Gram; Abor: Textb; Abor: Vocab

%0 collection
%E Barrau,, Jacques
%E et al.
%D 1972
%T {\fr <Langues et techniques, nature et societe>} {\eng (<Volumes
   presented to Andr\'e G. Haudricourt on his 60th birthday>)}, {\fr
   vol. I: <Approche linguistique>; vol. II: <Approche ethnologique et
   naturaliste>}
%t ?
%C Paris
%I Klincksieck
%O S
%K Southeast Asian languages: Studies

%0 book
%A Bars,, E.
%D 1973
%T <Khasi--English dictionary>
%C Shillong
%I Don Bosco
%Z xvi, 1000 pp.
%L UCB Main PL4451.4.B3
%K Khasi: Dict, Khasi-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Barshudarov
%D 1963
%T Review of Zograph, {\rus <Iazyki Indii, Pakistana, Ceilona, i
   Nepala>}
%J {\rus <Voprosy Iazyke i literatury>}
%V 2
%P 144-7

%0 book
%A Barua,, Bimala Kanta
%A Phukan,, N. N. Deodhari
%D 1964
%T <Ahom lexicons, based on original Tai manuscripts>
%C Gauhati
%I Department of Historical and Antiquarian Studies in Assam
%Z 205 pp.
%K Ahom: Lexicon

%0 in journal
%A Barua,, Tushar Kanti
%D 1969
%T Review of Bernot, L., {\fr <Les \,Cak, contribution \`a l'\'etude
   ethnographique d'une population de la langue loi>}
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 55
%N 1
%P 235-8

%0 book
%A Baruah,, Tapan Kumar M
%D 1960
%T <The Idu Mishmis>
%S The People of NEFA
%C Shillong
%I P. C. Dutta on behalf of the governor of Assam
%Z 110 pp., illus., maps
%L UHM ASIA DS432.M45 B3
%K Idu: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Baruah,, Tapan Kumar M
%D 1962
%T <The Idu Mishmi phrasebook>
%C ?
%I North-East Frontier Agency
%K Idu: Phrasebook

%0 in journal
%A Baruch,, J.
%D 1973
%T Review of Nguy\^en Phu Phong, {\fr <Le vietnamien fondamental>}
%J <Message d'Extr\^eme-Orient> (Belgium)
%V 3
%N 11-12
%P 908

%0 book
%A Baruwa,, Ghanak\=anta
%D 1936
%T {\ahom <\=Ahom pr\=aim\=ar, by\=akaranar saite>}
%t Ahom primer, with grammar
%C Jorhat
%I ?
%Z 58 pp.
%K Ahom: Primer

%0 in journal
%A Bass,, Jerry
%D 1978
%T Thai dictionary project
%J <Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies Review> (Berkeley?)
%V 1
%N 1
%P 4-6
%K Thai: Dict

%0 in journal
%A Bastian,, Adolf
%D 1865
%T On some Siamese inscriptions
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 34
%P 27-38
%K Shan: Orthog; Thai: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Bastian,, Adolf
%D 1867
%T {\germ \"Uber die siamesischen Laut- und Tonaccente}
%t On Siamese sound- and tone-accent
%J <Monatsberichte der K\"oniglichen preussischen Akademie der
   Wissenschaften zu Berlin>
%V 1867
%P 357-86
%K Thai: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Bastian,, Adolf
%D 1868
%T Remarks on the Indo-Chinese alphabets
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society> n.s.
%V 3
%P 65-80
%O Script specimens: AA: Khmer; TB: Burmese; TK: Lao, Shan, Thai; MA:
   Cham
%K Burmese: Orthog; Cham: Orthog; Khmer: Orthog; Lao\2: Orthog; Shan:
   Orthog; Thai: Orthog

%0 book
%A Bastian,, Adolf
%D 1868
%T {\germ <Reise durch Kambodja nach Cochinchina>}
%t A trip through Cambodia to Cochinchina
%S {\germ <Die Voelker des Oestlichen Asien: Studien und Reisen von
   Dr. Adolf Bastian}
%s The people of East Asia: studies and travels of Dr. Adolf Bastian
%u 4
%C Jena
%I Hermann Costenoble
%Z x, 436 pp.
%O Vocabulary: AA: Bahnar (414-15), Chong (295-7), Khmer (253-7),
   Palaung (304-5), Samreh [Samr\^e] (89-90), Sedang (416), So
   (293-4), Stieng (305-7), Su\'e [Souei] (298-9); MA: Cham (243-5)
%K Bahnar: Vocab; Cham: Vocab; Chong: Vocab; Palaung: Vocab; Samr\^e:
   Vocab; Sedang: Vocab; So: Vocab; Souei: Vocab; Stieng: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bastian,, Adolf
%D 1870
%T {\germ <Sprachvergleichende Studien mit besonderer
   Ber\"ucksichtigung der indochinesischen Sprachen>}
%t Linguistic studies with special reference to the Indochinese
   languages
%C Leipzig
%I F. A. Brockhaus
%Z xxxviii, 344 pp.
%O Reference to Burmese, Tai
%K Burmese: Comp w Tai; Indo-Chinese: Clfn; Tai: Comp w Burmese

%0 book
%A Bastian,, Adolf
%D 1883
%T {\germ <V\"olkerst\"amme am Brahmaputra, und verwandtschaftliche
   Nachbarn>}
%t Races of the Brahmaputra, and related neighbors
%C Berlin
%I ?
%O Vocabulary: Dafla, Sandoway; reference to Sino-Tibetan
%K Dafla: Vocab; Sandoway: Vocab

%0 thesis
%A Bauer,, Christian
%D 1982
%T <Morphology and syntax of spoken Mon>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, School of Oriental and African Studies,
   University of London
%Z xxix, 585 pp.
%K Mon\3: Gram; Mon\3: Morph; Mon\3: Syntax

%0 unpublished
%A Bauer,, Christian
%D 1983
%T Classifiers in Mon
%M Australian Linguistic Society Conference, LaTrobe University,
   Melbourne, Aug. 31-Sept. 2, 1983
%K Mon\3: Clfr

%0 in collection
%A Bauer,, Christian
%D 1985
%T The verb complex in spoken Mon
%E Diffloth,, G\'erard
%E Theraphan L. Thongkum
%B <Mon and Nyah Kur linguistic studies>
%S <Monic language studies>
%u 3
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University Printing House
%K Mon\3: Verb complex

%0 in journal
%A Bauman,, James John
%D 1974
%T Pronominal verb morphology in Tibeto-Burman
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 1
%N 1
%P 108-55
%K Tibeto-Burman: Morph

%0 unpublished
%A Bauman,, James John
%D 1975
%T Pronominal roots in Tibeto-Burman
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 8 (University of California/Berkeley)
%K Tibeto-Burman: Morph; Tibeto-Burman: Pronouns

%0 thesis
%A Bauman,, James John
%D 1975
%T <Pronouns and pronominal morphology in Tibeto-Burman>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of California/Berkeley
%Z 319 pp.
%K Tibeto-Burman: Morph; Tibeto-Burman: Pronouns

%0 in collection
%A Bauman,, James John
%D 1979
%T An historical perspective on ergativity in Tibeto-Burman
%E Plank,, Frans
%B <Ergativity: towards a theory of grammatical relations>
%C New York
%I Academic Press
%P 419-33
%K Tibeto-Burman: Ergativity

%0 in journal
%A Baumeister,, Theofried
%D 1967
%T {\germ Ueber Sprache und Denken der Vietnamesen}
%t On the language and thought of the Vietnamese
%J <Vi\^et-Nam>
%V 3
%P 25-36
%K Vietnamese: Psycholing

%0 in journal
%A Bawden,, C[harles] R.
%D 1960
%T Mongolian in Tibetan script
%J <Studia Orientalia>
%V 25
%N 3
%P 3-15
%K Tibetan: Orthog

%0 in collection
%A Bawden,, C[harles] R.
%D 1973
%T A Tibetan--Mongol bilingual text of popular religion
%E Kaschewsky,, Rudolph
%E Sagaster,, Klaus
%E Weiers,, Michael
%B <Serta Tibeto--Mongolica>
%C Wiesbaden
%I Harrassowitz
%P 15-32
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 in collection
%A Baxter,, William H., III
%D 1985
%T Tibeto-Burman cognates of Old Chinese *-ij and *-\-ij
%E Thurgood,, Graham
%E Matisoff,, James A.
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Linguistics of the Sino-Tibetan area: the state of the art. Papers
   presented to Paul K. Benedict for his 71st birthday>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.87
%C Canberra
%I Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%P 242-63
%K Tibeto-Burman: Comp w Chinese

%0 in collection
%A Bayard,, Donn T.
%D 1979
%T Comment on Shorto's `Linguistic protohistory of mainland South-East
   Asia'
%E Smith,, R. B. (Ralph Bernard)
%E Watson,, W[illiam]
%B <Early South East Asia>
%C London
%I Oxford University Press
%P 278-80
%L UHM RESERVE DS501.5.E27
%K Southeast Asian languages: Hist

%0 collection
%E Bazell,, C. E. (Charles Ernest)
%E Catford,, J. C. (John Cunnison)
%E Halliday,, M. A. K. (Michael Alexander Kirkwood)
%E Robins,, R. H. (Robert Henry)
%D 1966
%T <In memory of J. R. Firth>
%S <Longmans' linguistics library>
%C London
%I Longmans
%Z xi, 500 pp.
%O S
%R Matthews, <Language> 44(1968).2:306-17
%F Firth, J. R. (John Rupert)
%L UCB Main P26.F57 1966
%K

%0 in journal
%A Be Viet Dang
%D 1975
%T The Yao in Vietnam
%J <Vietnamese Studies>
%V 41
%P 40-83
%O Ethnography; 25-word comparative wordlist in seven Yao dialects
%K Yao: Dialects in Vietnam; Yao: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Beames,, John
%D 1870
%T On the Magar language of Nepal
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 4
%P 178-228
%K Magar: Gen; Magar: Vocab

%0 book
%A Beames,, John
%D 1971
%T <Outlines of Indian philology and other philological papers>
%C Calcutta
%I Indian Studies Past and Present
%Z xi, 100 pp.
%+ Reprint of 1867
%O appendix A: Santali numerals
%K Santali: Numerals

%0 in journal
%A Beauclair,, I\~nez de
%D 1941
%T Review of Fitzgerald, <The tower of five glories>
%J <Studia Serica>
%V 2
%P 150-1

%0 in journal
%A Beauclair,, I\~nez de
%D 1950
%T Review of Bernatzik, {\germ <Akha und Meau>}
%J <Studia Serica>
%V 9
%N 2
%P 108-16

%0 in collection
%A Beauclair,, I\~nez de
%D 1956
%T The representatives of the Lao in Kweichow province
%E Ruey Lih-Fu
%B {\?? <Kehlaot\^e tsutsu went'i>}
%b ?
%S <Academica Sinica Annals>
%u III
%P 302-9
%% format: titled edited journal issue, no city
%K Lao, Kweichow: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Beauclair,, I\~nez de
%D 1960
%T A Miao tribe of Southeast Kweichow and its cultural configuration
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of Ethnology>
%V 10
%P 127-99
%K Miao: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Beauclair,, I\~nez de
%D 1961
%T ``Miao'' on Hainan Island
%J <Current Anthropology>
%V 2
%P 394
%O Claims they are Yao
%K Yao, Hainan: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Beauvais,, J.
%D 1909
%T {\fr Rudiments d'un vocabulaire du dialecte des Tou-jen (Th\^o) de
   la r\'egion de Long-Tcheou}
%t Rudiments of a vocabulary of the Tou-jen (Th\^o) dialect of the
   Long-Tcheou region
%J <Revue Indochinoise>
%V 11
%P 330-42
%K Th\^o, Lungchow: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bechert,, Heinz
%D 1980
%T Review of Coed\'es, {\fr <Catalogue des manuscrits en P\=ali,
   Laotien, et Siamois provenant de la Thailande>}
%J <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft>
%V 30
%N 1
%P 151-2

%0 book
%A Bechert,, Heinz
%A Khin Khin Su,, Daw
%A Tin Tin Myint,, Daw
%D 1979
%T <Burmese manuscripts, Part 1>
%S {\germ <Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in
   Deutschland>}
%s List of oriental manuscripts in Germany
%u 23
%C Wiesbaden
%I Steiner
%Z 223 pp., 5 plates
%K Burmese: Mss

%0 thesis
%A Be\vcka,, Jan
%D 1962
%T <Particles and prepositions in modern Burmese>
%U Thesis, Dept. of Asian and African language, Charles University,
   Prague
%Z 130 pp.
%K Burmese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Be\vcka,, Jan
%D 1979
%T Review of Novikov & Kolobkov, {\rus <Russko--birmanskii slovar'>}
%J <Archiv Orient\'al\'ni>
%V 38
%P 366-7

%0 in collection
%A Becker,, Alton L.
%D 1968
%T Burmese tonemics: a discusssion of various points of view
%E Yamagiwa,, Joseph K.
%B <Papers of the CIC Far Eastern Language Institute>
%C Ann Arbor
%I Panel of Far Eastern Language Institutes of the Committee for
   Institutional Cooperation
%P 113-16
%% Huffman has 1964 for the paper
%K Burmese: Tones

%0 collection
%E Becker,, Alton L.
%D 1969
%T <Burman linguistics>, vol. 1
%C Ann Arbor
%I University of Michigan, Publications of the Linguistics Department
%Z 221 pp.
%R Haudricourt, <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
   65(1970-71).2:253
%K Tibeto-Burman: Ling

%0 in collection
%A Becker,, Alton L.
%D 1975
%T A linguistic image of nature: the Burmese numerative classifier
   system
%E Rubin,, Joan
%B <Sociolinguistics in Southeast Asia>
%S <International Journal of the Sociology of Language>
%u 5
%S <Linguistics>
%u 165
%P 109-21
%% format: titled edited journal issue, no city
%K Burmese: Clfr

%0 unpublished
%A Becker,, Alton L.
%D 1976
%T Grammatical restraints in Austro-Thai: the pronominal system
%M Meetings of the Association for Asian Studies
%K Austro-Thai: Pronouns

%0 in collection
%A Becker,, Alton L.
%D 1985
%T Person in Austro-Thai: comments on the pronoun paradigm in
   Benedict's <Austro-Thai: Language and culture>
%E Thurgood,, Graham
%E Matisoff,, James A.
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Linguistics of the Sino-Tibetan area: the state of the art. Papers
   presented to Paul K. Benedict for his 71st birthday>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.87
%C Canberra
%I Dept. of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%P 324-33
%% Huffman has 1984 for the paper
%K Austro-Thai: Loans from; Austro-Thai: Pronouns

%0 in journal
%A Becker,, Alton L.
%A Arms,, David
%D 1969
%T Prepositions as predicates
%J <Papers of the Chicago Linguistic Society>
%V 5
%P 1-11
%K

%0 in journal
%A Beckh,, Hermann
%D 1908
%T {\germ Beitr\"age zur tibetischen Grammatik, Lexikographie,
   Stilistik, und Metrik}
%t Essays on Tibetan grammar, lexicography, stylistics, and metrics
%J <Abhandlungen, Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin>
%V 1908, 2nd Anhang {? put 2nd in German}
%Z 65 pp.
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan: Lexicog; Tibetan: Metrics; Tibetan:
   Stylistics

%0 in journal
%A Be\vckov\'a,, Dagmar
%A Be\vcka,, Jan
%D 1969
%T A milestone in Burmese studies
%J <Archiv Orient\'al\'ni>
%V 37
%N 1
%P 82-6
%K Burmese: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Bee,, Peter J.
%D 1963
%T To which language family does Thai belong?
%J <Bulletin of the Faculty of Arts, Chulalongkorn University>
%V 2
%P 59-65
%K Thai: Affil; Thai: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Bee,, Peter J.
%D 1965
%T Review of Haas, <Thai--English student's dictionary>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 28
%N 3
%P 663-6

%0 in journal
%A Bee,, Peter J.
%D 1968
%T The analysis of Thai tones: an argument
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 56
%N 2
%P 272-87
%K Thai: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Bee,, Peter J.
%D 1972
%T <Kan> in modern standard Thai
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 60
%N 2
%P 87-134
%K Thai: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bee,, Peter J.
%D 1973
%T Review of Phayaphrom, <The poem in four songs: a Northern Thai
   tetralogy>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 36
%N 1
%P 188-91

%0 in collection
%A Bee,, Peter J.
%D 1975
%T Restricted phonology in certain Thai linker-syllables
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Chamberlain,, James R.
%B <Studies in Tai linguistics in honor of William J. Gedney>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English Language
%P 17-32
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4111.S8
%K Thai: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Bee,, Peter J.
%D 1975
%T Review of Udom, <Thai syntax: an outline>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 38
%N 3
%P 674-7

%0 in journal
%A Beebe,, Leslie M.
%D 1971
%T Review of Vichin Panupong, <Inter-sentence relations in modern
   conversational Thai>
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 59
%N 1
%P 245-9

%0 thesis
%A Beebe,, Leslie M.
%D 1974
%T <Socially conditioned variation in Bangkok Thai>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan
%Z 181 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 35.7:4474-75-A; University Microfilms
   75-628
%K Thai: Socioling

%0 in collection
%A Beebe,, Leslie M.
%D 1975
%T Initial consonant cluster reduction as a function of age group in
   Bangkok Thai speakers
%E Gething,, Thomas W.
%B <A Tai Festschrift for William J. Gedney on the occasion of his
   fifth cycle of life birthday anniversary, April 4, 1975>
%S <Southeast Asian Studies Working Paper>
%u 8
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Southeast Asian Studies Program
%P 13-42
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4152.T34
%+ Also published in Gething,, Thomas W., & Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em,
   eds., <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 6>: <Tai studies in
   honor of William J. Gedney> (<Pacific linguistics>, A.52),
   Canberra: Australian National University, 1979, 11-35
%K Thai: Socioling; Thai: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Beebe,, Leslie M.
%D 1975
%T Occupational prestige and consonant cluster simplification in
   Bangkok Thai
%E Rubin,, Joan
%B <Sociolinguistics in Southeast Asia>
%S <International Journal of the Sociology of Language>
%u 5
%S <Linguistics>
%u 165
%P 43-62
%% format: titled edited journal issue, no city
%K Thai: Socioling; Thai: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Beebe,, Leslie M.
%D 1976
%T Social conditioning of grooved and flat fricatives in Thai
%E Gething,, Thomas W.
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Kullavanijaya,, Pranee
%B <Tai linguistics in honor of Fang-kuei Li>
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University Press
%P 13-27
%L UHM ASIA/HMLTN PL411.T34
%K Thai: Socioling; Thai: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Beebe,, Leslie M.
%D 1980
%T Listener ethnicity and linguistic accommodation: the case of
   Chinese Thais
%M Conference on Thai Studies in honor of Professor William J. Gedney
   (Ann Arbor, MI)
%K Thai: Biling; Thai: Socioling; Thai: Spoken by Chinese

%0 book
%A Beery,, Galen
%D 1973
%T <Basic spoken Lao>
%C Vientiane
%I Kaye Ando Technical Services
%Z 28 pp.
%K Lao\2: Textbook

%0 book
%A Beery,, Galen
%D 1977
%T <Basic spoken Lao in sixteen lessons>
%C Rutland, VT
%I Charles E. Tuttle
%Z 27 pp.
%K Lao\2: Textbook

%0 book
%A Begbie,, Peter James
%D 1834
%T <The Malayan Peninsula...>
%C Madras
%I Vepery Mission Press
%Z xviii, 524, xix pp., plates, maps
%O M\ueni' vocabulary: 14-18 - SJS
%K Kentak: Vocab

%0 book
%A Begbie,, William Henry
%A Joseph,, Abraham
%D 1877
%T <Vocabulary, English, Burmese, Hindustani, and Tamil in English
   characters with the Burmese also in native letters...>
%C Rangoon
%I Albion Press
%Z 153 pp.
%K Burmese: Vocab

%0 book
%A Begbie,, William Henry
%A Joseph,, Abraham
%D 1886
%T <Tamil--Hindustani--Burmese--English dictionary>
%C Singapore
%I Malayalam Printers
%Z 87 pp.
%K Burmese: Dict, Tamil-Hindi-Burmese-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Behura,, N. K.
%D 1980
%T Structural analysis and Juang myths - a critique
%J <Journal of Social Research>
%V 23
%N 1
%P 59-72
%K Juang: Myth

%0 in journal
%A Belakowicz,, I. de
%D 1906
%T {\fr Notes sur deux peuplades du Darlac (Laos): les Rad\`es et les
   Khar Pi}
%t Notes on two tribes of Darlac (Laos): the Rad\'e and the Khar Pi
%J <Revue coloniale> (Minist\`ere des Colonies)
%V 36, 37
%O 500-word vocabulary of Rad\'e, 37:234-45
%K Rad\'e: Vocab; Rad\'e, Bih: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bell,, Charles A.
%D 1939
%T <Grammar of colloquial Tibetan>
%C Alipore
%I Government of Bengal Press
%Z 184 pp.
%+ Also published New York: Dover, 1977, 230 pp. (reprint of 2nd
   (1919) ed.)
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 book
%A Bell,, Charles A.
%D 1965
%T <English--Tibetan colloquial dictionary>
%C Alipore
%I West Bengal Government Press
%Z xxvi, 562 pp.
%+ 1st edition, Calcutta, 1920
%K Tibetan: Dict, Eng-Tibetan

%0 book
%A Bell,, Charles A.
%D 1978
%T <Manual of colloquial Tibetan>
%C Nepal
%I Ratna Pustak Bhandar
%Z 562 pp.
%+ Reprint of 1905 edition
%K Tibetan: Textbook

%0 book
%A Belykh,, B. M.
%A Tseitin,, G. C.
%D 1961
%T {\rus <Kodirovka v'etnamskogo sova>}
%t Codification of the Vietnamese word
%? {\rus <AN SSSR Inst. nauch. inform. Doklad na Konf. po obrabotke
   inform., machin perevodu i avtomaticheskomn chteniiu teksta>,
   Vyp. 3}
%K Vietnamese: Morph

%0 in journal
%A Bendix,, Edward H.
%D 1974
%T Indo-Aryan and Tibeto-Burman contact as seen through Nepali and
   Newari verb tenses
%J <International Journal of Dravidian Linguistics>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 42-59
%K Newari: Nepali infl; Newari: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Bendix,, Edward H.
%D 1975
%T Review of Matisoff, `Lahu nominalization, relativization, and
   genitivization'
%J <American Anthropologist>
%V 77
%N 4
%P 957

%0 cross reference
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1937-41
%x see Shafer and Benedict

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1939
%T Semantic differentiation in Indo-Chinese. Old Chinese <l\^ap n\^a>
%J <Harvard Journal of Asiatic studies>
%V 4
%P 213-29
%O Reference to Tai
%K Indo-Chinese: Semantics

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1940
%T Studies in Indo-Chinese phonology
%J <Harvard Journal of Asiatic studies>
%V 5
%P 101-27
%K Indo-Chinese: Phon; Tibeto-Burman: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1941-42
%T A Cham colony on the island of Hainan
%J <Harvard Journal of Asiatic studies>
%V 6
%P 129-34
%O Huihui = a Chamic group which migrated to Hainan in the 12-13th
   centuries; according to Benedict, <Computational Analyses of Asian
   and African Languages> 1984, a tonal Chamic language
%K Cham, Hainan: Affil w Austro-Tai; Huihui of Hainan: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1942
%T Chinese and Tibetan kinship terms
%J <Harvard Journal of Asiatic studies>
%V 6
%P 313-37
% Chinese: Kinship; Tibetan: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1942
%T Thai, Kadai, and Indonesian: a new alignment in Southeastern Asia
%J <American Anthropologist>
%V 44
%P 576-601
%+ Republished in Benedict 1975
%% ?? expand xref
%O Claims that the Kadai languages (Li on Hainan and Lati, Laqua and
   Kelao in southern China) form a link between Tai and Austronesian
%K Indochina, languages: Ling affil; Indo-Chinese: Clfn; Kachin,
   China: Affil w Thai and Indon; Kelao: Clfn; Laqua: Clfn; Lati:
   Clfn; Miao-Yao: Affil w Tai; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Viet-M\;u\;ong;
   Mon-Khmer: Clfn; Southeast Asian languages: Clfn; Tai: Affil w
   Austronesian; Tai: Affil w Miao-Yao; Tai-Kadai: Affil w
   Austronesian; Thai: Affil w Indonesian; Thai: Affil w Kadai; Thai:
   Clfn; Vietnamese: Affil; Vietnamese: Affil w Austroasiatic

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1943
%T Secondary infixation in Lepcha
%J <Studies in linguistics>
%V 1
%N 19
%P 2
%K Lepcha: Infixation

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1943
%T Studies in Thai kinship terminology
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 63
%P 168-75
%K Thai: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1945
%T Chinese and Thai kin numeratives
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 65
%P 33-7
%K Chinese: Kinship; Thai: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1946-47
%T Languages and literatures of Indo-China
%J <Far Eastern Quarterly>
%V 6
%P 371-92
%K Indochina, languages: Ling affil; Indo-Chinese: Clfn; Southeast
   Asian languages: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1947
%T An analysis of Annamese kinship terms
%J <Southwestern Journal of Anthropology>
%V 3
%P 371-92
%K Mon-Khmer: Affil w Viet-M\;u\;ong; Mon-Khmer: Clfn; Vietnamese:
   Affil; Vietnamese: Affil w Austroasiatic; Vietnamese: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1947
%T Review of Cornyn, <Outline of Burmese grammar>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 67
%P 65-7

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1948
%T Tonal systems in South-East Asia
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 68
%P 184-91
%K Southeast Asian languages: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1966
%T Austro-Thai
%J <Behavior Science Notes>
%V 1
%P 227-61
%+ Republished in Benedict 1975 {? expand ref}
%K Austro-Thai: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1967
%T Austro-Thai studies 3: Austro-Thai and Chinese
%J <Behavior Science Notes>
%V 2
%N 4
%P 275-336
%O Republished in Benedict 1975 {? expand ref}
%K Austro-Thai: Comp w Chinese; Austro-Thai: Ethnog; Austro-Thai:
   Kinship terms; Austro-Thai: Studies

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1968
%T Austro-Thai and Sino-Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 1 (Yale University, New Haven, CT)
%K Austro-Thai: Comp w Sino-Tibetan

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1969
%T The birth of Sino-Tibetan tonal distinctions
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 2 (Columbia University, New York)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1970
%T A reconstruction schema for Sino-Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 3 (Cornell University, Ithaca, NY)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1971
%T Sino-Tibetan suffixed `-n'
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 4 (Indiana University, Bloomington)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1972
%T Notes for comments on F. K. Li, `Some dental clusters in Thai'
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 5 (University of Michigan, Ann Arbor)
%K Tai: Phon

%0 book
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1972
%T <Sino-Tibetan: a conspectus>
%S <Princeton-Cambridge studies in Chinese linguistics>
%u 2
%? contributing editor James A. Matisoff
%C New York
%I Cambridge University Press
%Z vi, 230 pp.
%O A systematic presentation of the basic linguistic features of
   Chinese, Karen, and the Tibeto-Burman languages (including Tibetan,
   Burmese, and more than 100 related languages), with particular
   emphasis on reconstructing the ancestral Sino-Tibetan language
%R Bodman, <Linguistics> 149(1975):89-97
%R Chang Kun, <Journal of Asian Studies> 32(1975).2:335-7
%R Chou Fa-kao, <Journal of the Institute for Chinese Studies>
   5(1972).1:159-237
%R Coblin, <Monumenta Serica> 30(1972-73):635-42
%R Denwood, <Journal of Oriental Studies> 11(1973).2:261-2
%R Egerod, <Journal of Chinese Linguistics> 1(1973).3:498-505
%R Haudricourt, <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
   68(1973).2:261-2
%R Hoffmann,, H., <Language Sciences> 38(1975):33
%R Lehman, <Language> 51(1975).1:215-19
%R Miller,, R., <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
   94(1974).2:195-204
%R Roy,, G., <Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association>
   9(1974): 153-6
%R Sedl\'a\vcek, <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl\"andischen
   Gesellschaft> 124(1974):153-6
%R Simon,, W. <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   36(1973).1:173-4
%R Sprigg, <Asia Major> 19(1974).1:100-106
%K Daru: Clfn; Lolo: Clfn; Sino-Tibetan: Clfn; Sino-Tibetan: Gen and
   comp; Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon; Sino-Tibetan: Studies;
   Tibeto-Burman: Clfn

%0 in collection
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1972
%T The Sino-Tibetan tonal system
%E Barrau,, Jacques
%E et al.
%B {\fr <Langues et techniques, nature et soci\'et\'e>} <(Volume
   presented to Andre\'e G. Haudricourt on his 60th birthday)>
%b ?
%C Paris
%I Klincksieck
%P 25-34
%K Sino-Tibetan: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1973
%T Tibeto-Burman tones with a note on teleo-reconstruction
%J <Acta Orientalia>
%V 35
%P 127-38
%K Tibeto-Burman: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1974
%T Comment on E. W. Lee, `Southeast Asian features in Austronesian
   strata of the Chamic languages'
%M First International Conference on Austroasiatic Linguistics
   (Honolulu, Hawaii)
%K Chamic: S.E.Asian features

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1974
%T The problem of tone assignment in Austro-Thai
%M First International Conference on Austroasiatic Linguistics
   (Honolulu, Hawaii)
%+ Summary in Benedict 1975
%K Austro-Thai: Tones

%0 book
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1975
%T <Austro-Thai: language and culture, with a glossary of roots>
%C New Haven
%I Human Relations Area Files Press
%Z xxiv, 490 pp., map
%R Haudricourt, <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
   71(1976):448-9
%R Diffloth, <Discussion Paper 82>, Kyoto: Kyoto University Center for
   Southeast Asian Studies, 1976
%R Diffloth, in Jenner,, Philip N., ed., <Mon-Khmer studies> VI,
   Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1977
%R Egerod, <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
   6(1976):51-60
%R Gedney, <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
   6(1976):65-82
%R Haudricourt, <Computational Analyses of Asian and African
   Languages> 6(1976):91-2
%R Shorto, <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
   6(1976):95-104
%K Austro-Thai: Affil w Miao-Yao; Austro-Thai: Comp w Chinese;
   Austro-Thai: Ethnog; Austro-Thai: Kinship terms; Austro-Thai:
   Reconstr; Austro-Thai: Studies; Kanburi Lawa: Clfn; Kelao: Clfn;
   Laqua: Clfn; Lati: Clfn; Miao-Yao: Affil w Austro-Thai; Miao-Yao:
   Affil w Tai; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Viet-M\;u\;ong; Tai: Affil w
   Austronesian; Tai: Affil w Miao-Yao; Tai-Kadai: Affil w
   Austronesian; Thai: Affil w Indonesian; Thai: Affil w Kadai; Thai:
   Clfn; Vietnamese: Affil; Vietnamese: Affil w Austroasiatic

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1975
%T Comment on Huffman's `An examination of lexical correspondences
   between Vietnamese and some other Austroasiatic languages'
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 8 (University of California/Berkeley)
%K

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1975
%T A note on Proto-Burmese-Lolo prefixation
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 2
%N 2
%P 289-91
%K Burmese-Lolo, Proto-: Prefixation

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1975
%T Where it all began: memories of Robert Shafer and the `Sino-Tibetan
   Linguistics Project', Berkeley 1939-40
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 2
%N 1
%P 81-92
%K Sino-Tibetan: Ling project

%0 in collection
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1976
%T Austro-Thai and Austroasiatic
%E Jenner,, Philip N.
%E Thompson,, Laurence C.
%E Starosta,, Stanley
%B <Austroasiatic studies>
%S <Oceanic Linguistics, Special Publication>
%u 13
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Press
%V 1
%P 1-36
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA/PACC PL5001.A3451 no.13 pt.1
%K Austric: Critique; Austroasiatic: Comp w Austro-Thai; Austro-Thai:
   Comp w Austroasiatic; Austro-Thai: Comp w Proto-Austronesian

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1976
%T Egerod: Benedict's Austro-Thai hypothesis and the traditional view
   of Sino-Thai relationship -- comment
%J <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
%V 6
%P 61-64
%K Austro-Thai: Comp w Sino-Thai; Sino-Thai: Comp w Austro-Thai;
   Sino-Tibetan: Comp w Austro-Thai; Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1976
%T Gedney: On the Thai evidence for Austro-Thai -- comment
%J <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
%V 6
%P 83-6
%K Thai: Affil w Austro-Thai; Thai: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1976
%T Haudricourt: general overview -- comment
%J <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
%V 6
%P 91-2
%K Austro-Thai: Critique

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1976
%T Matisoff: Austro-Thai and Sino-Tibetan: an examination of body-part
   contact relationships -- comment
%J <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
%V 6
%P 93-4
%K Austro-Thai: Critique

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1976
%T Shorto: in defense of Austric -- comment
%J <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
%V 6
%P 105-8
%K

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1976
%T Sino-Tibetan: another look
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 96
%N 2
%P 167-97
%K Austro-Thai: Comp w Sino-Tibetan

%0 in collection
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1976
%T Formosan reflexes of PAN nasals/orals
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Southeast Asian linguistic studies 2>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.42
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 237-51
%O Relates Proto-Austronesian to Austro-Thai
%L UHM HMTLN PL3501.N47 v.2
%L UCB Main PL5001.A1 P212 no.42 v.2
%K

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1977
%T Proto-Sino-Tibetan vowels
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 10 (Georgetown University, Washington, DC)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1977
%T <Rhyming dictionary of written Burmese>
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 1-93
%O Special issue of <LTBA>, with an introduction by James A. Matisoff,
   iii-x; compiled under supervision of P. K. Benedict circa 1941
%K Burmese: Dict, rhyming

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1978
%T Chinese cryptoglyphics
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 11 (University of Arizona, Tucson)
%K Austroasiatic: Loanwords from Chinese; Austroasiatic: Loanwords in
   Chinese; Austro-Thai: Loans in Chinese; Austro-Thai: Loanwords from
   Chinese; Tai-Kadai: Loans in Chinese

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1979
%T Linguistic prediction: the case of Saek
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%K Saek: Affil

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1979
%T Four forays into Karen linguistic history:
%? ed. and expurgated by James A. Matisoff
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 5
%N 1
%P 1-35
%K Karen: Reconstr

%0 in collection
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1979
%T PAN consonant clusters
%E Naylor,, P. B.
%B <Austronesian studies: Papers from the 2nd Eastern Conference on
   Austronesian languages>
%C Ann Arbor
%I University of Michigan
%P 189-93
%O Relates Proto-Austronesian to Austro-Thai
%K

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1979
%T Vocalic transfer: a Southeast Asian areal feature
%J <Acta Orientalia>
%V 40
%P 229-52
%K Southeast Asian languages: Areal features

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1980
%T Comment on W. W. Gage, `Our present state of s\'\uac: glottal stops
   and Vietnamese tonogenesis'
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 13 (University of Virginia,
   Charlottesville)
%K Vietnamese: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1980
%T The PST tone/accent system: additional TB data
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 13 (University of Virginia,
   Charlottesville)
%O Proto-Sino-Tibetan, Tibeto-Burman
%K Sino-Tibetan: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1981
%T Comment on Thurgood: `The Sino-Tibetan copula *wiy'
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 14 (University of Florida, Gainesville)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Copula

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1981
%T A further (unexpurgated) note on Karen genital flip-flop
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 6
%N 1
%P 103-4
%K Karen: Reconstr

%0 unpublished
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1981
%T TB/Karen cluster vs. prefix *s
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 14 (University of Florida, Gainesville)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon; Tibeto-Burman: Reconstr

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1982
%T Vietnamese /s/ and /x/: the ch\;u n\^om evidence
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 6
%N 2
%P 105-6
%K Vietnamese: Hist

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1983
%T Mulao: key to Kadai phonology
%J <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
%V 21
%P 1-5
%O Mulao is a Kam-Sui language
%K Mulao: Affil w Kadai; Mulao: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1983
%T Squib: Proto-Karen final stops
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 7
%N 2
%P 112
%K Karen: Reconstr

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1983
%T Squib: Qiang monosyllables: a third phase in the cycle
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 7
%N 2
%P 113-4
%O Qiang = Chiang
%K Chiang: Morph

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1983
%T <This> and <that> in TB/ST
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 7
%N 2
%P 75-98
%K Tibeto-Burman: Demonstratives

%0 in journal
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D 1984
%T Austro-Thai parallel -- a tonal Chamic language on Hainan
%J <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
%V 22
%P 83-6
%O Huihui (Chamic)
%K Huihui: Affil w Austro-Thai; Huihui of Hainan: Clfn

%0 in collection
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D forthcoming
%T Austroasiatic loanwords in Sino-Tibetan
%E Svantesson,, Jan-Olaf
%B <Papers from the Helsing\/or symposium on Austroasiatic linguistics
   and literature>
%C Copenhagen/London
%I Scandinavian Institute for Asian Studies/Curzon
%P ?
%K Sino-Tibetan: Loanwords from AA

%0 thesis
%A Benedict,, Paul K.
%D n.d.
%T <Kinship in southeastern Asia>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Harvard University
%O Ms.
%L ?? Widener Library, Harvard University, Cambridge MA
%K Southeast Asian languages: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1966
%T Temiar social groups
%J <Federation Museums Journal>
%V 11
%P 1-25
%K Temiar: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1967
%T Temiar kinship
%J <Federation Museums Journal> n.s.
%V 12
%P 1-25
%K Temiar: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1968
%T Headmanship and leadership in Temiar society
%J <Federation Museums Journal> n.s.
%V 13
%P 1-43
%K Temiar: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1968
%T Temiar personal names
%J <Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land-, en Volkenkunde van
   Nederlandsch-Indi\"e>
%V 124
%P 99-134
%K Temiar: Names

%0 in journal
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1970
%T Review of Dentan, <The Semai>
%J <American Anthropologist>
%V 72
%P 658-60

%0 cross reference
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1973
%x see Schebesta, with intro. by Benjamin

%0 book
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1974
%T <Prehistory and ethnology in Southeast Asia: some new ideas>
%S <University of Singapore, Department of Sociology, Working Paper>
%u 25
%C Singapore
%I Department of Sociology, University of Singapore
%K Southeast Asian languages: Hist

%0 in collection
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1976
%T Austroasiatic subgrouping and prehistory in the Malay Peninsula
%E Jenner,, Philip N.
%E Thompson,, Laurence C.
%E Starosta,, Stanley
%B <Austroasiatic studies>
%S <Oceanic Linguistics, Special publication>
%u 13
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Press
%V 1
%P 129-88
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA/PACC PL5001.A3451 no.13 pt.1
%K Aslian: Clfn; Austroasiatic: Malay Peninsula; Batek: Clfn; Batek
   Deq: Clfn; Batek Nong: Clfn; Mintil: Clfn; Semaq Bri: Clfn

%0 in collection
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1976
%T An outline of Temiar grammar
%E Jenner,, Philip N.
%E Thompson,, Laurence C.
%E Starosta,, Stanley
%B <Austroasiatic studies>
%S <Oceanic Linguistics, Special publication>
%u 13
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Press
%V 1
%P 129-88
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA/PACC PL5001.A3451 no.13 pt.1
%K Temiar: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1976
%T Self and other in Temiar grammar
%M Second International Conference on Austroasiatic Linguistics,
   Mysore, India, Central Institute of Indian Languages
%K

%0 unpublished
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D 1978
%T Temiar terms of reference and address
%M Second International Conference on Austroasiatic Linguistics,
   Mysore, India, Central Institute of Indian Languages
%K Temiar: Gram

%0 book
%A Benjamin,, Geoffrey
%D forthcoming
%T <Semang, Senoi, Malay: the societal traditions of the Malay
   Peninsula>
%C Singapore
%I Institute of Southeast Asian Studies
%K Aslian: Ethnog

%0 thesis
%A Benjawan Suntharagul
%D 1962
%T {\thai <N\=uai s\=iang kh\=\,ong ph\=as\=a Ch\=iangmai>}
%t The phonemes of the Chiengmai language
%U M.A. thesis, Chulalongkorn University
%Z 343 pp.
%K Thai, Chiengmai: Phon

%0 book
%A Bennett,, Cephas
%D 1875
%T <An Anglo-Karen vocabulary. Monosyllables. For the use of Karen
   schools>
%C Tavoy
%I Karen Mission Press
%+ First published 1846
%K Karen: Dict, Eng-Karen

%0 book
%A Bennett,, Cephas
%D 1886
%T <Vocabulary and phrase book in English and Burmese>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%Z 157 pp.
%N 3rd edition, revised by M. H. Eveleth - BSTL
%K Karen: Dict, Eng-Karen

%0 book
%A Bergelin,, L.
%D 1929
%T {\fr <Carte linguistique>}
%t Linguistic map
%N Maspero,, G.
%B {fr <Un empire colonial fran\,caise: l'Indochine>}
%C Paris
%I G. van Oest
%V 1
%P [Appendix ix]
%O Includes south-west Y\"unnan, Kwangsi, and most of Thailand - SJS
%K Tai: Map

%0 book
%A Bergen,, F. L. Werner von
%D 1875
%T <Passive verb of the Thai language>
%C Bangkok
%I Smith, S. J.
%Z 24 pp.
%K Thai: Passive

%0 book
%A Bergen,, F. L. Werner von
%D 1936
%T <Scholars Siamese--English dictionary>
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Berger,, Hermann
%D 1962
%T Review of Pinnow, {\germ <Versuch einer historischen Lautlehre der
   Kharia-Sprache>}
%J <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft>
%V 112
%P 416-21

%0 in collection
%A Berger,, Hermann
%D 1964
%T Vowel assimilation in Bengali and Munda
%B <Proceedings of the 26th International Congress of Linguists>
%C ?
%I ?
%P 64-5
%O Abstract
%K Mundari: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Berger,, Hermann
%D 1966
%T Review of Rabel, <Khasi, a language of Assam>
%J <Orientalistische Literaturzeitung>
%V 61
%N 5-6
%P 268-9

%0 in journal
%A Berger,, Hermann
%D 1967
%T Review of Pinnow, {\germ <Kharia-Texte>}
%J <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft>
%V 61
%N 2
%P 428-9

%0 in journal
%A Berger,, Hermann
%D 1969
%T Review of Henderson, <Tiddim Chin>
%J <Orientalistische Literaturzeitung>
%V 64
%N 11-12
%P 600-1

%0 book
%A Berlin,, Brent
%A Kay,, Paul
%D 1969
%T <Basic color terms: their universality and evolution>
%C Berkeley; Los Angeles
%I University of California Press
%Z xi, 178 pp.
%O Reference to Thai and Vietnamese
%R Hickerson, <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   37(1971).4.1:257-70
%R Newcomer & Faris, <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   37(1971).4.1:270-5
%K Thai: Color; Vietnamese: Color

%0 book
%A Berlitz,, V. A.
%D 1968
%T <Vietnamese phrase book and English--Vietnamese dictionary>
%S <A Signet reference book>
%C New York
%I New American Library
%Z 191 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Bernard,, J. B.
%D 1902
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire cambodgien--fran\,cais>}
%t Cambodian--French dictionary
%C Hongkong
%I Imprimerie de la Soci\'et\'e des Missions Etrang\'eres, 48
%Z 386 pp.
%K Khmer: Dict, Khmer-French

%0 book
%A Bernard,, Theos
%D 1946
%T <A simplified grammar of the literary Tibetan language>
%C Santa Barbara
%I Tibetan Text Society
%Z ix, 65 pp.
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan, Literary: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bernardi,, A.
%A Zach,, Erich von
%D 1919
%T {\germ Einige Bemerkungen \"uber Si-hia-schrift und -Sprache}
%t Some remarks on Si-hia writing and language
%J <Ostasiatische Zeitschrift>
%V 7
%P 232-8
%K Hsi-hsia: Gen; Hsi-hsia: Script

%0 book
%A Bernath,, Frances A.
%D 1964
%T <Catalogue of Thai language holidays in the Cornell University
   Libraries through 1964>
%S <Cornell University Southeast Asia Program Data Paper>
%u 54
%Z 236 pp.
%K Thai: Biblio in Thai

%0 book
%A Bernatzik,, Hugo
%D 1947
%T {\germ <Akha und Meau: Problem der angewandten Voelkerkunde in
   Hinterindien>}
%t Akha and Miao: problems of applied ethnography in Farther India
%C Innsbruck
%I Wagner'sche Universitaets Buchdruckerei
%Z 2 vols. (x, 568 pp., illus., map)
%O Ethnographic information on TB: Akha, Lahu Shi, Lisu; TK: Siamese;
   MY: Miao
%L UCLA URL DS 731.M5 B45
%L UHM HMLTN DS731.M5 B4 1951
%L UCR Rivera GN635.I53 B47 [1957]
%+ Translated into English by {Nagler,, Alois} as <Akha and Miao:
   problems of applied ethnography in Farther India>, New Haven, CN:
   Human Relations Area Files Press, vii, 772 pp., illus., map
%L UCB S-S/EAsia DS731.M5 B413
%K Akha: Ethnog; Lahu Shi: Ethnog; Lisu: Ethnog; Miao: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Bernatzik,, Hugo
%A Bernatzik,, Emmy
%D 1938
%T {\germ <Die Geister der gelben Blatter. Forschungsreisen in
   Hinterindien>}
%t The spirits of the yellow leaves. Research expeditions in Farther
   India
%C M\"unchen
%I F. Br\"uckmann
%Z 240 pp. 104 plates, 2 maps
%O 180-word vocabulary of Phi Tong Luang [Mlabri], 237-40 - SJS
%K Mlabri: Ethnog; Mlabri: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bernatzik,, Hugo
%A Bernatzik,, Emmy
%D 1955
%T {\fr <Les esprits des feuilles jaunes>}
%t The spirits of the yellow leaves
%? Translated into French by {Tournier,, A.}, with notes by
   {Condominas,, Georges}}
%C Paris
%I ?
%Z 240 pp.
%K Mlabri: Ethnog; Mlabri: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bernatzik,, Hugo
%A Bernatzik,, Emmy
%D 1958
%T <The spirits of the yellow leaves>
%? Translated into English by {Dickes,, E. W.}
%C London
%I Robert Hale
%Z 222 pp., illus., maps
%L UHM HMLTN DS469.B4
%K Mlabri: Ethnog; Mlabri: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1957-58
%T {\fr Rapports phon\'etiques entre le dialecte marma et le birman}
%t Phonetic similarities between the Marma dialect and Burmese
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
%V 53
%P 273-94
%K Burmese: Comp w Marma; Burmese: Phonet; Marma: Comp w Burmese;
   Marma: Phonet

%0 audiovisual
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1958
%T {\fr <Birmanie: Musique classique et populaire>}
%t Burma: Classical and popular music
%S {\fr <L.D. 21 Mus\'ee de l'Homme>}
%C Paris
%I Mus\'ee de l'Homme, Department d'Ethnomusicologie
%Z 1 sound disc: 33 1/3 rpm; 7 inch
%O Contents: {\fr
%L UCLA Ethno Arc ARLP 602
%% Needs french diacritics ??
%K

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1959
%T {\fr Deux letters du vice-roi d'Arakan au sujet du rebelle
   king-Bering}
%t ?
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 47
%P 395-422
%O Burmese literature of about 1812; transcription, translation, and
   commentary
%K Burmese: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1961
%T Review of Min Naing, {\fr <Les groupes ethnolinguistique de
   Birmanie>}
%J <Homme>
%V 1
%N 1
%P 134-8

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1963
%T {\fr Equisse d'une description phonologique du birman}
%t Sketch of a phonological description of Burmese
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
%V 58
%N 1
%P 164-224
%K Burmese: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1963
%T Review of Shorto, <Dictionary of modern spoken Mon>
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 50
%N 1-3
%P 355-9

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1965
%T The vowel systems of Arakanese and Tavoyan
%E Milner,, G. B. (George Bertram)
%E Henderson,, Eug\'enie J. A.
%B <Indo-Pacific linguistic studies>
%S <Lingua>
%u 14-15
%C Amsterdam
%I North Holland Publishing Co.
%V 2
%P 463-74
%L UHM HMLTN/PACC PL5001.C65 1965 pt.1-2
%K Arakanese: Vowels; Tavoyan: Vowels

%0 book
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1968
%T {\fr <Bibliographie birmane, ann\'ees 1950-60>}
%t Burmese bibliography, years 1950-60
%S {\fr <Atlas ethno-linguistique, 3. s\'erie: Bibliographies>}
%C Paris
%I Centre de Documentation et de Recherche sur l'Asie due Sud-Est et
   le Monde Insulindien, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique,
   Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales
%Z 231 pp.
%R Filliozat, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
   57(1970): 219-21
%R Musgrave, <Journal of Asian Studies> 28(1969).4:902-3
%R Okell, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies> 32
   (1969).1:200-1
%R Silverstein,, J., <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
   89(1969).3:677
%K Burmese: Biblio

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1969
%T Review of Henderson, <Tiddim Chin>
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
%V 63
%N 2
%P 324-7

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1969
%T Review of Henderson, <Tiddim Chin>
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 54
%N 1-3
%P 224-6

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1969
%T {\fr L'orientation du proc\'es en birman}
%t ?
%J <Revue de l'Ec\^ole nationale des langues orientales>
%V 5
%P 97-112
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1970
%T Review of Okell, <A reference grammar of colloquial Burmese>
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 57
%P 221-4

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1970
%T Review of Okell, <A reference grammar of colloquial Burmese>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 33
%N 3
%P 671-2

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1971
%T {\fr L'\'epith\'ete en birman: contribution \`a l'\'etude des
   langues sans cat\'egorie adjectivale}
%t The epithet in Burmese: contribution to the study of languages
   without the adjective category
%J <La linguistique>
%V 7
%N 1
%P 41-53
%K Burmese: Grammar; Burmese: Semantics

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1971-72
%T Review of Cornyn & Roop, <Beginning Burmese>
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
%V 66
%P 368-70

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1972
%T {\fr Contribution \`a la linguistique et \`a l'ethnographie des
   Intha Birmanie: une conte <'engsha>}
%t Contribution to the linguistics and ethnography of the Intha
   Burmese: a story <'engsha>
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 3
%N 3
%P 9-26
%K Intha: Ethnog; Intha: Ling

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1972
%T {\fr Quelques correspondences entre maru et birman}
%t Some correspondences between Maru and Burmese
%E Barrau,, Jacques
%E et al.
%B {\fr <Langues et techniques, nature et soci\'et\'e (Volume
   presented to Andr\'e G. Haudricourt on his 60th birthday>})
%b ?
%C Paris
%I Klincksieck
%V I
%P 35-40
%K Burmese: Comp w Maru; Maru: Comp w Burmese

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1973
%T {\fr Unicit\'e syntaxique de la proposition en birman}
%t The syntactic uniqueness of the proposition in Burmese
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
%V 68
%N 1
%P 249-53
%K Burmese: Syntax

%0 thesis
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1973
%T {\fr <Le predicat en birman parl\'e>}
%t The predicate in spoken Burmese
%U Doctorat d'\'etat, Universit\'e Paris
%Z 447 pp.
%O At the Biblioth\`eque de la Sorbonne, catalog no. (1973)123-4
%K Burmese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1975
%T Influence of Burmese language on some other languages of Burma
   (writing systems and vocabulary)
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 63
%N 2
%P 96-109
%K Burmese: Infl on other langs of Burma

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1976
%T Review of Mazaudon, {\fr <Phonologie tamang>}
%J <L'Homme>
%V 16
%P 171-2

%0 unpublished
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1979
%T {\fr Un point de syntaxe birmane}
%t A point on Burmese syntax
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%K Burmese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1980
%T {\fr N\'eologismes en birman et en birman quotidien}
%t Neologisms in Burmese and in everyday Burmese
%J <Journ\'ees d'\'etudes> (Sorbonne, Universit\'e de Paris)
%V 3
%P 5-14
%K Burmese: Neologisms

%0 book
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1980
%T {\fr <Le predicat en birman parl\'e>}
%t The predicate in spoken Burmese
%S {\fr <Langues et civilisations de l'Asie du Sud-Est et monde
   insulindien>}
%u 8
%C Paris
%I Soci\'et\'e d'Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France
%Z 381 pp.
%K Burmese: Syntax

%0 unpublished
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1982
%T Are there adjectival and adverbial categories in the Burmese
   language?
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 book
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D 1982
%T {\fr <Bibliographie birmane, ann\'ees 1960-70>}
%t Burmese bibliography, years 1960-70
%? avec la collaboration de Gilles Garachon, et al.
%C Paris
%I Editions de la Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique
%Z v.1, fascicle 1-2 (581 pp.); v. 2, fasc. 1-2 (xxvii, 643 pp.)
%K Burmese: Biblio

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Denise
%D forthcoming
%T {\fr Litt\'erature birmane}
%t Burmese literature
%B {\fr <Dictionnaire des litt\'eratures>}
%b Dictionary of literatures
%C Paris
%I Tchou
%K Burmese: Literature

%0 book
%A Bernot,, Denise
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1958
%T {\fr <Les Khyang des collines de Chittagong (Pakistan oriental),
   Mat\'eriaux pour l'\'etude linguistique des Chin>}
%t The Khyang of the Chittagong Hills (East Pakistan), materials for
   the linguistic study of Chin
%S {\fr <L'Homme>}
%u nouvelle s\'erie, 3
%C Paris
%I Librairie Plon
%Z 148 pp.
%L UHM HMLTN PL4001.K6 B458k
%R Ayoub, <American Anthropologist> 61(1959):1127-8
%R Bessaigner, ed., <Social Research in East Pakistan> (<Asiatic
   Society of Pakistan>, publication no. 5), Dacca: Asiatic Society of
   Pakistan (1960):374-5
%R Bright, <Language> 36(1960):184-6
%R Henderson, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   23(1960).2:429-30
%R L\"offler, <Anthropos> 56(1961):313
%R L\"offler, <Zeitschrift f\"ur Ethnologie> 84(1959):257-69
%R Shafer, <Journal of the American Oriental Society> 79 (1959):139-40
%K Khyang: Ethnog; Khyang: Ling studies

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Denise
%A Condominas,, Georges
%A et al.
%D 1972
%T {\fr Poivre et piment in asie du Sud-Est continentale et insulaire}
%t Pepper and chili in continental and island South-East Asia
%E Barrau,, Jacques
%E et al.
%B {\fr <Langues et techniques, nature et soci\'et\'e (Volume
   presented to Andr\'e G. Haudricourt on his 60th birthday>})
%b ?
%C Paris
%I Klincksieck
%V II
%P 207-47
%O Annotated list of names
%K Southeast Asian languages: Lexicon

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Denise
%A Mignot,, Lieu
%D 1980
%T {\fr `C'est bien ce que je pensait', et autres histoires pas
   s\'erieuses}
%t ?
%B {\fr <Cheminements: \'ecrits offerts \`a George Condominas>}
%b ?
%J {\fr <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>}
%V 11
%N 1-4
%P 529-37
%% format: titled journal special issue ??
%K Burmese: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Denise
%A Pemaungtin,, Brenda
%D 1966
%T {\fr Le vocabulaire concret du birman et les notions abstraites}
%t The concrete vocabulary of Burmese and abstract notions
%J <Revue de l'Ec\^ole nationale des langues orientales>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 1-18
%K Burmese: Semantics

%0 book
%A Bernot,, Denise
%A Sribnai,, Jean-Pierre
%A Yin Yin Myint,, Daw
%A et al.
%D 1978-90
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire birman--fran\,cais>}
%t Burmese--French dictionary
%S {\fr <Langues et civilisations de l'asie du Sud-Est et du monde
   insulindien>} (ISSN: 0224-2680)
%u 3
%C Paris
%I Soci\'et\'e d'Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France
%Z 14 vols.
%L not at UH lib ??
%L NRLF PL3956.F7 D52 v.1-11
%L UCB Main PL3956.F7 D52 1978 fasc. 1-11 (1988) AT
%L UCLA URL PL3956.F7D5, library has v.15 {??}
%K Burmese: Dict, Burmese-French; Burmese: Dict, Burmese-French

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1960
%T Ethnic groups of the Chittagong Hill Tracts
%E Bessaignet,, Pierre
%B <Social Research in East Pakistan>
%S <Asiatic Society of Pakistan>
%u publication no. 5
%C Dacca
%I Asiatic Society of Pakistan
%P 137-71
%O Ethnographic and demographic information on the TB: Marma, Chakma,
   Tanchingya, Sak, Tippera, Mrung, Mru, Khyang, Banjogi, Khami,
   Lushei, Lakher, and Shendu
%K Banjogi: Ethnog; Chakma: Ethnog; Khami: Ethnog; Khyang: Ethnog;
   Lakher: Ethnog; Lushei: Ethnog; Marma: Ethnog; Mru: Ethnog; Mrung:
   Ethnog; Sak: Ethnog; Shandu: Ethnog; Tanchingya: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1966
%T {\fr El\'ements de vocabulaire \,Cak recueilli dans le Pakistan
   Oriental}
%t Elements of Sak vocabulary gathered in East Pakistan
%E Ba Shin
%E Boisselier,, Jean
%E Griswold,, A[lexander] B.
%B <Essays offered to G. H. Luce by his colleagues in honour of his
   seventy-fifth birthday>
%S <Artibus Asiae>
%u suppl. XXIII
%C Leiden
%I E. J. Brill
%V 1
%P 67-91
%L UHM ASIA DS33.E88 v. 1/2
%K Ganan: Clfn; Sak: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1967
%T {\fr <Les \,Cak: contribution \`a l'\'etude ethnographie d'une
   population de langue loi>}
%t ?
%S {\fr <Centre de Documentation sur l'Asie du Sud-Est, Atlas
   ethnolinguistique, Deuxi\'eme s\'erie, monographies>}
%u 1
%C Paris
%I Editions du centre de la recherche Scientifique
%Z 267 pp., illus.
%R Barua, T.K., <T'oung Pao> 55(1969).1:235-8
%R Kauffmann,, H., <Journal of the Siam Society> 57 (1969).1:179-83
%R L\"offler, <Tribus> 17(1968):200-1
%R Shorto, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   32(1969).2:412-4
%L UHM ASIA DS485.C57 B38
%K Sak: Ethnog; Sak: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1967
%T {\fr <Les paysans arakanais du pakistan oriental>}
%t The Arakanese peasants of East Pakistan
%S {\fr <Monde d'outre-mer, passe et present, Etudes>
%u 16
%Z 2 vols.
%C Paris
%I Mouton
%L UHM ASIA DS380.A7 B4
%K Arakanese: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1971
%T {\fr Atlas ethnolinguistique}
%t Ethnolinguistic atlas
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 2
%N 2
%P 1-15
%O TB
%K Tibeto-Burman: Ethnoling map

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1971
%T {\fr Les langues tib\'eto-birmanes}
%t The Tibeto-Burman languages
%B {\fr <Ou en est l'atlas ethnolinguistique?>}
%b ?
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 2
%N 4
%P 11-24
%% format: titled journal special issue ??
%K Tibeto-Burman: Ethnoling

%0 in journal
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1972
%T {\fr Contribution \`a la linguistique et \`a l'ethnographie des
   Intha (Birmanie): les iles flottantes de Inl\'e}
%t Contribution to the linguistics and ethnographie of the Intha
   (Burma): the floating islands of Inl\'e
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 3
%N 3
%P 1-8
%K Intha: Ethnog; Intha: Ling

%0 in collection
%A Bernot,, Lucien
%D 1972
%T {\fr Pr\'esentation des feuilles de cartes de la famille
   tib\'eto-birmane et Cartes repli\'es et hors-texte, des langues et
   des mots <chien, dent, sel>}
%t ?
%B {\fr <Ou en est l'atlas ethnolinguistique?> (fascicle 3)}
%b ?
%S <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 3
%N 4
%P 5-6
%% format: titled journal special issue ??
%K Tibeto-Burman: Ethnoling map

%0 in journal
%A Berthe,, L.
%D 1959
%T {\fr Sur quelques distiques buna' (Timor central)
%J <Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land-, en Volkenkunde van
   Nederlandsch-Indi\"e>
%V 115
%P ?
%K Buna': Affil w Aslian; Sakai: Affil w Austronesian; Sakai: Affil w
   Papuan; Semang: Affil w Austronesian; Semang: Affil w Papuan

%0 book
%A Berton,, Peter
%A Rubinstein,, Alvin Z.
%D 1967
%T <Soviet works on Southeast Asia: a bibliography of non-periodical
   literature 1946-65>
%? with a contribution from {Allott,, Anna J.}
%S <School of Politics and International Relations, University of
   Southern California, Far Eastern and Russian Research Series>
%u 3
%C Los Angeles
%I University of Southern California Press
%Z 201 pp.
%R McAlister, <Journal of Asian Studies> 28(1969).3:643-4
%R Shorto, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   32(1969).2:463-4
%K Southeast Asian languages: Biblio

%0 book
%A Bertrais-Charrier,, Fr. Yves
%D 1964
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire Hmong (m\'eo Blanc)--Fran\,cais>}
%t Hmong (White Meo) and French dictionary
%C Vientiane, Laos
%I Mission Catholique
%Z 600 pp.
%O Distributed by The Cellar Book Shop, Detroit
%+ Reprinted 1979, Bankok: Assumption Press
%L UCB Main PL3311.M5 B4
%K Hmong: Dict, Hmong-French; Miao: Dict, Miao-French

%0 book
%A Bessaignet,, Pierre
%D 1958
%T <Tribesmen of the Chittagong Hill Tracts>
%S <Asiatic Society of Pakistan, Publications>
%u 1
%C Dacca
%I Asiatic Society of Pakistan.
%Z iii, 109 pp., illus., map
%O Ethnographic information on the Tanchangya, Mogh, Chakma, and Mru
%L UHM ASIA DS485.C57 B4
%R Dani, in Bessaignet,, Pierre, ed., <Social Research in East
   Pakistan> (<Asiatic Society of Pakistan>, publication no. 5),
   Dacca: Asiatic Society of Pakistan: 372-3
%K Chakma: Ethnog; Chittagong Hills languages: Ethnog; Mogh: Ethnog;
   Mru: Ethnog; Tanchingya: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Bessaignet,, Pierre
%D 1960
%T Tribes of the northern border of East Pakistan
%E Bessaignet,, Pierre
%B <Social Research in East Pakistan>
%S <Asiatic Society of Pakistan>
%u publication no. 5
%C Dacca
%I Asiatic Society of Pakistan
%P 172-233
%O Ethnographic and demographic information on the Garo, Meithei,
   Tippera (TB) and the Khasi and Munda (AA)
%% ?? not at UHM
%K East Pakistan languages: Ethnog; Garo: Ethnog; Khasi: Ethnog;
   Meithei: Ethnog; Munda: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Bessaignet,, Pierre
%D 1960
%T Review of Bernot & Bernot, {\fr <Les Khyangs des collines de
   Chittagong>}
%E Bessaignet,, Pierre
%B <Social Research in East Pakistan>
%S <Asiatic Society of Pakistan>
%u publication no. 5
%C Dacca
%I Asiatic Society of Pakistan
%P 374-5

%0 book
%A Bhaduri,, Manindra Bhusan
%D 1931
%T <A Mundari--English dictionary>
%C Calcutta
%I Calcutta University Press
%Z xv, 229 pp.
%L UHM HMLTN REF PL4559.B52
%+ Reprinted 1983, New Delhi: Northern Book Centre
%K Mundari: Dict, Mundari-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Bhaskara Rao,, Peri
%D 1969
%T Gadaba phonology
%J <Linguistic Survey Bulletin>
%V 14
%P 5:8
%O Gutob
%K Gutob: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Bhat,, D. N. Shankara
%D 1967
%T Some notes on Manipuri
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta>
%V 9
%P 12-17
%O Meithei
%K Meithei: Gen; Meithei: Kinship

%0 book
%A Bhat,, D. N. Shankara
%D 1968
%T <Boro vocabulary (with a grammatical sketch)>
%S <Deccan College Building Centenary and Silver Jubilee Series>
%u 59
%C Poona
%I Deccan College and Postgraduate Research Institute
%Z xii, 100 pp.
%L UHM ASIA REF PL4001.B34 S5
%+ Also published 1966-67, <Bulletin of the Deccan College Research
   Institute> 27.3-4:79-182
%O Tangkhul
%R Matisoff, <Language> 48(1972).2:476-9
%R Sprigg, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   34(1971).2: 427-8
%K Bodo: Gram; Bodo: Vocab; Bodo: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bhat,, D. N. Shankara
%D 1968
%T The Tankhur Naga language
%J <Linguistic Survey Bulletin>
%V 3
%P 6-11
%O Tangkhul
%K Tangkhul: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Bhat,, D. N. Shankara
%D 1969
%T Manipuri kinship terms
%J <Linguistic Survey Bulletin>
%V 18
%P 17-20
%O Meithei
%K Tangkhul: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bhat,, D. N. Shankara
%D 1969
%T <Tankhur Naga vocabulary>
%S <Deccan College Building Centenary and Silver Jubilee Series>
%u 67
%C Poona
%I Deccan College Postgraduate Research Institute
%Z xii, 199 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4001.T284 S53
%+ Also published 1966-7, <Bulletin of the Deccan College Research
   Institute> 27.3-4:79-182
%O Tangkhul
%R Matisoff, <Language> 48(1972).2:476-9
%R Sprigg, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   34(1971).2.427-8

%0 book
%A Bhatia,, Kanta
%D 1974 ?
%T <Reference sources on South Asia>
%C Philadelphia
%I South Asia Regional Studies, University of Pennsylvania
%Z 20 pp.
%L UHM ASIA REF Z3185.B53
%K South Asian languages: Biblio

%0 book
%A Bhatia,, Kanta
%A Rosse,, Michael D.
%D 1978
%T <Reference sources on South Asia>
%C Philadelphia
%I South Asia Regional Studies, University of Pennsylvania
%Z iii, 77 pp.
%L UHM ASIA REFZ3185.B48
%K South Asian languages: Biblio

%0 book
%A Bhatia,, Kanta
%D 1981
%T <Doctoral dissertations on South Asia at the Univerity of
   Pennsylvania, 1898-1981>
%S <Occasional Papers, South Asia Regional Studies>
%C Philadelphia
%I South Asia Regional Studies, University of Pennsylvania
%Z vii, 249 pp.
%L UHM ASIA REF DS335.U53 1981
%K South Asian languages: Biblio, Abstracts

%0 in collection
%A Bhattacharjee,, Prafulla Kr.
%D 1980
%T Tribal movement and process of conflict resolution in Nagaland
%E Dubey,, S. M.
%E Bordoloi,, P. K.
%E Borthakur,, B. N.
%B <Family, marriage, and social change on the Indian fringe>
%C Delhi
%I Cosmo
%P 239-64
%L UHM ASIA GN635.I4 F35
%K Nagaland: Ethnog

%0 thesis
%A Bhattacharya,, Kamaleswar
%D 1962
%T {\fr <Recherches sur le vocabulaire des inscriptions sanskrites du
   Cambodge>}
%t Studies on the vocabulary of the Sanskrit inscriptions of Cambodia
%U Doctorat es-Lettres, U. Paris
%Z 131 pp.
%K Cambodia: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Kamaleswar
%D 1964
%T {\fr Recherches sur le vocabulaire des inscriptions sankrites du
   Cambodge}
%t Studies on the vocabulary of the Sanskrit inscriptions of Cambodia
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 53
%N 1
%P 273-8
%K Cambodia: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Kamaleswar
%D 1966
%T {\fr Suppl\'ement aux Recherches sur le vocabulaire des
   inscriptions sanskrites du Cambodge}
%t Supplement to studies on the vocabulary of the Sanskrit
   inscriptions of Cambodia
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 53
%P 237-38
%K Cambodia: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Kamaleswar
%D 1969
%T {\fr Suppl\'ement aux Recherches sur le vocabulaire des
   inscriptions sanskrites du Cambodge}
%t Supplement to studies on the vocabulary of the Sanskrit
   inscriptions of Cambodia
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 55
%P 145-52
%K Cambodia: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1954
%T Numeral definitives in the Bodo language of Assam
%J <Journal of Gauhati University>
%V 5
%P 1-13
%K Bodo: Clfr

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1955-56
%T Glimpses from Bodo folk songs
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 17
%P 240-44
%O Texts with translation
%K Bodo: Folksongs

%0 book
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1957
%T {\bodo <Boro harini metai aro colobata>}
%t Folksongs and folktales from the Boro-Kachari people
%C Gauhati, Assam
%I Lawyer's Book Stall
%Z 52 pp.
%O In Bodo, with English translation; "intended as an appendix to Shri
   Bhabendra Narzi's <Boro Kacharir jana sahitya>"
%L NRLF PL4001.B37 B5
%L NRLF $B 142 136
%K Bodo: Folksongs; Bodo: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1971
%T An introduction to the Boro language
%J <Assam Academy Review>
%V 1
%P 75-85
%O Bodo
%L UHM ASIA DS485.A82A8 v.1
%L UCB Main DS485.A82A81 BOUND 1
%K Bodo: Intro

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1975
%T Sino-Tibetan (Boro) elements in Assamese, Bengali, and
   North-Eastern Indic languages
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 36
%N 3
%P 240-6
%O Bodo
%L UHM ASIA PK1501.L52 v.36
%K Bodo: Infl in NE India langs

%0 book
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1977
%T <A descriptive analysis of the Boro language>
%C Gauhati
%I Gauhati University Department of Publications
%Z 23, 380 pp., 2 maps
%O Bodo
%+ Originally presented as the author's thesis, University of Gauhati,
   1965
%R Sprigg, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   42(1979).2:393-4
%K Bodo: Descr

%0 unpublished
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1979
%T Phonemic features of Boro elements - a Sino-Tibetan language of
   India
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%O Bodo
%K Bodo: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1979
%T Sino-Tibetan Boro elements in Indo-Aryan Assamese
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%O Bodo
%K Bodo: Infl in NE India langs

%0 unpublished
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1982
%T Boro and Dimasa: two Sino-Tibetan languages of Assam in North
   Eastern India
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking), read by title only
%O Bodo
%K Bodo: Descr; Dimasa: Descr

%0 cross reference
%A Bhattacharya,, Shyamsundar
%D 1975
%x see Das Gupta,, D., and Bhattacharya
%% sic, no such reference ??

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Shyamsundar
%D 1976
%T Classifiers in Tripuri
%J <Indian Journal of Linguistics>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 20-6
%O Tippera
%K Tippera: Clfr

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1944
%T Some Munda religious ceremonies and their system of reckoning time
%J <Man in India>
%V 24
%P 148-53
%% from TLI
%K Mundari: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1954
%T Studies in the Parengi language
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 14
%N 3
%P 45-63
%O Gorum
%L UHM ASIA PK1501.L52 v.14
%K Parengi: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1955-56
%T Field notes on Nah\=ali
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 17
%P 245-58
%O Nihali
%L UHM ASIA PK1501.L52 v.17
%K Nihali: Field notes

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1965
%T Glottal stop and checked consonants in Bonda
%J <Indo-Iranian Journal>
%V 9
%P 69-71
%O Remo
%K Remo: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1966
%T Some Munda etymologies
%E Zide,, Norman H.
%B <Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics>
%S <Indo-Iranian monographs>
%u 5
%C The Hague
%I Mouton
%P 28-40
%K Munda: Etym

%0 book
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1968
%T <A Bonda (Remo) dictionary>
%C Poona
%I Deccan College Postgraduate and Research Institute
%Z xxxv, 212 pp.
%R Zide,, N., <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
   92(1972).4:506-13
%L UHM ASIA REF PL4572.4.B5
%K Remo: Dict, Remo-Eng

%0 in collection
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1968
%T Some more Munda etymologies
%E Heesterman,, J. C. (Johannes Cornelius)
%E Schokker,, G. H. (Godard H.)
%E Subramoniam,, V. I.
%B <{\skt Pratid\=anam}: Indian, Iranian, and Indo-European studies
   presented to Franciscus Bernardus Jacobus Kuiper on his 60th
   birthday>
%S <Janua linguarum, series major>
%u 34
%C The Hague and Paris
%I Mouton
%P 362-70
%K Munda: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1970
%T Kinship terms in the Munda languages
%J <Anthropos>
%V 65
%N 3-4
%P 444-65
%K Munda: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1970
%T The Munda languages and Southeast Asia
%J <Bulletin of the Indian Institute of Advanced Study>
%V 4
%N 3
%P 23-31
%K Munda: Affil

%0 in collection
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1972
%T Dravidian and Munda: A good field for area and typological studies
%E Agesthialingom,, S.
%E Shanmugam,, S. V.
%B <Third seminar on Dravidian linguistics> (Department of Linguistics
   publication no. 27)
%C Annamalainagar
%I Annamalai U
%P 241-56
%K Munda: Affil; Munda: Comp w Dravidian

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1975
%T Linguistic convergence in the Dravido-Munda culture area
%J <International Journal of Dravidian Linguistics>
%V 4
%N 2
%P 199-214
%K Munda: Comp w Dravidian

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1975
%T Munda studies: a new classification of Munda
%J <Indo-Iranian Journal>
%V 17
%P 97-101
%K Munda: Affil; Munda: Clfn; Munda: Comp

%0 book
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1975
%T <Studies in comparative Munda linguistics>
%C Simla
%I Indian Institute of Advanced Studies
%Z 205 pp.
%K Munda: Affil; Munda: Clfn; Munda: Comp; Munda: Studies

%0 in collection
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1976
%T Gender in the Munda languages
%E Jenner,, Philip N.
%E Thompson,, Laurence C.
%E Starosta,, Stanley
%B <Austroasiatic studies>
%S <Oceanic Linguistics, Special publication>
%u 13
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Press
%V I
%P 189-212
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA/PACC PL5001.A3451 no.13 pt.1
%K Munda: Gender

%0 in journal
%A Bhattacharya,, Sudhibushan
%D 1977
%T The Munda languages in ancient India
%J <Journal of Ancient Indian History>
%V 55
%N 1-2
%P 25-33
%K Munda: Hist

%0 book
%A Bhattacharya,, Vidhushekahra
%D 1939
%T <{\tib Bho\.ta-prak\=a\'sa}: a Tibetan chrestomathy, with
   introduction, skeleton grammar, notes, texts and vocabularies>
%C Calcutta
%I University of Calcutta
%Z lix, 578 pp.
%O Tibetan texts with Sanskrit translation, and one with English
   translation - BSTL
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan: Texts

%0 book
%A Bhinyo Chittatham
%D 1974
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=a (??) thin>}
%t Dialects (of Thai)
%C Songkhla
%I Songkhla Printers
%Z 177 pp.
%+ 1st ed. 1970
%O Comparative phonology of Thai dialects
%K Thai: Dialects

%0 cross reference
%A Bhongbhibhat,, Napa
%x see Napa Bhongbhibhat

%0 cross reference
%A Bhruksasri,, Wanat
%x see Wanat Bhruksasri

%0 book
%A Bible Society
%D 1965
%T {\mundari <??>}
%t The Gospel according to Matthew. Revised version
%C Bangalore
%I Bible Society of India
%Z 103 pp.
%O Mundari, in Devanagari script
%L UHM HMLTN BS315.M87 M3 1965
%K Mundari: Texts, Mundari: Bible, N.T., Matthew

%0 unpublished
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%D 1978
%T Directional modification in Thai fiction: the uses of `come' and
   `go' in text building
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 11 (University of Arizona, Tucson)
%K Thai: Semantics

%0 unpublished
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%D 1979
%T Thai tones and English loanwords: a proposed explanation
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 13 (University of Virginia,
   Charlottesville)
%K Thai: Loanwords from Eng; Thai: Tones, Eng loanwords

%0 thesis
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%D 1981
%T <A linguistic study of a Thai literary classic>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan
%Z 253 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 42/09A, p. 3979; University Microfilms
   82-04597
%K Thai: Lit anal

%0 unpublished
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%D 1982
%T Thai literature and historical linguistics
%M paper presented to the Department of Anthropology, University of
   Chicago
%K Thai: Lit anal

%0 unpublished
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%D 1983
%T Linguistic analysis of a Thai literary classic
%M Council on Thai Studies, Annual meeting, DeKalb, IL, Northern
   Illinois University
%K Thai: Lit anal

%0 unpublished
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%D 1984
%T Linguistic analysis and Thai literary studies: the need for a new
   beginning
%M Chiengmai Symposium on Language and Linguistics, Chiengmai
   University, January 12-14
%K Thai: Lit anal

%0 unpublished
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%D 1984
%T Literary studies and historical reconstruction: the case of Thai
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 17 (University of Oregon, Eugene), read by
   title only
%K Thai: Lit anal; Thai: Hist

%0 in journal
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%D forthcoming
%T Review of Kuo, W., <Teaching grammar of Thai>
%J <Journal of Asian Studies>

%0 in collection
%A Bickner,, Robert J.
%A Hudak,, Thomas J.
%D forthcoming
%T The myth of Standard Thai
%E Capola,, Carlo
%B <The city in South and Southeast Asian literature>
%C ?
%I ?
%P ?
%K Thai: Dialects

%0 book
%E Bickner,, Robert J.
%E Hudak,, Thomas J.
%E Patcharin Peyasantiwong
%D 1986
%T <Papers from a conference on Thai studies in honor of William
   J. Gedney>
%S <Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia>
%u 25
%C Ann Arbor
%I University of Michigan, Center for South and Southeast Asian
   Studies
%Z ix, 265 pp., ill., maps
%O Papers from Conference on Thai Studies in honor of Professor
   William J. Gedney (Ann Arbor, MI), May 11-12, 1980
%F Gedney,, William J.
%L UHM ASIA DS562.P364 1986
%L UCB S-S/EAsia PL4152.P36 1986
%K Thai: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Bielstein,, Hans
%D 1947
%T The census of China during the period 2-742 A.D.
%J <Bulletin of the Museum for Far Eastern Antiquities>
%V 19
%P 125-63
%K China: Census

%0 cross reference
%A Bieri,, Dora
%D 1971, 1973
%x see Schulze and Bieri

%0 cross reference
%A Bieri,, Dora
%D 1973
%x see Sunwar, Bieri, and Schulze

%0 book
%A Bieri,, Dora
%D 1975
%T <Is Sunwar a pronominalized language?>
%C Kathmandu
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z mimeo.
%K Sunwar: Pronouns

%0 in collection
%A Bieri,, Dora
%D 1978
%T Covariance relations in Sunwar
%E Grimes,, Joseph E.
%B <Papers on discourse>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Publications in linguistics and
   related fields>
%u 51
%C Arlington, TX
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 369-79
%O Sunwari
%K Sunwar: Gram

%0 book
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D 1969
%T <Sunwar phonemic summary>
%S <Tibeto-Burman phonemic summaries>
%u 6
%C Kirtipur
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%N mimeo.
%Z 31 pp.
%K Sunwar: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D 1970
%T Sunwar texts
%E Hale,, Austin
%E Pike,, Kenneth L.
%B <Tone systems of Tibeto-Burman languages of Nepal>
%S <Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman
   linguistics>
%u 3
%C Urbana
%I University of Illinois
%V IV
%P 283-92
%K Sunwar: Texts

%0 in collection
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D 1970
%T Sunwar segmental synopsis
%E Hale,, Austin
%E Pike,, Kenneth L.
%B <Tone systems of Tibeto-Burman languages of Nepal>
%S <Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman
   linguistics>
%u 3
%C Urbana
%I University of Illinois
%V I
%P 328-44
%K Sunwar: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D 1970
%T Sunwar tone and higher levels
%E Hale,, Austin
%E Pike,, Kenneth L.
%B <Tone systems of Tibeto-Burman languages of Nepal>
%S <Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman
   linguistics>
%u 3
%C Urbana
%I University of Illinois
%V I
%P 70-85
%K Sunwar: Tones

%0 book
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D 1971
%T <A guide to Sunwar tone>
%S <Guides to tone in Nepal>
%u 4
%C Kathmandu
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%Z 38 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL3801.S83 B5
%K Sunwar: Tones

%0 book
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D 1971
%T <Independent declarative clause types in Sunwar>
%C Kirtipur
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 28 pp., mimeo.
%K Sunwar: Syntax

%0 book
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D 1971
%T <Sunwar phonemic summary>, revised version
%S <Tibeto-Burman phonemic summaries>
%u 9
%C Kirtipur
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%Z 38 pp. mimeo.
%+ Also published Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche
   Publications, 1 mf.
%K Sunwar: Phon

%0 book
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D 1971
%T <A vocabulary of the Sunwar language>
%S <Comparative vocabularies of the languages of Nepal>
%C Kirtipur
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%Z 40 pp.
%L UHM ASIA REF PL3801.S84 B5
%+ Also published Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche
   Publications, 1 mf.
%K Sunwar: Vocab

%0 unpublished
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%D n.d.
%T Clause patterns in Sunwar
%M ms.
%K Sunwar: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Bieri,, Dora
%A Schulze,, Marlene
%A Hale,, Austin
%D 1973
%T An approach to discourse in Sunwar
%E Hale,, Austin
%B <Clause, sentence and discourse patterns in selected languages of
   Nepal>
%C Kathmandu
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%V I
%P 401-62
%L UHM HMLTN PL3553.H34 pt.1
%K Sunwar: Discourse

%0 in journal
%A Biet,, Alexandre
%D 1877
%T {\fr Vocabulaire lyssou recueilli \`a Ts\'ekou...}
%t Lisu vocabulary gathered from Tseku...
%J <M\'emoires de la Soci\'et\'e Acad\'emique Indochinoise>
%V 1
%P 21-41
%+ Also published 1879, St.-Quentin, 20 pp.
%K Lisu: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bigandet,, Paul Ambrose
%D 1858
%T A comparative vocabulary of Shan, Kakying and Pa-laoung
%J <Journal of the Indian Archipelago> n.s.
%V 2
%P 221-32 {? SJS say 221-9}
%O Vocabulary: of Jinghpaw (TB), Shan (TK), and Palaung (AA)
%K Kachin: Vocab; Palaung: Vocab; Shan: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bigg-Wither,, F.
%D 1911
%T <A guide to the study of Shan>
%C Rangoon
%I American Baptist Mission Press
%Z xii, 235 pp.
%R Cochrane, <Journal of the Burma Research Society> 2(1912):107-12
%% ?? index has date 1912
%K Shan: Textbook

%0 thesis
%A Biligiri,, Hemmige Shriniwasarangachar
%D 1961
%T <A descriptive grammar of Kharia>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Deccan College
%+ Revision published 1965 as <Kharia - phonology, grammar, and
   vocabulary> Poona: Deccan College, xviii, 206 pp.
%K Kharia: Gram

%0 in collection
%A Biligiri,, H. S. (Hemmige Shriniwasarangachar)
%D 1965
%T The Sora verb, a restricted study
%E Milner,, G. B. (George Bertram)
%E Henderson,, Eug\'enie J. A.
%B <Indo-Pacific linguistic studies>
%S <Lingua>
%u 14-15
%C Amsterdam
%I North Holland Publishing Co.
%V 2
%P 231-50
%L UHM HMLTN/PACC PL5001.C65 1965 pt.1-2
%K Kharia: Gram; Kharia: Phon; Kharia: Vocab; Sora: Verbs

%0 book
%A Biligiri,, H. S. (Hemmige Shriniwasarangachar)
%D 1965
%T <Kharia - phonology, grammar and vocabulary>
%S <Deccan College Building Centenary and Silver Jubilee Series>
%u 3
%C Poona
%I Deccan College Postgraduate and Research Institute
%Z xviii, 206 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4579.B5 1965
%+ Revision of Biligiri 1961
%R Harris,, R., <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
   87(1967).3:345-7
%R Pinnow, <Lingua> 18(1967).3:304-11

%0 unpublished
%A Biligiri,, H. S. (Hemmige Shriniwasarangachar)
%D n.d.
%T Soara constructions
%% title sic in Huffman ??
%M unpublished ms.
%O Sora
%K Sora: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Billard,, R.
%D 1965
%T {\fr Les cycles chronographiques chinois dans les inscriptions
   thaies}
%t The Chinese chronographic cycles in the Thai inscriptions
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 51
%N 2
%P 403-31
%K Thai: Chinese infl; Thai: Inscr

%0 in collection
%A Bilmes,, Jack
%D 1975
%T Misinformation and ambiguity in verbal interaction: a northern Thai
   example
%E Rubin,, Joan
%B <Sociolinguistics in Southeast Asia>
%S <International Journal of the Sociology of Language>
%u 5
%S <Linguistics>
%u 165
%P 63-76
%% format: titled edited journal issue, no city
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA P40.I58 no.5
%K Thai: Semantics

%0 book
%A Binh Nguy\^en L\^oc
%D 1971
%T {\viet <Ngu\^on g\^oc Ma lai cua d\^an t\^oc Vi\^et Nam>}
%t The Malay origin of the Vietnamese people
%C Saigon
%I Bach B\^oc Xu\^at Ban
%Z 893 pp.
%R Nguy\^en Bat Tuy, <Ph\;u\;ong \-D\^ong> 14-15.8
%+ Reprinted Los Alamitos, CA: Xuan Thu, 1987
%L UHM ASIA DS556.42.B56 1987
%K Vietnamese: Affil; Vietnamese: Affil w Malay

%% ?? refs in index to Binh 1972 twice but no such entry
%0 book
%A Binh Nguy\^en L\^oc
%D 1972
%T {\viet <Lot tran Vi\^et ng\;u>}
%% ?? diacritics
%t ?
%C Saigon
%I Ng\;u\;on X\;u\;o
%Z 407, 5 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL4371.B5
%O Subject: Vietnamese language

%0 in journal
%A Binh Nguy\^en L\^oc
%D 1974
%T {\fr A la recherche des Austroasiatiques par l'\'etude comparative
   des langues}
%t On Austroasiatic research for the comparative study of languages
%J <Vi\^et-Nam>
%V 8
%P 9-42
%K Vietnamese: Affil; Vietnamese: Affil w Malay

%0 cross reference
%A Binney,, Mrs. J. P.
%x see Wade and Binney

%0 in journal
%A Bischoff,, F. A.
%D 1962
%T {\germ Der Zauberritus der Ucchu\.sm\=a, tibetisch und mongolisch
   (Tanjur-Text)}
%t ?
%J <Central Asiatic Journal>
%V 7
%P 205-11
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Bischoff,, F. A.
%D 1965
%T {\fr Une incantation lamaique anti-chinoise}
%t An anti-Chinese Lamaic chant
%J <Central Asiatic Journal>
%V 10
%P 128-35
%O Rgya nag bgegs slog: Tibetan text, translation, and notes
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 in collection
%A Bischoff,, F. A.
%A Hartman,, Charles
%D 1972
%T Padmasambhava's invention of the <phur-bu>: {\fr Ms. Pelliot
   tib\'etain 44}
%B {\fr <Etudes tib\'etaines d\'edi\'ees \`a la m\'emoire de Marcelle
   Lalou>}
%b Tibetan studies dedicated to the memory of Marcelle Lalou
%C Paris
%I Adrien Maisonneuve
%% ?? CARL has publisher Librarie d'Amerique et d'Orient
%P 11-28
%L UHM ASIA DS786.E74
%O Transcription with translation, glossary, and appendix, 14-16
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 book
%A Bismith,, Birendra Narayan
%D 1951
%T {\bodo <Khachari bima Khatha>}: {\assam <Kachari matri bhasha>}:
   {\eng <Kachari mother language>}
%C Goalpara, Rangjule, Assam
%I ?
%O Elementary grammar and vocabulary; in Bodo and Assamese - BSTL
%K Kachari: Gram

%0 book
%A Bista,, Dor Bahadur
%D 1967
%T <People of Nepal>
%C Kathmandu
%I Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, His Majesty's Government
   of Nepal
%Z xvi, 176 pp.
%L UHM ASIA DS485.N4 B53
%L UCLA URL DS485.N4 B545
%+ Reprinted 1972, 1976, 1980, Kathmandu: Ratna Pustak Bhandar, xvi,
   210 pp.
%L UHM ASIA DS485.N442 B57 1972
%K Nepal: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Bista,, Dor Bahadur
%A Shigero Iijima
%A Hiroshi Ishii
%A Yasuhiko Nagano
%A Yoshio Nishi
%D 1982
%T <Anthropological and linguistic studies of the Gandaki area in
   Nepal>
%S <Monumenta Serindica>
%u 10
%C Tokyo
%I Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and
   Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies
%Z iv, 191 pp., maps
%L UCB Main DS495.8.G35 A6 1985 ??
%L UHM ASIA PK2596.A68 1982
%K Nepal: Ethnog; Nepal: Ling studies

%0 book
%E Bista,, Dor Bahadur
%E Shigero Iijima
%E Hiroshi Ishii
%E Yasuhiko Nagano
%E Yoshio Nishi
%D 1982-84
%T <Anthropological and linguistic studies of the Gandaki area in
   Nepal>
%S <Monumenta Serindica>
%u 10, 12
%C Tokyo
%I Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and
   Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies
%Z iv, 191 pp., maps
%L UCB Main P35.5.N4.A7 [1]-2 (1982-84)
%K Nepal: Ethnog; Nepal: Ling studies

%0 in journal
%A Biswas,, Sukumar
%D 1966
%T The use of substantive verbs in Khamti
%J <Bulletin of the Philological Society of Calcutta>
%V 6
%P 130-6
%K Khamti: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bitard,, Pierre
%D 1952
%T {\fr Carte ethno-linguistique de la r\'egion de Voeunsai
   (Cambodge)}
%t Ethnolinguistic map of the region of Voeunsai (Cambodia)
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 27
%N 1
%P 5-7
%O Map: AA, TK, and MA
%K Cambodia: Ethnoling map

%0 in journal
%A Bitard,, Pierre
%D 1956
%T {\fr Note sur le m\^on et les dialectes m\^on-khm\`ers (Etudes
   khm\`eres)}
%t Note on Mon and the Mon-Khmer dialects (Khmer studies)
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 31
%N 4
%P 303-8
%K Mon\3: Notes; Mon-Khmer: Dialects

%0 in journal
%A Bitard,, Pierre
%D 1956
%T {\fr La l\'egende de Nang T\^eng On}
%t The legend of Nang T\^eng On
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 31
%N 2
%P 113-24
%K Tai: Legends

%0 in journal
%A Bitard,, Pierre
%D 1958
%T {\fr Boua Rah, L\^egende Tay-lu}
%t Boua Rah, a Tay-lu legend
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 33
%N 4
%P 451-70
%O Tai L\"u
%K Tai L\"u: Legends

%0 in journal
%A Black,, John
%D 1959
%T The inscriptions of Khao Prah Vihar
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 47
%N 1
%P 1-58
%K Thai: Inscr

%0 book
%A Blackwell,, George E.
%D 1954
%T <The Anglo-Karen dictionary> (based on the dictionary compiled by
   J. Wade and Mrs. J. P. Binney, revised and abridged by Blackwell
   assisted by several Karen writers)
%C Rangoon
%I Baptist Board of Publications
%Z 543 pp.
%? Wade,, J. (Jonathan)
%? Binney,, Mrs. J. P.
%L UHM ASIA REF PL4053.B6
%K Karen: Dict, Eng-Karen

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1894
%T Early Indo-Chinese influence in the Malay Peninsula, as illustrated
   by some of the dialects of the aboriginal tribes
%J <Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 27
%P 21-56
%O AA: Comparative vocabulary of Aslian languages (Benua, Besisi,
   Endau, Johor, Mentra, Sakai, Semang, Senoi, Tembe) with various
   other MK languages (Bahnar, Bru, Chong, Hin, Khmer, Khmu, Lamet,
   Mi, Mon, Nanhang, Pnong, Por, Samre, Saoch, So, Souei, Stieng, and
   Vietnamese):27-40
%K Bahnar: Vocab; Benua: Vocab; Besisi: Vocab; Bru: Vocab; Chong:
   Vocab; Endau: Vocab; Hin: Vocab; Johor: Vocab; Khmer: Vocab; Khmu:
   Vocab; Lamet: Vocab; Mendriq: Vocab; Mi: Vocab; Mon\3: Vocab;
   Nanhang: Vocab; Pear: Vocab; Pnong: Vocab; Sakai: Vocab; Samr\^e:
   Vocab; Saoch: Vocab; Semang: Vocab; Senoi: Vocab; So: Vocab; Souei:
   Vocab; Stieng: Vocab; Temiar: Vocab; Vietnamese: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1902
%T A Malayan element in some of the languages of southern Indo-China
%J <Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 38
%P 1-28
%O Reference to Khmer, Cham, Jarai and Rad\'e
%K Cham: Comp w Malay; Jarai: Comp w Malay; Khmer: Malay infl; Rad\'e:
   Comp w Malay

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1903
%T The comparative philology of the Sakai and Semang dialects of the
   Malay Peninsula - a review
%J <Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 39
%P 47-63
%O Review of Schmidt,, W., `Die Sprachen der Sakai und Semang...',
   1901
%K Sakai: Comp; Semang: Comp

%0 cross reference
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1906
%x see Skeat and Blagden
%K Aslian: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1907
%T The chronicle of Pegu: a text in the Mon language
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1907
%P 367-74
%K Mon\3: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1907
%T Review of Aymonier & Cabaton, {\fr <Dictionnaire
   \vcam--fran\,cais>}
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1907
%P 1986-96

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1909
%T From Central India to Polynesia: a new linguistic synthesis
%J <Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 53
%P 163-73
%O Review article on Schmidt, "Die Mon-Khmer-V\"olker", 1906
%K Austric: Critique

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1910
%T {\fr Quelques notions sur la phon\'etique du talain et son
   \'evolution historique}
%t Some thoughts on the phonetics of Talaing and its historical
   evolution
%J <Journal Asiatique>, 10. s\'erie
%V 15
%P 477-505
%O Mon
%K Mon\3: Hist phon; Mon\3: Phonet

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1911
%T A preliminary study of the fourth text of the Myazedi inscriptions
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1911
%P 365-88
%O Pyu
%K Pyu: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1912
%T Notes on Talaing epigraphy
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 2
%P 38-43
%O Mon
%K Mon\3: Epigraphy

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1913
%T The classification of the Annamese language
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1913
%P 427-32
%O Supports Maspero's (1912) affiliation of Vietnamese with Thai
%K Vietnamese: Affil; Vietnamese: Affil w Thai

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1914
%T Etymological notes. I. Talaing. II. Mon and Rama\~n\~nadesa
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 4
%P 57-60
%K Mon\3: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1914
%T The Myazedi inscriptions
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1914
%P 1063-9
%K Burmese: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1914
%T The transliteration of Old Burmese inscriptions
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 4
%P 136-9
%K Burmese: Translit

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1915
%T Etymological notes. V. Krit. VI. Thaton. VII. Mon, Rman,
   R\=ama\~n\~na. IX. On certain Mon words
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 5
%P 25-7, 28-30
%K Mon\3: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1915
%T Some etymological notes: VIII. Some alleged Chinese words in
   Burmese
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 5
%P 27-8
%K Burmese: Chinese infl in

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1916
%T {\burm Kla\~njo-khe:z\=u}
%t ?
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 6
%P 92-5
%O Burmese
%K Burmese: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1917
%T The Pyu inscriptions
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 7
%P 37-44
%K Pyu: Inscr

%0 cross reference
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1921
%x see Milne, with an intro. by Blagden

%0 cross reference
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1926-28
%x see Schebesta, translated by Blagden

%0 in collection
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1929
%T Achinese and Mon-Khmer
%B {/dut <Feestbundel uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Bataviaasch
   Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen bij gelegenheid van zijn
   150 jarig bestaan, 1778-1928>}
%b ?
%C Weltevredern
%I G. Kolff
%V 2
%P 35-8
%L UHM ASIA AS522.L4275 v.1-2
%K Achinese: Affil w Mon-Khmer; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Achinese;
   Mon-Khmer: Comp w Achinese

%0 cross reference
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1931
%x see Schebesta, translated by Blagden

%0 in journal
%A Blagden,, Charles Otto
%D 1940
%T Certain words of the Pegu language
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 30
%P 371-5
%O Mon
%K Mon\3: Etym

%0 in collection
%A Blagonravova,, I. L.
%D 1963
%T {\rus Sposoby vyrazheniia atributivnoi sviazi v imennykh
   slovosochetaniiakh sovremennogo taiskogo iazyka}
%t Methods of expression of attributive connections in nominal word
   combinations in modern Thai
%E Serdiuchenko,, G. P. (Georgii Petrovich)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Kitaia i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b The languages of China and Southeast Asia
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 102-14
%L UHM HMLTN PL1107.A5 1963
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Blagonravova,, I. L.
%D 1964
%T {\rus Sposoby vyrazheniia atributivnoi sviazi v slovosochetaniiakh
   s glagol'nym i kachestvennym opredeleniem v sovremennom taiskom
   iazyke}
%t Ways of expressing attributive connections in word combinations
   with the verb and qualitative attributes in Thai
%J <Katkie soobshcheniia Instituta narodov Azii>
%V 68
%P 151-60
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 thesis
%A Blagonravova,, I. L.
%D 1966
%T {\rus <Atributivnye otnosheniia v sovremennom taiskom iazyke}>
%t Attributive relationships in modern Thai
%U Moscow, Institut narodov Azii Akademii nauk SSSR, Cand. in
   Philological Sciences
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Blagonravova,, I. L.
%D 1967
%T {\rus Mesto kompozitivnykh obrazovanii v sisteme nominativnykh
   edinits sovremennogo taiskogo iazyka}
%t The place of compound formations in the system of nominative units
   in modern Thai
%E Gorgoniev,, Iuri A.
%E Morev,, L. N. (Lev Nikolaevich)
%E Solntsev,, N. V. (Nikolai Vasil'evich)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b The languages of South-East Asia
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 239-48
%L UHM HMLTN PL3501.I124 1967
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Blagonravova,, I. L.
%D 1971
%T {\rus Differentsial 'nye priznake atributivnogo slovosochetaniia v
   taiskom iazyke}
%t Differential features of attributive word combinations in Thai
%E Rozhdestvenskii,, Iu. V.
%B {\rus <Vostochnaia filologiia: kharakterologicheskie
   issledovaniia>}
%b Eastern philology: typological studies
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 148-64
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Blagonravova,, I. L.
%D 1971
%T {\rus O predsubstantivnoi pozicii klassifikatorov v sovremennom
   taiskom (siamskom) iazyke}
%t On the presubstantive position of classifiers in modern Thai
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%E Plam,, Iu. Ia. (Iurii Iakovlevich)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Kitaia i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii: Problemy sintaksisa>}
%b The languages of China and Southeast Asia: Syntactic problems
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 104-18
%K Thai: Clfr

%0 in collection
%A Blagonravova,, I. L.
%D 1974
%T {\rus Bytiinye predlozheniia s postpozitivnym podlezhanshchim v
   sovremennom taiskom iazyke}
%t Existential sentences with a postpositional subject in modern Thai
%E Plam,, Iu. Ia. (Iurii Iakovlevich)
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Kitaia i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b The languages of China and Southeast Asia
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 54-78
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Blagonravova,, I. L.
%D 1974
%T {\rus O grammaticheskom i leksicheskom znachenii klassifikatorov v
   sovremennom taiskom iazyke}
%t On the grammatical and lexical significance of classifiers in
   modern Thai
%E Plam,, Iu. Ia. (Iurii Iakovlevich)
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Kitaia i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b The languages of China and Southeast Asia
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 78-88
%K Thai: Clfr

%0 book
%A Blah,, U Edington
%D 1966
%T <Chaplala's Anglo-Khasi dictionary>
%C Shillong
%I Chapala Book Stall
%Z 400 pp.
%+ revised ed. 1971
%K Khasi: Dict, Eng-Khasi

%0 book
%A Blake,, Jeanne L.
%A Yang Dao
%D 1992
%T <Hmong for English speakers: level 1>
%C Minneapolis, MN
%I WorldBridge Associates
%Z 157 pp., illus.
%O Subjects: Hmong language -- Textbooks for foreign speakers --
   English
%L UCI Main Lib PL4072.1.B53 1992 Southeast Asian Archive
%K

%0 book
%A Blanchard,, Wendell
%A et al.
%D 1958
%T <Thailand: its people, its society, its culture>
%S <Country survey series>
%u 8
%C New Haven
%I Human Relations Area Files Press
%Z x, 528 pp.
%O Ethnic groups and languages 56-86
%K Thailand: Ethnoling

%0 book
%A Bliatout,, Bruce Thowpaou
%A et al.
%D 1988
%T <Handbook for teaching Hmong-speaking students>
%C Folsom, CA: Folsom Cordova Unified School District, Southeast Asia
   Community Resource Center
%Z xi, 129 pp.
%O Subjects: Hmong (Asian people) -- California; Hmong language; Hmong
   (Asian people) -- Education
%L UCD Shields LC3501.H5 H35 1988

%0 in journal
%A Blinov,, A. I.
%D 1956
%T {\rus K voprosu o sushchestvovanii austroaziatiskoi sem'i iazykov}
%t Towards the question of the existence of the Austroasiatic language
   family
%J <Sovetskoe Vostokovendenie>
%V 2
%P 153-7
%K Austroasiatic: Affil

%0 in journal
%A Blofeld,, John
%D 1955
%T Some hill tribes of North Thailand (Miaos and Yaos)
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 43
%N 1
%K Miao: Ethnog; Yao: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Blondeau,, Anne-Marie
%D 1972
%T {\fr <Mat\'eriaux pour l'\'etude de l'hippologie et de l'hippiatrie
   tib\'etaines, \`a partir des manuscrits de Touen-houang>}
%t Materials for the study of Tibetan hippology and hippiatry,
   according to the manuscripts of Touen-houang
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Pratique des Hautes Etudes, Paris, IVe section,
   S\'erie Hautes Etudes Orientales>}
%u 2
%C Paris
%I Minard
%Z 428 pp.
%K Tibetan: Mss; Tibetan: Studies
%% ?? hippology? hippiatry?

%0 in journal
%A Blondeau,, Anne-Marie
%D 1973
%T {\fr Cinquante ans d'orientalisme en France. Les \'etudes
   tib\'etaines}
%t Fifty years of orientology in France. Tibetan studies
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 261
%P 153-74
%K Tibetan: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Blondeau,, Anne-Marie
%D 1979
%T Review of Helffer, {\fr <Les chants de l'\'epop\'ee tib\'etaine>}
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 267
%P 221-5

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, David L.
%D 1962
%T A problem in Cham sonorants
%J <Zeitschrift f\"ur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft, und
   Kommunikationsforschung>
%V 15
%P 111-14
%K Cham: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, David L.
%D 1964
%T Applying the criteria of patterning in Cham phonology
%J <V\uan-hoa Nguy\^et-san>
%V 13
%N 4
%P 515-20
%K Cham: Phon

%0 thesis
%A Blood,, David L.
%D 1964
%T <Phonological units in Cham>
%U M.A. thesis, Indiana University
%O Abstract in <Anthropological Linguistics> 9.8:15-32 (1967)

%0 cross reference
%A Blood,, David L.
%D 1966
%x see Thomas,, David, Nhuy\^en \-Dinh Hoa, and David Blood
%K Cham: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, David L.
%D 1967
%T Phonological units in Cham
%J <Anthropological Linguistics>
%V 9
%N 8
%P 15-32
%O Abstract of 1964 M.A. thesis, Indiana University
%K Cham: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, David L.
%D 1974
%T Review of {Thomas,, David}, <Chrau grammar>
%J <Lingua>
%V 34
%N 2
%P 283-5

%0 in collection
%A Blood,, David L.
%D 1977
%T A three-dimensional analysis of Cham sentences
%E Thomas,, David D.
%E Lee,, Ernest W.
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 4>: <Chamic studies>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.48
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%V 4
%P 53-76
%K Cham: Syntax

%0 unpublished
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1961
%T <Cham--Vietnamese--English dictionary>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North Dakota
%K Cham: Dict, Cham-Viet-Eng

%0 unpublished
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1968
%T Eastern Cham anthropological notes, kinship
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics
%+ Also published Dallas: <Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche
   Publications>, 1 mf., 1980
%K Cham, Eastern: Ethnog

%0 unpublished
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1971
%T <Cham dictionary>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/Vietnam Branch
%K Cham: Dict

%0 book
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1980
%T <Eastern Cham ethnographic texts>
%C Dallas
%I <Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications>
%Z 5 mf.
%K Cham, Eastern: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1980
%T <Eastern Cham field notes; doublets>
%C Dallas
%I <Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications>
%Z 6 mf.
%K Cham, Eastern: Doublets

%0 book
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1980
%T <Eastern Cham working dictionary>
%C Dallas
%I <Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications>
%Z 3 mf.
%K Cham, Eastern: Dict

%0 book
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1980
%T <Romanization of the Cham language>
%C Dallas
%I <Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications>
%Z 1 mf.
%K Cham: Roman

%0 book
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D n.d.
%T <Eastern Cham ethnographic field notes and kinship system>
%C ?
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 1 mf.
%K Cham, Eastern: Ethnog; Cham, Eastern: Kinship

%0 book
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D n.d.
%T <Eastern Cham field notes on phonemic distribution>
%C ?
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 1 mf.
%K Cham, Eastern: Phon

%0 book
%A Blood,, David L.
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%A Thi\^en Sanh Canh
%D 1976
%T <Eastern Cham vocabulary: Eastern Cham--Vietnamese--English
   thesaurus, a computer printout>
%C Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 59 pp.
%+ Dallas: <Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications>,
   2 mf.
%K Cham, Eastern: Dict, Eastern Cham-Viet-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1961
%T Women's speech characteristics in Cham
%J <Asian Culture>
%V 3
%N 3-4
%P 139-43
%K Cham: Women's speech

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1962
%T Reflexes of Proto-Malayo-Polynesian in Cham
%J <Anthropological Linguistics>
%V 4
%N 9
%P 11-20
%K Cham: Reflexes in PAN

%0 cross reference
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1976
%x see Thi\^en Sanh Canh, Thanh Pho Quy\^en, and Doris Blood
%K Mnong, Eastern: Dict, Eastern Mnong-Viet-Eng

%0 in collection
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1977
%T Clause and sentence final particles in Cham
%E Thomas,, David D.
%E Lee,, Ernest W.
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 4>: <Chamic studies>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.48
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 39-51
%K Cham: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1978
%T Some aspects of Cham discourse structure
%J <Anthropological Linguistics>
%V 20
%N 3
%P 110-32
%K Cham: Discourse

%0 in collection
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1980
%T Aspects of Cham culture
%E Gregerson,, Marilyn
%E Thomas,, Dorothy
%B <Notes from Indochina on ethnic minority cultures>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Museum of Anthropology>
%u publication no. 6
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 11-34
%K Cham: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%D 1980
%T Script as a cohesive factor in Cham society
%E Gregerson,, Marilyn
%E Thomas,, Dorothy
%B <Notes from Indochina on ethnic minority cultures>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Museum of Anthropology>
%u publication no. 6
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 35-44
%K Cham: Script

%0 book
%A Blood,, Doris E.
%A Thi\^en Sanh Canh
%D 1970
%T {\cham? <Aday bach akh\uar Ch\uam birau>}
%t Cham primer
%C Saigon
%I Department of Education
%Z 3 vols, 330 pp., illus.
%O In Cham and Vietnamese
%K Cham: Primer

%0 unpublished
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%D 1960
%T Final particles in Vietnamese
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%D 1963
%T Some fauna terms in Mnong R\;ol\;om
%E Thomas,, David D.
%B <Papers on four Vietnamese languages>
%S <Te Reo reprints>
%u 2
%C Auckland
%I Linguistic Society of New Zealand
%P 23-7
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Fauna

%0 book
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%D 1976
%T <Eastern Mnong vocabulary: Eastern Mnong--Vietnamese--English
   thesaurus, a computer printout>
%C Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 54 pp.
%+ Dallas, <Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications> 2
   mf.
%K

%0 in collection
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%D 1980
%T Mnong L\uam texts on sacrifice and shamanism
%E Gregerson,, Marilyn
%E Thomas,, Dorothy
%B <Notes from Indochina on ethnic minority cultures>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Museum of Anthropology>
%u publication no. 6
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 45-60
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%D 1963
%T The vowel system of Uon Nju\~n Mnong R\;ol\;om
%J <V\uan-hoa Nguy\^et-san>
%V 12
%P 951-65
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Phon

%0 thesis
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%D 1967
%T <A reconstruction of Proto-Mnong>
%U M.A. thesis, Indiana University
%+ Also published 1968, Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of
   North Dakota, 115 pp.; republished 1974, 122 pp. (Dallas: Summer
   Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications, 2 mf.)
%O Treats six Mnong dialects: Preh, Bun\;or, R\;ol\;om, Gar, Kua\~n,
   and Chil
%K Mnong, Proto-: Reconstr; Mnong R\;ol\;om: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%D n.d.
%T Mnong language texts
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North Dakota
%K Mnong: Texts

%0 unpublished
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%D n.d.
%T Mnong Lam thesaurus
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North Dakota
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Thesaurus

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%D 1976
%T The phonemes of Uon Nju\~n Mnong R\;ol\;om
%J <Mon-Khmer Studies>
%V V
%P 4-24
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 5
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 5
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Phon

%0 book
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%D 1976
%T <Mnong R\;ol\;om field notes>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%P 10 mf.
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Field notes

%0 unpublished
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%D 1961
%T <Mnong--Vietnamese--English dictionary>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/Vietnam Branch
%K Mnong: Dict, Mnong-Viet-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%D 1966
%T The pronoun system of Uon Nju\~n Mnong R\;ol\;om
%J <Mon-Khmer Studies>
%V II
%P 103-11
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 2
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 2
%+ Also published 1965, <V\uan-hoa Nguy\^et-san> 14:1379-87
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Pronouns

%0 in journal
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%D 1969
%T The origin of Dak Nue': a Mnong R\;ol\;om legend obtained from Mnom
   N\;om
%J <Mon-Khmer Studies>
%V II
%P 61-3
%O Text and translation
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 2
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 2
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Legends

%0 book
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%D 1976
%T <Mnong R\;ol\;om ethnographic texts>
%C Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 619 pp.
%O Dallas, Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications, 12
   mf.
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%A Y Tang Hmok
%D 1976
%T <Mnong R\;ol\;om dictionary>
%C Dallas
%I <Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications>
%Z 826 pp., 14 mf.
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Dict

%0 book
%A Blood,, Henry F.
%A Blood,, Evangeline E.
%A Y Tang Hmok
%D 1976
%T <Mnong R\;ol\;om dictionary and thesaurus>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 422, 155, 141 pp., 13 mf.
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Dict

%0 book
%A B\^o Giao Duc
%D 1968-69
%T {\bru <Doc parnai Br\~u: l\;op tapo\^at>}; {\viet <Doc ti\^eng Bru:
   l\;op sau>}
%t Advanced Bru reader
%C Trung t\^am hoc li\^eu
%I B\^o Giao Duc
%K Bru: Reader

%0 book
%A B\^o Giao Duc
%D 1972
%T {\?? <Dok t\;otayh Jeh>}
%t Jeh primer
%C Saigon
%I Department of Education
%Z 3 vols., 311 pp., illus.
%O In Jeh and Vietnamese
%K Jeh: Primer

%0 in journal
%A Bo Yang
%D 1957
%T {\ch Zhuang yu jie han wen ti}
%t Questions about Chinese loanwords in Chuang
%J <Guangxi Ri Bao>
%V April 5 1957
%K Chuang: Loans from Chinese

%0 book
%A Bochet,, Gilbert
%D 1951
%T {\fr <El\'ements de conversation franco--koho. Us et coutumes des
   montagnards de la province de Haut-Donnai>}
%t Elements of French--K\"oho conversation. Ways and customs of the
   Montagnards of Haut-Donnai province
%C Dalat
%I Service g\'eographique de l'Indochine
%Z 83 pp., illus., map
%K K\;oho: Textbook

%0 book
%A Bochet,, Gilbert
%A Dournes,, Jacques
%D 1953
%T {\fr <Lexique polyglotte: k\"oho, fran\,cais, vietnamien,
   r\;oglai>}
%t Polyglot lexicon: K\"oho, French, Vietnamese, R\;oglai
%C Saigon
%I Editions France-Asie
%Z xxvi, 135 pp., map
%L UCB Main PL4306.B6
%R Smalley, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
   47(1955):653-61
%K K\;oho: Dict, K\;oho-French-Viet-R\;oglai; R\;oglai: Dict,
   K\;oho-French-Viet-R\;oglai

%0 book
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1923-29
%T <Materials for a Santali grammar (Part 1: mostly phonetic, 1923;
   Part 2: mostly morphological, 1929)>
%C Dumka
%I Santal Mission of the Northern Churches
%Z iv, 336 pp.
%% Huffmann has Benegaria: Santal Mission Press
%L UCB Main PL4563.B6 v. 1-2 (1922-1929)
%L UCB Main MICROFILM.9206.PL [original in Library of Congress]
%K Santali: Gram

%A  Bodding, Paul Olaf
%D 1924
%T <A chapter of Santal folklore>
%S <Kristiania Etnografiske Museums, Skrifter>
%u Band 3, hefte 2
%C Kristiania (i.e. Oslo)
%I A.W. Brogger
%Z [41]-119 pp, 30 cm.
%L UHM HMLTN f GR305.B631c
%L UCB Anthropol GN37.06 O7 v.3
%O Texts in Santali and English
%K Santali: Folklore

%0 in journal
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1925
%T A plea for a standardized system of writing the Munda or Kolarian
   languages
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal), n.s.
%V 21
%P 9-20
%% from TLI
%K Munda: Transc

%0 book
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1925-29
%T <Santal folk tales>
%S {\norw <Instituttet for Sammenlignende, Kulturforsning,
   Publikationer, ser. B: Skrifter>}
%u 2, 7, 9
%Z 3 vols.
%C Oslo/Cambridge MA
%I H. Aschehough/Harvard University Press
%O Santali text with English translation on facing pages
%L UHM HMLTN PL4563.Z73 1925 v. 1-2
%L UCD Shields PL4563.B63 v.1-3
%K Santali: Folktales

%0 in journal
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1926
%T The meaning of the words <buru> and <bongo> in Santali
%J <Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society>
%V 12
%P 3-77, 286-8
%K Santali: Semantics

%0 book
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1929
%T <A Santali grammar for beginners>
%C Benegaria
%I Santal Mission of the Northern Churches
%Z 2 pp., l., 104 pp.
%L UCB Main PL4563.B65 1929a [photocopy]
%L UCB Main MICROFILM.9205.PL [original in Library of Congress]
%+ 2nd ed. 1944, 3rd ed. 1952
%Z 121 pp. {??}
%K Santali: Gram; Santali: Textbook

%0 book
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1925-40
%T <Studies in Santal medicine and connected folklore: parts I, II &
   III>
%S <Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%u 10, no. 2
%C Calcutta
%I Asiatic Society
%Z vi, 502 pp.
%+ Reprinted, with new introduction, Calcutta: Janasiksha Prochar
   Kendra; (sole distributor) Book Trust, 1983; 14, [2], [133]-426
   pp.
%L UCB Main DS432.S2 B631 1983
%+ Reprinted Calcutta: Asiatic Society, 1986; vi, 502 pp.
%L UHM ASIA R606.B63 1986 {?? LACKS A LETTER}
%L UCB Main DS432.S2 B64 1986
%K Santali: medicine, folklore

%0 book
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1929-36
%T <A Santal dictionary>
%Z 5 vols, 28 cm.
%C Oslo
%I Det Norske videnskaps-akademi i Oslo, i kommisjon hos Jacob Dybwad
%i Norwegian Academy of Science and Letters
%L UHM HMLTN f GR305.B631c
%L UHM HMLTN REF PL4563.Z5 B6 v.1-5
%L UCB Main 739b.B666 v. 1-5
%L SRLF PL 4563 Z5B63 v.1 pt.1-3, v.2-5
%K Santali: Dict, Santali-Eng

%0 book
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1940
%T <Santal riddles> and <Witchcraft among the Santals>
%S {\norw <Oslo Universitet, Ethnografiske Museum, Skrifter>}
%u Bind 3, hefte 5
%C Oslo
%I A.W. Broggers
%Z 210 pp., 326 pp.
%O Text in Santali and English
%L UHM HMLTN PN6377.S3 B6
%L UCB Anthropol GN37.O6 O7 v.3
%K Santali: Riddles; Santali: Witchcraft

%0 book
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1942
%T <Traditions and institutions of the Santals>
%? translated with notes and additions by P. O. Bodding from the
   Santali text {\santali <Horkoren mare hpramko reak'katha> published
   1887 by L. O. Skrefsrud, edited after the translator's death by
   Sten Konow
%S {\norw <Oslo Universitetet, Etnografiske Museum, Bulletin>
%u 6
%C Oslo
%I A. W. Broggers
%Z 198 pp.
%? Skrefsrud,, L. O.
%? Konow,, Sten
%L UCD Main Lib GN2.O8 no.6
%L UCSD SSH GR305.5.S35 B6

%0 cross reference
%A Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%D 1944
%x see Skefsrud, translated by Bodding

%0 in collection
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1967
%T China: historical linguistics
%E Sebeok,, Thomas A.
%B <Linguistics in East Asia and Southeast Asia>
%S <Current trends in linguistics>
%u 2
%C The Hague and Paris
%I Mouton
%P 3-58
%K China: Hist ling

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1969
%T A sampling of Chinese--Tibetan correspondences
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 2 (Columbia University, New York)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Etym; Tibetan: Comp w Chinese; Tibetan: Etym;
   Tibetan: Hist phon; Tibetan: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1969
%T Tibetan <sdud> `folds of garment', the character {# Chinese char},
   and the *st- hypothesis
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 39
%P 327-45
%K

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1970
%T Some Tibeto-Burman correspondences to Chinese <l-> and related
   matters
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 3 (Cornell University, Ithaca, NY)
%K Tibeto-Burman: Comp w Chinese

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1971
%T Some phonological correspondences between Chinese and Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 4 (Indiana University, Bloomington)
%K Tibetan: Comp w Chinese; Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1972
%T Old Chinese <s>- clusters, some dialect alternatives, and traces of
   the Sino-Tibetan <s>- causative
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 5 (University of Michigan, Ann Arbor)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 in journal
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1973
%T Some Chinese reflexes of Sino-Tibetan <s>- clusters
%J <Journal of Chinese Linguistics>
%V 1
%N 3
%P 383-96
%K Sino-Tibetan: Etym; Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1974
%T Some random observations on Paul K. Benedict's `The Chinese *<s>-
   orgy'
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 7 (Georgia State University, Atlanta)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Etym; Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon; Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1974
%T Tibetan evidence for the <*ps>-, <*ts>-, and <*ks>- origin of part
   of the Chinese <ch'\"u-sheng>
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 7 (Georgia State University, Atlanta)
%K

%0 in journal
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1975
%T Review of Benedict, <Sino-Tibetan: a conspectus>
%J <Linguistics>
%V 149
%P 89-97
%K Tibeto-Burman: Comp w Chinese

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1975
%T Tibeto-Burman correspondence to the Chinese <teng> (divisions 1, 2,
   3, 4) and the concept of `primary yod' in Sino-Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 8 (University of California/Berkeley)
%K

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1976
%T Syllabic types and yod in Sino-Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 9 (Copenhagen)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1978
%T Old Chinese reflexes of Sino-Tibetan *<-{# glottalstop}>, *<-:k>
   and related problems
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 11 (University of Arizona, Tucson)
%K Sino-Tibetan: Etym; Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon

%0 in collection
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1980
%T Proto-Chinese and Sino-Tibetan: data towards establishing the
   nature of the relationship
%E Coetsem,, Frans van
%E Waugh,, Linda
%B <Contributions to historical linguistics: issues and materials>
%S Cornell linguistic contributions
%u 3
%C Leiden
%I E. J. Brill
%P 34-199
%O Reference to ST, TB: Bahing, Chepang, Khaling, Khulung, Magar,
   Tamang, Kanauri, Lhota Naga, Rawang, Adi, Garo, Gyarong, Jinghpaw,
   Lepcha, Mikir, Tangkhur, Thulung, Tibetan; AA: Khmu,
   Proto-Hre-Sedang, Proto-Mnong, Proto-North Bahnaric,
   Proto-Viet-M\;u\;ong, Proto-Wa; TK: Proto-Tai, Thai
%L UCB Main P140.C661
%K Adi: Comp; Bahing: Comp; Bahnaric, Proto-North-: Comp; Chepang:
   Comp; Garo: Comp; Gyarong: Comp; Hr\^e-Sedang, Proto-: Comp;
   Jinghpaw: Comp; Kanauri: Comp; Khaling: Comp; Khmu: Comp; Khulung:
   Comp; Lepcha: Comp; Lotha: Comp; Magar: Comp; Mikir: Comp; Rawang:
   Comp; Sino-Tibetan: Clfn; Sino-Tibetan: Etym; Sino-Tibetan: Hist
   phon; Tai, Proto-: Comp; Tamang\2: Comp; Tangkhul: Comp; Thulung:
   Comp; Tibetan: Comp; Viet-M\;u\;ong, Proto-: Comp; Waic, Proto-:
   Comp

%0 in collection
%A Bodman,, Nicolas C.
%D 1985
%T Evidence for <l> and <r> medials in Old Chinese
%E Thurgood,, Graham
%E Matisoff,, James A.
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Linguistics of the Sino-Tibetan area: the state of the art. Papers
   presented to Paul K. Benedict for his 71st birthday>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.87
%C Canberra
%I Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%P 146-67
%O Reference to TB, TK, AA, MY, and VM loans in Old Chinese
%K Austroasiatic: Loanwords in Chinese; Miao-Yao: Loans in Old
   Chinese; Sino-Tibetan: Etym; Sino-Tibetan: Hist phon; Tai-Kadai:
   Loanwords in Old Chinese; Tibeto-Burman: Loans in Old Chinese;
   Viet-M\;u\;ong: Loans in Old Chinese; Vietnamese: Loanwords from
   Chinese

%0 book
%A Boell,, Paul Victor
%D 1899
%T {\fr <Contribution \`a l'\'etude de la langue lolo>}
%t Contribution to the study of the Lolo language
%C Paris
%I E. Leroux
%Z 2, 21 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL3311.L7 B7
%O Ahi, Nosa, Nyi - BSTL
%K Ahi: Studies; Lolo: Studies; Noso: Studies; Nyi: Studies

%0 thesis
%A Bofman,, Theodora Helene
%D 1978
%T The poetics of the <Ramakian>
%U Ph.D. dissertation (Linguistics), University of Michigan
%Z 354 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 39.19:6136-37A; University Microfilms
   7907033
%% Spelling <Ramakian> vs <Ramakien> below, sic
%K Thai: Versification

%0 book
%A Bofman,, Theodora Helene
%D 1984
%T <The poetics of the Ramakien>
%S <Monograph series on Southeast Asia>
%u <Spec. report 21>
%C DeKalb, Ill.
%I Northern Illinois University Center for Southeast Asian Studies
%Z 263 pp.
%% Spelling <Ramakien> vs <Ramakian> above, sic
%K Thai: Versification

%0 collection
%E Bogoliubov,, M. N.
%D 1964
%T {\rus <Voprosy grammatiki iazykov stran azii>}
%t Grammatical problems of Asian languages
%C Leningrad
%I Izd. Leningraskogo univ.
%Z 194 pp.
%O S
%K Asian languages: Gram, studies

%0 in collection
%A Bogoslovskii,, V. A. (Vasilii Alekseevich)
%D 1958
%T {\rus K voprosu o nekotorykh terminakh v tibetskikh dokumentakh
   VII-IX vv}
%t On the question of some terms in Tibetan documents of the 7th-9th
   centuries
%B {\rus <Filologiia i istoriia mongol'skikh narodov>}
%E Sanzheez,, Garma Dantsaranovich
%b ?
%C Moscow
%I Izd-vo Vostochnoi lit-ry
%P 323-32.
%K Tibetan: Etym

%0 in collection
%A Bogoslovskii,, V. A. (Vasilii Alekseevich)
%D 1960
%T {\rus O nalogovykh terminakh v tibetiskikh dokumentakh VII-XI vv}
%t On tax terms in Tibetan documents of the 7th-11th centuries
%B {\rus <Kitai, Iaponiia>}
%b China, Japan
%C Moscow
%I ?
%P 58-65
%K Tibetan: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Bogoslovskii,, V. A. (Vasilii Alekseevich)
%D 1966
%T Review of Roerich, {\rus <Tibetskii iazyk>}
%J <NarodyAzii i Afriki>
%V 4
%P 242-3

%0 unpublished
%A B\;oju Jrang
%A Fuller,, Eugene E.
%D 1974
%T Cross-cousin marriage as revealed in Chru kinship terminology
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 22 pp.
%O Glossary of Chru kinship terms
%K Chru: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Boller,, A.
%D 1869
%T {\germ Die Pr\"afixe mit vocalischem und gutteralem Anlaute in den
   einsilbigen Sprachen}
%t Prefixes with with initial vowels and gutterals in monosyllabic
   languages
%J <Akademie der Wissenschafter, Wien>
%V 61
%P 445-91
%K Sino-Tibetan: Gram

%0 in collection
%A Bolsokhoeva,, N. D.
%D 1971
%T {\rus Proshedshe vremia glagola v sovremennom tibetsom iazyke pri
   perevode na russkii iazyk}
%t Past tense of the Tibetan verb in Russian translation
%E Semichov,, B. V.
%B {\rus <Tibetika, Materialy tibetologicheskogo seminara>}
%b ?
%C Ulan-Ud\'e
%I Sibirskoe otdelenie, Buriatskii filial, In-t obshchestvennykh nauk
%P 14-17
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan: Verbs

%0 in collection
%A Bolsokhoeva,, N. D.
%D 1971
%T {\rus Vremia tibertskogo glagola v perevoda na russkii iazyk}
%t Tibetan verb tense in Russian translation
%E Semichov,, B. V.
%B {\rus <Tibetika, Materialy tibetologicheskogo seminara>}
%b ?
%C Ulan-Ud\'e
%I Sibirskoe otdelenie, Buriatskii filial, In-t obshchestvennykh nauk
%P 21-4
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan: Verbs

%0 unpublished
%A Bolozky,, Shmuel
%D 1969
%T On `copying' in Shan and on some other matters
%M ms., University of Illinois Shan Project
%K Shan: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Boltz,, William G.
%D 1968
%T Bibliography of Chinese materials on Tai linguistics
%J <Unicorn>
%V 2
%P 33-40
%K Tai: Biblio

%0 book
%A Bompas, Cecil Henry
%D 1909
%T <Folklore of the Santal Parganas>
%C London
%I D. Nutt
%+ Reprinted New Delhi: Ajay Book Service, 1981
%Z 483 pp.
%O "The stories and legends which are here translated have been
   collected by the Rev. O. Bodding, D. D. of the Scandinavina mission
   to the Santals."-- Preface
%? Bodding,, Paul Olaf
%L UHM ASIA GR305.F64 1981
%L UCSD SSH GR305.B5 XX
%+ Reprinted, New Delhi: Ajay Book Service, 1981
%L CRL GenCollec 81-904961
%K Santali: Folktales

%0 book
%A Bonaparte,, Roland Napol\'eon
%D 1895
%T {\fr <Documents de l'\'epoque mongole des XIIIe et XIVe si\`ecles>}
%t Documents of the Mongol epoch of the 13th and 14th centuries
%C Paris
%I ?
%K Hsi-hsia: Hist

%0 in journal
%A Bondet de la Bernardie,, J.
%D 1949
%T {\fr Le dialecte des Kha Boloven}
%t The dialect of the Kha Boloven
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises> n.s.
%V 24
%N 3
%P 57-78
%O AA: Loven
%K Loven: Gen

%0 book
%A Bonet,, Jean
%D 1899-1900
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire annamite--fran\,cais>}
%t Annamese--French dictionary
%C Paris
%I Imprimerie nationale
%Z 2 vols., xxv, 440, 532 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Viet-French

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1904
%T {\fr Les groups ethniques de la Rivi\`ere Claire}
%t ?
%J <Revue Indochinoise>
%V 2
%P 1-16
%O Deals with MY: Man Deo-tien (Man Tien), Man Ta-Pan (Man-Coc), Man
   Pateng, and Man Khsanh, with some general remarks on their
   languages
%K Man C\^oc: Gen; Man Khsanh: Gen; Man Pa-teng: Gen; Man Ti\^en: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1904-05
%T {\fr Monographie des Mans Quan-coc}
%t Monograph on the Quan-coc Man
%J <Revue Indochinoise>
%V 1904
%N 2
%P 726-34824-32; 1905.1:138-48
%O Courtship songs in Yao, with Chinese and French translations,
   824-32
%K Man C\^oc: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1905
%T {\fr Etude sur les langues parl\'ees par les populations de la
   haute Rivi\`ere Claire}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 5
%P 306-27
%O Vocabulary, TK: Laqua, Lao, Man koanh, Th\^o; TB: Burmese, Chin,
   Hwethom, Kachin
%K Burmese: Vocab; Chin: Vocab; Hwethom: Vocab; Kachin: Vocab; Lao\2:
   Vocab; Laqua: Vocab; Man Koanh: Vocab; Th\^o: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1905
%T {\fr Monographie des Mans Cao-lan}
%t Monograph on the Cao-lan Man
%J <Revue Indochinoise>
%V 1905
%N 2
%P 899-928
%O TK; ethnography
%K Cao-Lan: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1906
%T {\fr Etude sur les coutumes et la langue des La-ti}
%t Study of the customs and language of the Lati
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 6
%P 271-8
%K Austroasiatic: Ethnog; Lati: Gen; Tai-Kadai: Ethnog; Tibeto-Burman:
   Ethnoling

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1907
%T {\fr Etude sur les Cao-Lan}
%t Study of the Cao-Lan
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 8
%P 429-38
%O Provides a vocabulary of Tai words in Cao-Lan (149 items, 429-32);
   comments on sound changes from Tai to Cao-Lan (432-3), Cao-Lan
   syntax (433-4), and Cao-Lan writing (434-60)
%K Cao-Lan: Syntax; Cao-Lan: Vocab; Cao-Lan: Writing system

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1907
%T {\fr Etude sur les T\`ay de la Rivi\`ere Claire, au Tonkin et dans
   la Chine m\'eridionale (Y\"unnan et Kouangsi)}
%t ?
%J <T'oung Pao>, 2. s\'erie
%V 8
%P 77-98
%O Vocabulary, TK: Gi\^ay (Dioi), Nung An Nung Ch\;u\;ong, Th\^o
   blanc, Th\^o noir, Trung ch\ua (Cao-lan), and Trung ch\ue
   (Chungchia) BSTL
%K Chungchia: Vocab; Dioi: Vocab; Nung\2: Vocab; Nung An: Vocab;
   Th\^o, Black: Vocab; Th\^o, White: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1908
%T {\fr Etude sur les coutumes et la langue des Lolo et des La-qua du
   Haut Tonkin}
%t Study of the customs and the language of the Lolo and the Laqua of
   upper Tonkin
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 8
%P 531-58
%O Vocabulary, TB: Black Lolo, White Lolo M\;ung; TK: Laqua, Man Koanh
   (553-6)
%K Laqua: Vocab; Lolo, Black: Vocab; Lolo, White: Vocab; Man Koanh:
   Vocab; Man Pa-teng: Vocab; Mung: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1908
%T {\fr Monographie de Pa-teng et des Na-\^e}
%t Monograph on the Pa-teng and the Na-\^e
%J <Revue Indochinoise>
%V 10
%P 696-706, 773-86
%K Man Pa-teng: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1915
%T {\fr La f\^ete t\`ay du H\^o b\^o}
%t The Tai festival of H\^o b\^o
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 15
%P 17-23
%K Tai, North Vietnam: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Bonifacy,, Auguste Louis
%D 1919
%T {\fr <Cours d'ethnographie indochinoise>, Profess\'e aux \'el\'eves
   de l'Ecole Superieure d'Agriculture et de Sylviculture}
%t ?
%C Hanoi-Haiphong
%I Imprimerie d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%Z 110 pp.
%K Indo-Chinese: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Bonin,, Charles-Eudes
%D 1897
%T {\fr Note sur un manuscrit mosso}
%t Note on a Mosso manuscript
%B <Actes 11e Congr. Or.>
%% ?? unabbrev. and publ. info on congress ?
%C ?
%I ?
%P 1-10
%O Moso
%K Moso: Mss

%0 in journal
%A Bonin,, Charles-Eudes
%D 1903
%T {\fr Vocabulaires recuellis par C.-E.Bonin}
%t Vocabularies gathered by C.-E. Bonin
%J <T'oung Pao>, 2. s\'erie
%V 4
%P 117-26
%O 84-word vocabulary, with Vietnamese and French equivalents,
   recorded between Tourane and Attopeu, AA: Moi (Sedang); TB: Mau-tse
   (Lolo), Meli (Moso), Moso
%% SJS
%K Mau-tse: Vocab; Meli: Vocab; Moso: Vocab; Sedang: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bonnerjea,, Biren
%D 1930
%T {\hung ??}
%t On the Munda languages of India
%J <Magyar Nyelvor>
%V 64
%P 99-102, 124-30
%K Munda: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Bonnerjea,, Biren
%D 1935-36
%T Contribution to Garo linguistics and ethnology
%J <Anthropos>
%V 30(1935)/31(1936)
%P 509-32, 837-50/141-57, 456-69
%O Vocabulary, TB: Abeng, Atong, Garo, Jalpaiguri, Ruga
%K Abeng: Vocab; Ating: Vocab; Garo: Vocab; Jalpaiguri: Vocab; Ruga:
   Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bonnerjea,, Biren
%D 1936
%T Phonology of some Tibeto-Burman dialects of the Himalayan region
%J <T'oung Pao>, 2. s\'erie
%V 32
%P 238-58
%K Tibeto-Burman: Himalayan dialects, phon

%0 in journal
%A Bonnerjea,, Biren
%D 1937
%T Morphology of some Tibetan-Burman dialects of the Himalayan region
%J <T'oung Pao>, 2. s\'erie
%V 33
%P 301-60
%K Tibeto-Burman: Himalayan dialects, morph

%0 book
%A Boon Chuey Srisavasdi
%D 1955(?)
%T {\thai <L\=u: khon thai nai prath\=e t c\=in (Thai sip song panna,
   lem 2)>}
%t L\"u: Thai of China (Thai of Sipsongpanna, vol.2)
%C Bangkok
%I Rong Phim Rap Phim
%Z 532 pp.
%O Glossary, 487-531
%K Tai L\"u: Ethnog; Tai L\"u: Vocab

%0 book
%A Boon Chuey Srisavasdi
%D 1963
%T <The hill tribes of Siam>
%C Bangkok
%I Khun Aroon
%K Thailand: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Boon Thom Boonyavong
%A Noia,, John de
%A Roffe,, G. Edward
%D 1962
%T <English--Lao dictionary>
%C Vientiane
%I Lao-American Association
%Z xi, 367 pp.
%L UCB Main PL4251.L3 B7 1962
%K Lao\2: Dict, Eng-Lao\2

%0 in collection
%A Boonlua Debyasuvarn,, M. L.
%D 1973
%T The sociolinguistic situation in Thailand
%B <Report of the regional workshop on the feasibility of a
   sociolinguistic survey of Southeast Asia>
%C Singapore
%I RELC
%P 78-9
%L UCLA URL P40.5 L35 R4 1973
%K Thailand: Socioling

%0 cross reference
%A Boonprakong,, Prasarn
%x see Prasarn Boonprakong

%0 cross reference
%A Boonrueng,, Suthipon
%x see Suthipon Boonrueng

%0 cross reference
%A Boonsorn,, La-orsri
%x see La-orsri Boonsorn

%0 thesis
%A Boonsakorn Tanticharusthum Vijchulata
%D 1978
%T <The surface syntactic structure of the simple clauses in Thai: a
   stratificational model with (deep) case hypothesis>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Florida
%Z 157 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 39.4:2227-A; University Microfilms
   78-17, 464
%K Thai: Syntax

%0 cross reference
%A Boonyuen,, Meethanee
%x see Meethanee Boonyuen

%0 in journal
%A Bor,, N. L. (Norman Loftus)
%D 1938
%T Yano Dafla grammar and vocabulary
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal - Let.>
%% ?? unabbrev.of Let. ?
%V 4
%P 217-81
%O Vocabulary, TB: Apa Tanang, Dafla, Tagen, Yano
%K Apa Tanang: Vocab; Dafla: Vocab; Tagen: Vocab; Yano: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bor,, N. L. (Norman Loftus)
%A Hutton,, John Henry
%D 1927
%T The use of tones in Sema Naga
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1927
%P 103-9
%K Sema: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Bor,, N. L. (Norman Loftus)
%A Pawsey,, C. R.
%D 1938
%T English--Sema vocabulary
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal - Let.>
%% ?? unabbrev.of Let. ?
%V 4
%P 309-49
%K Sema: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bora,, A.
%D 1978
%T <Miju dictionary>
%C Shillong
%I Research Department, Arunachal Pradesh Administration
%Z 210 pp.
%K Miju: Dict

%0 book
%A Bordoloi,, B. N.
%D 1984
%T <The Dimasa Kacharis of Assam>
%N 2nd ed.
%C Guwahati
%I Tribal Research Institute, Assam
%Z 103 pp., [33] pp. of plates, illus.
%L UHM ASIA DS432.K15 B67 1984
%K Kachari: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Boriphandh Dhuraratsadorn,, Luang
%D 1923
%T The White Meo
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 17
%N 3
%P 153-89
%K Miao, White: Gen

%0 book
%A Borua,, Golap Chandra
%D 1920
%T <Ahom--Assamese--English dictionary>
%C Calcutta
%I Baptist Mission Press
%Z 327 pp.
%K Ahom: Dict, Ahom-Assamese-Eng

%0 book
%A Borua,, Golap Chandra
%D 1930
%T <Ahom-Buanji (with parallel English translation), from the earliest
   times to the end of Ahom rule>
%C Calcutta
%I Baptist Mission Press
%K Ahom: Texts

%0 book
%A Boscher,, Winfried
%A Phan Trung Li\^en
%D 1978
%T {\germ <W\"orterbuch Vietnamesisch--Deutsch>}
%t Vietnamese--German dictionary
%C Leipzig
%I VEB Verlag Enzyklop\"adie
%Z 738 pp.
%+ Also published 1980, M\"unchen, Hueber
%% ?? spelled Ph\^an in index
%R Davidson, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   44(1981).1:207-9
%R Klinderova, <Archiv Orient\'al\'ni> 48(1980):260-1
%R Maier, <Zeitschrift f\"ur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft, und
   Kommunikationsforschung> 31(1978).6:652-3
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Viet-German

%0 in journal
%A Bose,, Jyotsna Kanta
%D 1934
%T The religion of the Aimol Kukis
%J <Man in India>
%V 14
%P 1-14
%O Names of Aimol gods, Aimol text of two short incantations, one
   translated, one summarized in English - BSTL
%K Aimol: Ethnog; Aimol: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Bose,, Jyotsna Kanta
%D 1934
%T Social organization of the Aimol Kukis
%J <Journal of the Department of Letters, University of Calcutta>
%V 25
%P 1-24
%O Kinship terms, 8-9 - BSTL
%K Aimol: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Bose,, Jyotsna Kanta
%D 1936
%T The <nokrom> system of the Garos
%J <Man>
%V 36
%P 53-55
%O Explains the social terms <nokrom>, <chowary>, <jik-mamung>,
   <jik-mong-ma>, <jik-gite>, <mahari> - BSTL
%K

%0 book
%A Bouchet,, Alfred L.
%D 1925
%T {\fr <Cours \'el\`ementaire d'annamite>}
%t Elementary course in Vietnamese
%N 3e ed., enti\'erement revue et corrig\'ee
%C Hanoi
%I Imprimerie Thanh-Hien
%Z 423 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Bouchet,, Alfred L.
%D 1936
%T {\fr Contribution \`a une \`etude sur les tribus X\`a de la
   province de Son La, II}
%t ?
%J <Revue de folklore fran\,cais et de folklore colonial>
%V 7
%P 15-31
%O Contains short vocabularies of the X\`a (Kha) Xu\^ak and X\`a Khao
%K Kha Khao: Vocab; X\'a Xu\^ak: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bouda,, Karl
%D 1936
%T {\germ Jenisseisch--tibetische Wortgleichungen}
%t Jenissei-Tibetan word comparisons
%J <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft>
%V 90
%P 149-59
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil

%0 in journal
%A Bouda,, Karl
%D 1938
%T {\germ Die Beziehungen des Sumerischen zum Baskischen,
   Westkaukasischen und Tibetischen}
%t The relationship of Sumerian to Basque, West Caucasian, and Tibetan
%J <Mitt. der Altorientalischen Gesellschaft>
%V 12
%N 3
%P 1-23
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil

%0 in journal
%A Bouda,, Karl
%D 1950
%T {\germ Die tibetisch--kaukasische Sprachverwandtschaft}
%t The Tibetan-Caucasian language relationship
%J <Lingua>
%V 2
%P 140-69
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil

%0 in journal
%A Bouda,, Karl
%D 1957
%T {\germ Die Sprache der Jenissejer, genealogische und morphologische
   Untersuchungen}
%t The language of the Jenissei, genealogical and morphological
   investigations
%J <Anthropos>
%V 52
%P 65-134
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil

%0 book
%A Boudet,, Paul
%D 1967
%T {\fr <Bibliographie de l'Indochine, t. IV, 1930-35>}
%t Bibliography of Indo-China, vol. IV, 1930-35
%C Paris
%I Adrien-Maisonneuve
%Z 709 pp.
%K Indochina: Biblio

%0 cross reference
%A Bouez,, Marine
%x see also Carrin-Bouez

%0 unpublished
%A Bouez,, Marine
%D 1978
%T Narrativity and event in a Santal folktale
%M Second International Conference on Austroasiatic Linguistics,
   Mysore, India, Central Institute of Indian Languages
%K Santali: Folktales

%0 in journal
%A Bouez,, Marine
%A Bouez,, Serge
%D 1975
%T {\fr Le mythe de cr\'eation santal}
%t The Santal creation myth
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 6
%N 4
%P 125-62
%K Santali: Folktales

%0 in journal
%A Bouez,, Serge
%D 1975
%T {\fr Parent\'e et hi\'erarchie chez les Santal}
%t ?
%J <L'Homme>
%V 15
%N 3-4
%P 109-28
%O Kinship terminology
%K Santali: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1957
%T {\fr Trois l\'egendes maa}
%t Three Maa legends
%J <France-Asie>
%V 139
%P 399-402
%K Ma: Legends; Ma: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1957
%T {\fr Quelques aspect du coutumier (N'dri) des Cau Maa}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 32
%N 2
%P 113-78
%O Ma texts and translation
%K Ma: Ethnog; Ma: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1960
%T {\fr <B\;orde> au rendezvous des g\'enies}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 35
%P 627-50
%O Scattered texts in Ma, with translation
%K Ma: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1960
%T {\fr Description de la v\'eg\'etation en pays maa}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 35
%P 545-74
%K Ma: Flora

%0 in journal
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1964
%T {\fr Modes et technique artisanales du pays Ma}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 39
%N 2
%P 1-5-288
%O Ma--French glossary, 275-86
%K Ma: Ethnog; Ma: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1965
%T {\fr Modes et techniques du pays maa{# IPA glottalstop}}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 52
%N 2
%P 359-414, 60 pl.
%O Glossary, 397-411
%K Ma: Ethnog; Ma: Vocab

%0 book
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1967
%T {\fr <Pays des Maa', domaine des g\'enies: Nggar Maa' nggar
   Yaang. Essai d'ethnohistoire d'une population proto-indochinoise du
   Viet Nam centrale>}
%t ?
%C Paris
%I Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%Z 152 pp., 36 photos, 6 pl., 3 cartes, glossaire, bibliographie
%K Ma: Ethnog; Ma: Vocab

%0 book
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1972
%T {\fr <Dialogue lyrique des Cau Maa' (Tam p\"ot maa')>}
%t Lyric dialog of the Cau Maa' (Tam p\"ot Maa')
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>}
%u 85
%C Paris
%I Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%Z 116 pp., 30 photos, 4 cartes, glossaire, index, bibliographie
%K Ma: Ethnog; Ma: Songs; Ma: Vocab

%0 book
%A Boulbet,, Jean
%D 1975
%T {\fr <Paysans de la for\^et>}
%t ?
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>}
%u 15
%C Paris
%I Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%Z 147 pp., bibliography, maps, illus.
%O Deals with Ma, Stieng Budih, Mnong of Mondolkiri, Khmer of Phnom
   Kulen, and Thai (i.e. Tai), among others
%R Dournes, <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien> 9(1978)1-2:189-92
%K Ma: Ethnog; Mnong: Ethnog; Stieng, Budih: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Boulnois,, Luce
%D 1975
%T {\fr <Bibliographie du N\'epal, vol. 1: Sciences humaines,
   R\'ef\'erences en langues europ\'eenes, supplement 1967-73>}
%t Bibliography of Nepal, vol. 1: Human sciences, References in
   European languages, supplement 1967-73
%C Paris
%I Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique
%Z 435 pp., indices
%K Nepal: Biblio

%0 book
%A Boulnois,, Luce
%A Millot,, H.
%D 1969
%T {\fr <Bibliographie du N\'epal, vol. 1: Sciences humaines,
   R\'ef\'erences en langues europ\'eenes>}
%t Bibliography of Nepal, vol. 1: Human sciences, References in
   European languages
%C Paris
%I Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique
%Z 289 pp., indices
%R Jong,, J. de, <Indo-Iranian Journal> 14(1972):256-7
%K Nepal: Biblio

%0 in journal
%A Bounlieng Phommasouvanh
%D 1975
%T Annotated bibliography of researches and studies on the minority/
   majority languages in Laos
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 63
%N 2
%P 133-44
%K Laos: Biblio of lang studies

%0 book
%A Bounmy Soukbandith
%D 1983
%T <Modern English--Lao, Lao--English dictionary>
%C San Diego
%I Kongseng Soukbandith
%Z 719 pp.
%K Lao\2: Dict, Eng-Lao\2, Lao\2-Eng

%0 book
%A Bounmy Soukbandith
%D 1983
%T <Self-taught English phrases for Lao speakers>
%C San Diego
%I Kongseng Soukbandith
%Z 74 pp.
%K Lao\2: Eng for spkrs of

%0 in journal
%A Bourlet,, Antoine
%D 1907
%T {\fr Les thay IV: Origine des thay d'apr\`es leurs mythes et
   l\'egendes}
%t ?
%J <Anthropos>
%V 2
%P 921-32
%O Includes "L'origine des thay d'apr\`es leur langue et leur
   \'ecriture", 926-32, with comparative table of Thai and Lao
   scripts; on a Black Tai community of Hoi Xu\^an, Laos - SJS
%K Tai, Black: Legends

%0 book
%A Bourne,, Frederick Samuel Augustus
%D 1888
%T <Report of a journey in southwestern China, with short vocabularies
   of the Lolo, Shan, and Miao-tzu dialects>
%? British Government Blue Book
%Z 92 pp.
%K Lolo: Vocab; Miao: Vocab; Shan: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bouth Neang
%D 1957
%T {khm <??>}
%t {\fr <M\'ethode pratique d'\'ecriture khm\`ere et fran\,caise>}
%t Practical method of Khmer and French writing
%N 4th ed.
%C Phnom Penh
%I Librairie Bouth-Neang
%K Khmer: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Boutin,, Andre
%D 1937
%T {\fr Monographie de la province de Houa-Phan}
%t Monograph on the Houa-Phan province
%J <Bulletin des Amis du Royaume Lao>
%V 1
%N 1
%P 69-119
%K Tai: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Boutin,, Andre
%D 1938
%T {\fr Croyances et superstitions chez les Thay Rouges}
%t Beliefs and superstitions among the Red Tai
%J <Bulletin des Amis du Royaume Lao>
%V 2
%N 2
%P 65-79
%O Red Tai
%K Tai, Red: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Bowles,, Gordon T.
%D 1943
%T Linguistic and racial aspects of the Munda problem
%J <Papers of the Peabody Museum of American Archeology and Ethnology>
%V 20
%P 81-101
%K Munda: Clfn; Munda: Comp w Eng

%0 in journal
%A Boxwell,, J.
%D 1887
%T On the Santali language
%J <Transactions of the Philological Society>
%V 1887
%P 380-5
%K Santali: Gen

%0 book
%A Boyes,, Jon
%A Suphawan Piraban
%D 1988
%T <Hmong voices: hilltribes of Northern Thailand: a collection of
   interviews with the people of a White Hmong village in Northern
   Thailand>
%S <Hilltribes of Northern Thailand>
%C Chiangrai, Thailand
%I Paisal Printing
%Z 70 pp., maps
%O Subjects: Hmong (Asian people) -- Thailand -- Kiew Khan --
   Interviews; Kiew Khan (Thailand)
%L UCI Main Lib DS570.M5 H66 1988 Southeast Asian Archive
%K

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1903
%T The Siamese vowels and diphthongs
%J <Transactions of the American Philosophical Association>
%V 34
%P lxxi-lxxii
%K Thai: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1904
%T The Siamese vocabulary: its formal and conceptual features
%J <Transactions of the American Philosophical Association>
%V 35
%P lxxx
%O Summary of a paper in the Proceedings for Dec. 1904 - SJS
%K Thai: Semantics

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1907
%T Indications of a consonant-shift in Siamese since the introduction
   of alphabetical writing
%J <Transactions of the American Philosophical Association>
%V 38
%P 19
%K Thai: Hist phon; Thai: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1907
%T On certain determinatives of direction in Siamese
%J <Transactions of the American Philosophical Association>
%V 38
%P xxxi-xxxii
%O Summary of a paper in the <Proceedings> for Dec. 1907 - SJS
%K Thai: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1909
%T Graphical analysis of the Siamese `tones'
%J <Transactions of the American Philosophical Association>
%V 40
%P xci-xcvii
%O Summary of a paper in the <Proceedings> for Nov. 1909 - SJS
%K Thai: Orthog, hist; Thai: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1909
%T The oldest known writing in Siamese: the inscription of Phra Ram
   Kamhaeng of Sukotai, 1293 A.D.
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 6
%P 1-69
%O Includes a description of the alphabet and language - SJS
%K Thai: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1911
%T Graphic analysis of the tone-accents of the Siamese language
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 31
%P 282-9
%R Maspero,, H., <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise
   d'Extr\^eme-Orient> 12(1912):21-2
%K Thai: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1912
%T The proximate source of the Siamese alphabet
%J <Transactions of the American Philosophical Association>
%V 43
%P 23-33
%+ Also published in <Journal of the Siam Society> 10(1913).1:1-12
%O Plate also contains ancient Burmese letters
%K Thai: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1916
%T On plotting the inflections of the voice
%J <University of California Publications in American Archeology and
   Ethnology>
%V 12
%P 195-218, 5 plates
%O On the graphical representation of Thai tones - SJS
%K Thai: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1917
%T The history of Sukhothai letters
%J <Transactions of the American Philosophical Association>
%V 48
%P 63-72
%K Thai: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, Cornelius Beach
%D 1924
%T Some features of the Siamese speech and writing
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 44
%P 11-28
%+ Also published 1924, <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society
   Centenary Supplement>:11-31
%O On phonology, tone, syntax, syllabary, and its history, with a
   popular Siamese tone exercise - SJS
%K Thai: Phon; Thai: Syntax; Thai: Tones

%0 book
%A Bradley,, Dan Beach
%D 1873
%T <Dictionary of the Siamese language>
%C Bangkok
%I [s.n.]
%Z 804 pp.
%+ Reprinted Bangkok: Khurusapha Press, 1971, 828 pp.
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Eng

%0 book
%A Bradley,, Dan Beach
%D 1971
%T <Dictionary of the Siamese language>
%C Bangkok
%I Khurusapha Press
%Z 828 pp.
%+ Photographic reproduction of the 1873 work, Bangkok
%R Napa Bhongbhibhat, <Journal of the Siam Society> 61(1973).1:360-3
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Eng

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1968
%T The Akha dialect of Aru
%M ms.
%K Akha: Gen

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1968
%T Comparison of Nishida's and Lewis' Akha materials
%M ms.
%K Akha: Gen

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1969
%T Problems in Akha phonology: synchronic and diachronic
%M ms., Columbia University
%Z 42 pp.
%K Akha: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1969
%T Shan loanwords in Lahu and Akha
%M ms.
%K Akha: Loans from Shan; Lahu: Shan loans in

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1969
%T Two Akha dialects in Thailand: Aru and Saenchi
%M ms.
%K Akha: Dialects; Aru: Clfn; Saenchi: Clfn

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1970
%T Prosodic phonology of Akha: first approximation
%M ms.
%K Akha: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1971
%T Prefixes and suffixes in Tibeto-Burman and Burmese-Lolo
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 4 (Indiana University, Bloomington)
%K Burmese-Lolo: Affixes; Tibeto-Burman: Affixes

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1971
%T Prosodies in Akha: questions to investigate
%M ms.
%K Akha: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1973
%T Phunoi today
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 6 (University of California/San Diego)
%K Phunoi: Gen

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1974
%T Lahu Shi: ban-lan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 7 (Georgia State University, Atlanta)
%K Lahu Shi: Gen

%0 thesis
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1975
%T <Lahu dialects and Proto-Loloish>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of London, School of Oriental and
   African Studies
%+ Revision published as Bradley 1979
%K Burmese-Lolo, Proto-: Comp w Akha; Lahu: Dialects; Loloish, Proto-:
   Reconstr

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1975
%T Nahsi and Proto-Burmese-Lolo
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 2
%N 1
%P 93-150
%K Nakhi: Comp w Proto-Burmese-Lolo

%0 in collection
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1976
%T Akha and southern Loloish
%E Hashimoto,, Mantar\=o J.
%B <Genetic relationship, diffusion and typological similarities of
   East and Southeast Asian languages>, Papers of the 1st
   Japan-U.S. Joint Seminar on East and Southeast Asian linguistics
%C Tokyo
%I Japan Society for the Promotion of Science
%V 1976
%P 101-45
%+ Also published in Bradley,, David, ed., <Papers in South East Asian
   linguistics 5> (<Pacific linguistics>, A.49), Canberra: Australian
   National University, 1977, 23-65
%K Akha: Comp w S. Loloish; Loloish, Southern: Comp w Akha

%0 collection
%E Bradley,, David
%D 1977
%T <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 5>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.49
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%Z iv, 98 pp.
%O S
%K Tibeto-Burman: Studies

%0 in collection
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1977
%T Phunoi or C\^o\^ong
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 5>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.49
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 67-98
%K Phunoi: Gen

%0 in collection
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1977
%T Proto-Loloish tones
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 5>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.49
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 1-23
%K Loloish, Proto-: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1978
%T Diglossia in Burmese
%J <Osmania University Working Papers in Linguistics>
%V 3
%P 1-12
%K Burmese: Diglossia

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1978
%T Identity, dialect, and sound changes in mBisua and 'ugong
%J <Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Melbourne>
%V 4
%P 37-46
%K Bisu: Phon; Ugong: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1979
%T Arakanese vowels
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%K Arakanese: Vowels

%0 book
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1979
%T <Lahu dialects>
%S <Oriental Monograph Series>
%u 23
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%Z ix, 291 pp., 6 leaves of plates, ill.
%+ Revision of thesis, Bradley 1975
%L UHM ASIA PL3311.L35 B7 1979
%% Huffman had 259 pp.
%K Lahu: Dialects

%0 book
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1979
%T <Proto-Loloish>
%S <Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies, monograph series>
%u 23
%C London
%I Curzon Press
%Z 452 pp.
%R Thurgood, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   44(1981).3:662-3
%R Wheatley, <Journal of Asian Studies> 41(1982).2:411-12
%K Akha: Clfn; Bisu: Clfn; Lisu: Clfn; Loloish, Proto-: Subgrouping;
   Mpi: Clfn; Phunoi: Clfn; Xide: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1979
%T Speech through music: the Sino-Tibetan gourd reed organ
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 42
%P 535-40
%K Sino-Tibetan: Reed organ

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1980
%T Phonological convergence between languages in contact: Mon-Khmer
   structural borrowing in Burmese
%J <Proceedings of the Berkeley Linguistic Society>
%V 6
%P 259-67
%K Burmese: Mon-Khmer infl in; Mon-Khmer: Infl on Burmese

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1981
%T The linguistic position of Jino
%M ms.
%Z 14 pp.
%K Jino: Affil

%0 collection
%E Bradley,, David
%D 1982
%T <Papers on Southeast Asian linguistics> 8: <Tonation>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.62
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%Z 159 pp.
%O S
%K Southeast Asian languages: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1982
%T Register in Burmese
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Papers in South-East Asian linguistics 8>: <Tonation>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.62
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 117-32
%+ Also published in Jan-Olaf Svantesson, ed., <Papers from the
   Helsing\/or symposium on Austroasiatic linguistics and literature>,
   Copenhagen/London: Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies/Curzon
%% ?? did previous appear, what date ?
%K Burmese: Register

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1982
%T Uncles and aunts: Burmese kinship changes
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K Burmese: Kinship

%0 in collection
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1983
%T Identity: the persistence of minority groups
%E McKinnon,, John
%E Wanat Bhruksasri
%B <Highlanders of Thailand>
%C Kuala Lumpur
%I Oxford University Press
%P 46-55
%O Ethnographic and nomenclature of AA, TK, TB, and MY groups
%K Southeast Asian languages: Ethnoling

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1983
%T Nasality in Bisu and Bisoid
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 16 (University of Washington, Seattle)
%K Bisoid: Nasality; Bisu: Nasality

%0 in collection
%A Bradley,, David
%D 1985
%T The Arakanese dialect of Burmese and Proto-Burmish reconstruction
%E Thurgood,, Graham
%E Matisoff,, James A.
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Linguistics of the Sino-Tibetan area: the state of the art. Papers
   presented to Paul K. Benedict for his 71st birthday>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.87
%C Canberra
%I Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%P 180-200
%K Arakanese: Comp w Proto-Burmish; Burmish, Proto-: Reconstr

%0 collection
%E Bradley,, David
%D 1985
%T <Papers in South-East Asian linguistics 9>: <Language policy,
   language planning, and sociolinguistics in South-East Asia>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.67
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%Z vi, 214 pp., ill., maps
%L UCSC McHenry P11.L53 no. 67
%% cited by Huffman as forthcoming with title <Sociolinguistics in
   South East Asia>
%K Southeast Asian languages: Socioling

%0 collection
%E Bradley,, David
%D 1989
%T <South-East Asian syntax>
%C Canberra
%I Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%Z iv, 230 pp.
%S <Papers in South-East Asian linguistics>
%u 11
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.77
%O Subjects: Tai languages -- Syntax; Hmong language -- Syntax;
   Tibeto-Burman languages -- Syntax; Asia, Southeastern -- Languages
%L UCR Rivera PL3917.P37 no.11

%0 book
%A Bradley,, David
%A et al.
%D 1991
%T <Thai hill tribes phrasebook: Lahu, Lisu, Karen, and other hill
   tribes>
%S <Lonely Planet language survival kit>
%C Hawthorn, Victoria, Australia; Berkeley, CA
%I Lonely Planet
%Z 181 pp., ill.
%O Lahu, Lisu, Karen, Kaw, Hmong, Yao
%L UCSD Central P381.T5 B83 1991 Reference
%K Lahu: Phrasebook; Lisu: Phrasebook; Karen: Phrasebook; Kaw:
   Phrasebook; Hmong: Phrasebook; Yao: Phrasebook

%0 book
%A Bradley,, David
%A Bradley,, Maya
%D 1984
%T <Problems of Asian students in Australia: language, culture, and
   education>
%C Canberra
%I Australian Government Publishing Service
%Z 357 pp.
%K Asian languages: Students in Australia

%0 unpublished
%A Bradley,, David
%A Chan Fook-chuen
%D 1973
%T Nahsi orthographic data and Li-Ch'iang town dialect lexical
   material
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 6 (University of California/San Diego)
%K Nakhi: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Bradley,, David
%A Leach,, E. R.
%D 1978
%T Sound symbolism in Jinghpaw (Kachin)
%J <Man>
%V 13
%N 4
%P 659-62
%K Jinghpaw: Sound symbolism

%0 book
%A Bradley,, Mrs. E. R.
%D 1860
%T <Elementary tables and lessons in the Siamese language prepared by
   Mrs. E. R. Bradley. Revised and enlarged by D. B. Bradley>
%N 4th ed.
%C Bangkok
%I A. M. A. Press
%Z 131 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 unpublished
%A Brahma,, Shri M. M.
%D 1981
%T Some ideas on peculiar characteristics of Bodo language
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 14 (University of Florida, Gainesville)
%K Bodo: Gen

%0 cross reference
%A Braine,, Jean Critchfield
%x see also Critchfield,, Jean

%0 thesis
%A Braine,, Jean Critchfield
%D 1970
%T <Nicobarese grammar (Car dialect)>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of California/Berkeley
%Z 269 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 31,12:6577-A; University Microfilms
   71-15,730
%K Car: Gram; Nicobarese: Grammar

%0 in collection
%A Braine,, Jean Critchfield
%D 1976
%T Numeration in Car Nicobarese
%E Diffloth,, G\'erard
%E Zide,, Norman H.
%B <Austroasiatic number systems>
%S <Linguistics, Special publication>
%u 174
%C The Hague
%I Mouton
%P 21-30
%L UHM HMLTN P1.L59 v.174
%K Car: Numerals

%0 in journal
%A Braine-Hartnell,, A. C.
%D 1955
%T Thai substitution tables
%J <Thought and Word>
%V 1
%N 7
%P 52-7
%K

%0 in journal
%A Braine-Hartnell,, A. C.
%D 1955
%T Tips on Thai (Colloquial Thai I); Colloquial Thai II, III, IV, V,
   VI
%J <Thought and Word>
%V 1
%N 1
%P 49-53; 1.2:54-5; 1.3:55-8; 1.4:51-3; 1.5:56-9; 1.8:57-61
%K Thai: Pedagogy

%0 in journal
%A Braine-Hartnell,, A. C.
%D 1955
%T Thai word-list I, II, II
%J <Thought and Word>
%V 1
%N 6
%P 48-60; 1.9:57-64; 1.10:59-67
%O Thai--English vocabulary of c. 2500 most useful Thai words
%K Thai: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Brandreth,, E. L.
%D 1878
%T On the non-Aryan languages of India
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society> n.s.
%V 10
%P 1-32, map
%O Vocabulary, TK: Ahom, Aiton, Khamti, Lao, Mow, Thai; AA: Mon-Khmer,
   Khasi; TB: a language of Nepal
%K Ahom: Gen; Aiton: Gen; Khamti: Gen; Khasi: Gen; Lao\2: Gen;
   Mon-Khmer: Gen; Mow: Gen; Shan: Gen; Thai: Gen; Tibeto-Burman:
   Nepal

%0 in journal
%A Brandt,, John H.
%D 1961
%T The Negrito of Peninsular Thailand
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 49
%N 2
%P 123-59
%K Aslian: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Brandt,, John H.
%D 1965
%T The Southeast Asian Negrito: further notes on the Negrito of South
   Thailand
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 53
%N 1
%P 27-43
%K Aslian: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Brengues,, Jean
%D 1905
%T {\fr Note sur les populations de la r\'egion des montagnes des
   Cardamones}
%t ?
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 2
%P 19-47
%O Porr (Pear) vocabulary, phrases, and linguistic notes, 39-47 - SJS
%K Pear: Vocab

%0 book
%A Breton,, Roland J. L.
%D 1964
%T {\fr <Les languages de l'Inde depuis l'ind\'ependence, \'etude de
   g\'eographie culturelle du monde indien: Inde, Pakistan, N\'epal,
   Ceylan>}
%t ?
%S {\fr <Publications des Annales de la Facult\'e des Lettres,
   Aix-en-Provence, S\'erie travaux et m\'emoires>}
%u 29
%C Aix-en-Provence
%I la Pens\'ee universitaire
%Z 255 pp.
%% ?? Huffman also gives the date 1968
%K Austroasiatic, India: Demog; Tibeto-Burman, India: Demog

%0 thesis
%A Breton,, Roland J. L.
%D 1973
%T {\fr <G\'eographie des languages et des ethnies de l'Inde et du
   subcontinent (Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, N\'epal, Bhoutan,
   Sikkim)>}
%t ?
%U {\fr Th\`ese de doctoral d'Etat, University de Nice}
%K Austroasiatic, India: Demog; Tibeto-Burman, India: Demog

%0 in journal
%A Breton,, Roland J. L.
%D 1973
%T {\fr Les r\'esultats linguistiques du recensement n\'epalais de
   2018 (1969)}
%t The linguistic results of the 1969 census of Nepal
%J <Cahiers de linguistique, d'orientisme et de slavistique>
   (Aix-en-Provence)
%V 1-2
%P 39-51
%K Nepal: Census

%0 book
%A Breton,, Roland J. L.
%D 1976
%T {\fr <Atlas g\'eographique des langues et des ethnies de l'Inde et
   du subcontinent: Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, N\'epal, Bhoutan,
   Sikkim>}
%t Geographic atlas of the languages and cultures of India and the
   subcontinent: Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan,
   Sikkim
%C Qu\'ebec
%I Presses de l'Universit\'e Laval
%Z xiv, 648 pp., illus.
%L UHM HMTLN PK1541.A1 1976
%K Austroasiatic, India: Demog; Tibeto-Burman, India: Demog

%0 in collection
%A Brianskii,, M. G.
%D 1971
%T {\rus O terminakh <bdag> i <ga\:n-zag>}
%t ?
%E Semichov,, B. V.
%B {\rus <Tibetika, Materialy tibetologicheskogo seminara>}
%b ?
%C Ulan-Ud\'e
%I Sibirskoe otdelenie, Buriatskii filial, In-t obshchestvennykh nauk
%P 86-98
%K Tibetan: Etym

%0 book
%A Bridges,, James Emile
%D 1906
%T <The Burmese manual>
%C London and Rangoon
%I ?
%Z viii, 309 pp.
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Bridges,, James Emile
%D 1915
%T <Burmese grammar>
%C Rangoon
%I British Burma Press
%Z 2 vols, 146 pp.
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 in journal
%A Bri\`ere,, Eug\`ene
%A Sinuan Chaichanpong
%D 1980
%T An investigation of Thai interference in selected American English
   phonemes
%J <Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics> (Pozn\'an)
%V 11
%P 101-17
%K Thai: TEFL

%0 in journal
%A Briggs,, Lawrence Palmer
%D 1945
%T How obsolete are the theories of Professor Dixon and Pater Schmidt?
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 65
%P 56-9
%K Austroasiatic: Critique

%0 in journal
%A Briggs,, Lawrence Palmer
%D 1949
%T The appearance and historical uses of the terms Tai, Thai, Siamese,
   and Lao
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 69
%P 60-73
%K Tai: Ethnonyms

%0 book
%A Briggs,, W. A.
%D 1904
%T <First lessons in the study of the Laos language>
%C Chieng Mai
%I American Presbyterian Mission
%Z 2, 64, 2, 7 pp.
%K Lao\2: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Bright,, William
%D 1955-56
%T Singing in Lushai
%J <Linguistics>
%V 17
%P 24-8
%K Lushei: Singing

%0 unpublished
%A Bright,, William
%D 1956
%T An English--Lushai word list
%Z mimeo.
%K Lushei: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bright,, William
%D 1957
%T Alternations in Lushai
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 18
%N 1-2
%P 101-10
%O On alternative Lushei verb forms
%L UHM ASIA PK1501.L52 v.18
%K Lushei: Morph

%0 unpublished
%A Bright,, William
%D 1957
%T Lushai word and tone list
%M ms.
%K Lushei: Tones; Lushei: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Bright,, William
%D 1960
%T Review of Bernot & Bernot, {\fr <Les Khyang des collines der
   Chittagong>}
%J <Language>
%V 36
%P 184-6

%0 in journal
%A Bright,, William
%D 1961
%T Review of Pinnow, {\germ <Versuch einer historischen Lautlehre der
   Kharia-Sprache>}
%J <American Anthropologist>
%V 63
%P 451-2

%0 unpublished
%A Bright,, William
%D 1964
%T Lushai verbs
%M ms.
%K Lushei: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Bright,, William
%D 1968
%T Review of Mitra, <Census of India 1961: Language tables>
%J <Language>
%V 44
%N 3
%P 684-7

%0 in journal
%A Bright,, William
%D 1979
%T Review of Weidert, <Tai-Khamti phonology and vocabulary>
%J <Language>
%V 55
%N 2
%P 490

%0 book
%A Bronson,, Miles
%D 1868
%T <Phrases in English and Garo>
%C Calcutta
%I Baptist Mission Press
%Z 40 pp.
%K Garo: Phrases

%0 in journal
%A Broomhall,, Marshall
%D 1917
%T Some tribes of south-west China: their languages, customs, and
   religion
%J <International Review of Missions>
%V April 1917
%P 267-81
%K China, Southwestern: Minorities

%0 audiovisual unpublished
%A Brough,, John
%A Clark,, T. W.
%D n.d.
%T <Kathmandu Newari sentences on 4 tapes, with written texts in
   devanagari and written translation in Nepali>
%M ms., School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London
%K Newari: Texts

%0 book
%A Brown,, George Eustace Riou Grant
%D 1910
%T <Half the battle in Burmese, a manual of the spoken language>
%C Oxford
%I ?
%Z x, 149 pp.
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, George Eustace Riou Grant
%D 1911
%T The Tamans of the Upper Chindwin, Burma
%J <Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute>
%V 41
%P 305-17
%K Taman: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, George Eustace Riou Grant
%D 1920
%T The Kadus of Burma
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies>
%V 1
%N 2
%P 1-28
%R Taylor,, L. F., <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
   12(1922):50-4
%K Kadu: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, George Eustace Riou Grant
%D 1931
%T The representation of Burmese sounds
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 21
%P 26-30
%R Pe Maung Tin, <Journal of the Burma Research Society> 21(1931):
   30-1
%K Burmese: Roman

%0 cross reference
%A Brown,, J. Coggin
%x see Rose and Brown

%0 thesis
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1965
%T <From ancient Thai to modern dialects>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 23.2:628; University Microfilms
   62-2505
%O Published 1965, Bangkok: Social Science Association Press of
   Thailand, ix, 180p.
%K Thai: Dialects; Thai: Hist; Thai: Hist phon

%0 book
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1965
%T <From ancient Thai to modern dialects>
%C Bangkok
%I Social Science Association Press of Thailand
%Z ix, 180 pp.
%O Publication of Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell, University, 1962
%R Gedney, <Social Science Review> 3(1965).2:107-12
%R Haudricourt, <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
   62(1967-68).2:208-9
%R Smalley, <Journal of the Siam Society> 55(1967).1:124-9

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1966
%T The language of Sukhothai. Where did it come from? And where did it
   go?
%J <Social Science Review>
%V 3
%P 40-2
%K Thai: Hist phon

%0 book
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1967-69
%T <American University Alumni Association Language Center Thai
   Course, Vols. I, II, and III>
%C Bangkok
%I American University Alumni Association Language Center
%Z 239, 273, 126 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 unpublished
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1971
%T Phonemics without sounds
%M Conference on Tai Phonetics and Phonology held at the English
   Language Center, Office of State Universities, Bangkok, May 17-21,
   1971
%K Thai: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1975
%T The great tone split: did it work in two opposite ways?
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Chamberlain,, James R.
%B <Studies in Tai linguistics in honor of William J. Gedney>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English Language
%P 33-48
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4111.S8
%K Thai: Hist; Thai: Hist phon; Thai: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1976
%T Dead consonants or dead tones?
%E Gething,, Thomas W.
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Kullavanijaya,, Pranee
%B <Tai linguistics in honor of Fang-kuei Li>
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University Press
%P 28-38
%L UHM ASIA/HMLTN PL411.T34
%K Thai: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1976
%T Thai dominance over English and the learning of English by Thais
%E Prapart Brudhiprabha
%E Achara Wangsotorn
%E Palmer,, Joe D.
%B <A Festschrift for Richard B. Noss>
%S <Pasaa>
%u 6.1-2
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English Language
%P 67-85
%K Thai: TEFL

%0 book
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1979
%T <American University Alumni Association Language Center Thai
   course: Reading and writing, vol. 1: Text (mostly reading); vol. 2:
   Workbook (mostly writing)>
%C Bangkok
%I American University Alumni Association Language Center
%Z 140, 93 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 in collection
%A Brown,, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1979
%T Vowel length in Thai
%E Theraphan L. Thongkum
%E Panupong,, Vichin
%E Kullavanijaya,, Pranee
%E Tingsabadh,, M. R. Kalaya
%B <Studies in Tai and Mon-Khmer phonetics and phonology in honour of
   Eug\'enie J. A. Henderson>
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University Press
%P 10-25
%L UHM ASIA REF PL4165.T475
%L UCB Main PL4165.S8
%K Thai: Phon

%0 book
%A Brown, J[ames] Marvin
%D 1985
%T <From ancient Thai to modern dialects and other writings on
   historical Thai linguistics>
%C Bangkok
%I White Lotus Co.
%p vi, 264 pp., ill., maps
%K Tai: dialects; Thai: history

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, Nathan
%D 1837
%T Alphabets of the Tai language
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 7
%P 17-21
%O Plates, TK: Ahom, Khamti, Lao, Shan, Thai; TB: Burmese
%K Ahom: Orthog; Burmese: Orthog; Khamti: Orthog; Lao\2: Orthog; Shan:
   Orthog; Tai: Alphabets; Thai: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, Nathan
%D 1837
%T Comparison of Indo-Chinese languages
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 7
%P 1023-38
%O Vocabulary, TB: Abor, Champhung, Hruso, Garo, Jili, Khoibu,
   Kwoireng (Liangmai), Luhupa, Maram (Khoirao), Maring, Meithei,
   Mishmi (Digaro), Singpho (Kachin), Songpu (Kabui); TK: Khamti
%K Abor: Vocab; Champhung: Vocab; Digaro: Vocab; Garo: Vocab; Hruso:
   Vocab; Jili: Vocab; Jinghpaw: Vocab; Khamti: Vocab; Khoibu: Vocab;
   Khoirao: Vocab; Kwoireng: Vocab; Luhupa: Vocab; Maram\1: Vocab;
   Maring: Vocab; Meithei: Vocab; Songbu: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, Nathan
%D 1849
%T On the aborigines of the eastern frontier
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 18
%P 967-75
%O Vocabulary, TB: Miri, Namsang (Nocte), Nowgong (Chungli)
%K Ao: Vocab; Miri: Vocab; Namsang: Vocab; Nocte: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, Nathan
%D 1850
%T Aborigines of the north east frontier
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 19
%P 309-16
%K Ahom: Vocab; Angwanku: Vocab; Chutiya: Vocab; Khamti: Vocab; Khari:
   Vocab; Khari: Vocab; Muthun: Vocab; Tengima: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, Nathan
%D 1851
%T Specimens of the Naga language of Assam
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 2
%P 157-65
%O Vocabulary, TB: Angwanku (Tableng), Banpara, Chungli, Khari,
   Mulung, Muthun, Namsangia (Nocte), Nowgong, Tengima, Tengsa
%K Angwanku: Vocab; Ao: Vocab; Chungli: Vocab; Mulung: Vocab; Muthun:
   Vocab; Namsang: Vocab; Nocte: Vocab; Tengima: Vocab; Tengsa: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Brown,, Nathan
%D 1854
%T Comparative vocabulary of the Sgau and Pwo Karen dialects
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 4
%P 317-26
%K Pwo: Vocab; Sgaw: Vocab

%0 book
%A Brown,, R. J. R.
%D 1900
%T <Elementary handbook of the Red Karen language>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%Z 83 pp.
%K Karenni: Textbook

%0 book
%A Brown,, Roger
%D 1983
%T <Homophones and homographs in Thai>
%Z 103 pp., ms.
%K Thai: Homophonic-homographic words; Thai: Orthog; Thai: Phon

%0 book
%A Brown,, William Barclay
%D 1895
%T <An outline grammar of the Deori Chitya language spoken in upper
   Assam>
%C Shillong
%I ?
%Z viii, 84 pp.
%K Chutiya: Gram

%0 cross reference
%A Brudhiprabha,, Prapart
%x see Prapart Brudhiprabha

%0 in journal
%A Bruk,, Solomon Il'ich
%D 1958
%T {\rus ??}
%t Distribution of national minorities in the People's Republic of
   China
%J <Sovetskaia Ethnografiia>
%V 1 ??
%+ Reprinted in English in Dunn,, Stephen P., & Dunn,, Ethel, eds.,
   <Introduction to Soviet ethnography>, Berkeley: Highgate Road
   Social Science Research Station, 2:629-54
%K China: Minorities, demog

%0 map
%A Bruk,, Solomon Il'ich
%D 1959
%T {\rus <Karta narodov Indokitaia>}
%t Map of the peoples of Indochina
%C Moscow
%I ?
%O With explanatory booklet, 26p.
%K Indochina, languages: Ethnoling map; Southeast Asian languages:
   Ethnoling map

%0 book
%A Bruk,, Solomon Il'ich
%D 1959
%T {\rus <Nasaleniya indokitaia: Poyasnitel'naia zapiski k karte
   narodov>}
%t The peoples of Indochina: explanatory notes to the map of the
   peoples
%C Moscow
%I Institut Etnografii imeni Miklukho-Maklay, Akademii Nauk SSSR
%+ Translated into English 1961 by U.S. Joint Publication Research
   Service, Publication no. 6914
%K Indochina, languages: Demog; Southeast Asian languages: Demog

%0 book
%A Bruk,, Solomon Il'ich
%D 1959
%T {\rus <Naselenie kitaia, MNR i korei: Poyasnitel'naia zapiski k
   karte narodov>}
%t Ethnographic map and booklet on China, Mongolia, and Korea
%C Moscow
%I Institut Etnografii imeni N. N. Miklukho-Maklaia, Akademii Nauk
   SSSR
%O Translated into English as U.S. Joint Publication Research Service,
   Publication no. 3710
%K Biseka: Clfn; China: Ethnoling map

%0 book
%A Bruk,, Solomon Il'ich
%D 1961
%T <The peoples of Indochina>
%S <U.S. Joint Publication Research Service, Publication>
%u 6914
%C Washington, DC
%I U.S. Joint Publication Research Service
%Z 31 pp.
%+ Translation of Bruk, 1959, <Naseleniya indokitaia>
%O General ethnographic data on TB, TK, MY, VM, and AA groups
%K Indochina, languages: Demog

%0 collection
%E Bruk,, Solomon Il'ich
%E Apenchenko,, V. S.
%D 1964
%T {\rus <Atlas narodov mira>}
%t Ethnographic atlas
%C Moscow
%I Institut Etnografii imeni N. N. Miklukho-Maklaia, Akademii Nauk
   SSSR
%K Asian languages: Atlas; China: Ethnoling map; Southeast Asian
   languages: Ethnoling map

%0 in journal
%A Brun,, Viggo
%D 1973
%T An English--Akha vocabulary
%J <Acta Orientalia>
%V 35
%P 139-60
%K Akha: Vocab

%0 book
%A Brun,, Viggo
%D 1976
%T <Sug, the trickster who fooled the monk: a northern Thai tale with
   vocabulary>
%S <Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies, monograph series>
%u 27
%C London
%I Curzon Press
%Z 191 pp.
%R Chitakasem, <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society> 1978:101-2
%R Lindell, <Acta Orientalia> 39(1978):302-4
%K Thai, Northern: Folktales; Thai, Northern: Vocab

%0 book
%A Bstan-'dzin-dpal-'byor,, Rdo-rin Bka'-blon
%D 1979
%T <A detailed commentary on the fundamental principles of Tibetan
   grammar as set forth in the work of Thonmi Sambho-ta>
%C New Delhi
%I Ngawang Sopa
%Z 77 pp.
%% ?? spelled Bsta\:n-dzi\:n once in index
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan, Classical: Gram

%0 cross reference
%A Buahame,, Wudh
%x see Wudh Buahame

%0 in journal
%A Buchanan,, Francis
%D 1798
%T A comparative vocabulary of some of the languages spoken in the
   Burma empire
%J <Asiatick Researches>
%V 5
%P 219-40
%O Vocabulary, TB: Arakanese, Meithei, Yaw; TK: Tay-nay (Thai),
   Tai-yay (Shan), Tai-loong (Khamti); AA: Mon (50 words)
%K Arakanese: Vocab; Khamti: Vocab; Meithei: Vocab; Mon\3: Vocab;
   Shan: Vocab; Thai: Vocab; Yaw: Vocab

%0 book
%A Buck,, Stuart H.
%D 1969
%T <Tibetan--English dictionary, with supplement>
%S <Publications in the languages of Asia>
%u 1
%C Washington, DC
%I Catholic University of America Press
%Z 833 pp.
%R Miller,, R. A., <Language> 46(1970).4:975-80
%R Ruegg, <Linguistics> 100(1973):101-3
%R Sedl\'a\vcek, <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl\"andischen
   Gesellschaft> 123(1973):191-2
%R Semichov, <Indo-Iranian Journal> 13(1972).4:319
%K Tibetan: Dict, Tibetan-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Bucknell,, Roderick
%D 1979
%T Further aids in learning Thai tone classes and alphabetic sequence
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 67
%N 2
%P 193-6
%K Thai: Pedagogy

%0 book
%A Buddhist Institute
%D 1958
%T {\khmer <??>}
%t {\fr <Inscriptions modernes d'Angkor>}
%t Modern inscriptions of Angkor
%N 2nd ed.
%C Phnom Penh
%I Institut Bouddhique
%Z 106 pp.
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 book
%A Buddhist Institute
%D 1966
%T {\khmer <??>}
%t {\fr <Glossaire R\'eamker>}
%t ?
%N 3e ed.
%C Phnom Penh
%I Institut Bouddhique
%K Khmer: Dict, Reamker

%0 book
%A Buddhist Institute
%D 1967-68
%T {\khmer <Waccanaanukr\^am kmae>}
%t Khmer dictionary
%Z Tome I: K-M, 5e ed., 1967, 938 pp. (1st ed. 1938); tome II: Y-A, 5e
   ed., 1968, 939-1858 pp. (1st ed. 1943)
%C Phnom Penh
%I Editions de l'Institut Bouddhique
%+ Reprinted and distributed by the Institut d l'Asie du Sud-Est, 269
   rue St.-Jacques, 75005 Paris;
%R Coed\`es, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
   38(1938):314-21 (Tome I)
%K Khmer: Dict, Khmer-Khmer

%0 book
%A Buddhist Research Center
%D 1962
%T <Pali--Thai--English dictionary>
%C San Francisco
%I Buddhist Research Center, Asia Foundation
%K Thai: Dict, Pali-Thai-Eng

%0 book
%A Bui \-Dinh
%D 1950
%T {\viet <Tim hi\^eu \-d\^ong bao mi\^en nui Vi\^et Nam>}
%t Research on the mountain tribes of Vietnam
%C Hanoi
%I ?
%Z 114 pp., illus.
%K Vietnam: Minorities

%0 in collection
%A Bui \-Dinh My
%D 1971
%T {\rus Nekotorye razlichia v vyrazhenii adnogo i togo zhe
   poniatiinogo vo v'etnamskom i russkom iazykakh (v sviazi s problemo
   peroveda rodnoi iazyky)}
%t Some differences in the expression of the very same conceptual
   content in Vietnamese and Russian (in connection with the problem
   of translation into the native language)
%E Leont'ev,, A. A. (Aleksei Alekseevich)
%E Riabova,, T. V.
%B {\rus <Voprosy psikholingvistiki i prepodavanie russkogo iazyka kak
   inostrannogo>}
%b Questions of psycholinguistics and the teaching of Russian as a
   foreign language
%C Moscow
%I Idz. Mosk. un-ta
%P 79-87
%L UCB Main P106.A37
%K Vietnamese: Contr anal, Viet-Russian

%0 in journal
%A Bui \-Dinh My
%D 1974
%T {\viet Bu\^oc \-d\^au tim hi\^eu v\^an \-d\^e \-d\uac tr\;ung n\^oi
   dung cua ng\^on ng\;u d\^an t\^oc}
%t First steps in understanding the internal characteristics of our
   language
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1974
%N 2
%P 1-9
%K Vietnamese: Desc

%0 book
%A Bui \-D\;uc Tinh
%D 1948
%T {\viet <Nh\;ung nh\^an-xet v\^e v\uan-pham Vi\^et Nam>}
%t Some observations on Vietnamese grammar
%C Saigon
%I \-Dai-chung
%Z 86 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 book
%A Bui \-D\;uc Tinh
%D 1952
%T {\viet <V\uan-pham Vi\^et-Nam>}
%t Vietnamese grammar
%C Saigon
%I P. V\uan-T\;u\;oi
%Z 359 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 book
%A Bui \-D\;uc Tinh
%D 1967
%T {\viet <V\uan-pham Vi\^et-Nam>}
%t Vietnamese grammar
%C Saigon
%I Khai Tu
%Z 526 pp.
%N 2nd ed. with corrections and linguistic section
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 book
%A Bui \-D\;uc Tinh
%D 1972
%T {\viet <V\uan-pham Vi\^et-nam gian-di va th\;uc dung>}
%t Simple and practical Vietnamese grammar
%C Saigon
%I B\^o Giao Duc
%Z 231 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bui Kh\uac Vi\^et
%D 1969
%T {\viet M\^ot s\^o kinh nghi\^em bi\^en soan t\;u \-di\^en ng\^on
   ng\;u \;o cac n\;u\;oc ch\;u nghia}
%t Some experiences in preparing dictionaries in socialist countries
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1969
%N 2
%P 27-31
%K Vietnamese: Lexicography

%0 in journal
%A Bui Kh\uac Vi\^et
%D 1971
%T {\viet V\^e quy\^en Vi\^et Nam t\;u \-di\^en xu\^at ban \;o Saigon}
%t About the Vietnamese dictionary published in Saigon
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1971
%N 4
%P 34-41
%K Vietnamese: Lexicography

%0 in journal
%A Bui Khanh Th\^e
%D 1971
%T {\viet Ti\^eng Lao (nh\;ung \-d\uac \-di\^em v\^e ch\;u vi\^et,
   ng\;u \^am, t\;u v\;ung va ng\;u phap)}
%t The Lao language (some characteristics of the writing system,
   vocabulary, and grammar)
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1971
%N 1
%P 1-20
%K Lao\2: Desc

%0 in journal
%A Bui Khanh Th\^e
%D 1972
%T {\viet Th\;u tim m\^ot vai \-d\uac \-di\^em chung va ri\^eng cua
   danh gn\;u trong ti\^eng Vi\^et va ti\^eng Lao}
%t Looking for similarities and differences between Vietnamese and Lao
%J <Th\^ong bao khoa hoc, v\uan hoc, ng\^on ng\;u>
%V 5
%P 114-23
%K Vietnamese: Contr anal, Viet-Lao

%0 in journal
%A Bui Khanh Th\^e
%D 1973
%T {\viet V\^an \-d\^e thu\^at ng\;u \;o vung giai phong Lao}
%t Problems of technical vocabulary in the Lao liberated zone
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1973
%N 2
%P 37-44
%K Lao\2: Lexicon

%0 in journal
%A Bui Khanh Th\^e
%D 1974
%T {\viet Hai t\;u <gi\^et> va <ch\^et> va suy nghi v\^e m\^ot hi\^en
   t\;u\;ong bi\^en \-d\^oi ng\^on ng\;u}
%t The two words <gi\^et> and <ch\^et> and reflections on a case of
   language change
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1974
%N 4
%P 39-49
%K Vietnamese: Etym

%0 cross reference
%A Bui Khanh Th\^e
%D 1974
%x see Nguy\^en Tai C\^an, et al.

%0 in journal
%A Bui Khanh Th\^e
%D 1977
%T {\viet V\^e guy\^en <Ng\;u phap ti\^eng Vi\^et> cua Nguy\^en Tai
   C\^an}
%t Review of Nguy\^en Tai C\^an, <Vietnamese grammar>
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1977
%N 4
%P 59-63

%0 in journal
%A Bui Khanh Th\^e
%A Vilay Keomani
%D 1972
%T {\viet Vai nh\^an xet b\;u\;oc \-d\^au v\^e t\;u v\;ung ti\^eng Lao
   hi\^en \-dai}
%t Some preliminary observations on modern Lao vocabulary
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1977
%N 4
%P 59-63
%K Lao\2: Lexicon

%0 cross reference
%A Bui Ky
%D 1943
%x see Tr\^an Trong Kim, Pham Duy Khi\^em, and Bui Ky

%0 cross reference
%A Bui Ky
%D 1960
%x see Tr\^an Trong Kim, w/ Bui Ky and Pham Duy Khi\^em

%0 book
%A Bui Quang Khanh
%A Vu Qu\^oc Th\^ong
%D 1972
%T {\viet <T\;u \-di\^en hanh chanh c\^ong-quy\^en Vi\^et--Anh--Phap>}
%t Dictionary of terms and idioms of public administration,
   Vietnamese--English--French
%C Saigon
%I Hi\^en \-Dai
%Z 275 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, pub admin, Viet-Eng-French

%0 book
%A Bui V\uan Bao
%D 1979
%T <Vietnamese spelling book>
%C Scarborough, Ontario, Canada
%I ?
%K Vietnamese: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Bui V\uan Nguy\^en
%D 1972
%T {\viet M\^ay v\^an \-d\^e c\^an \-d\;u\;oc xac minh th\^em trong
   v\uan tho Nguy\^en Trai}
%t Some problems which need solutions in the work of Nguy\^en Trai
%J <T\^ap chi v\uan hoc>
%V 138
%P 35-51
%K Vietnamese: Lit anal

%0 in journal
%A Bui V\uan Nguy\^en
%D 1977
%T {\viet Th\;u tim hi\^eu giong noi ngh\^e tinh trong h\^e th\^ong
   giong noi chung ca n\;u\;oc}
%t Investigation of the place of the Nghe tinh dialect in the national
   standard language
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1977
%N 4
%P 34-41
%K Vietnamese, Ngh\^e Tinh: Gen

%0 cross reference
%A Bui Y
%x see \-Dang and Bui

%0 book
%A Bulteau,, R.
%D 1953
%T {\fr <Cours d'annamite (langue vietnamienne)>}
%t A course in Annamese (Vietnamese language)
%N 4th ed.
%C Paris
%I LaRose
%Z xix, 292 pp.
%+ 3rd ed., 1950
%L UCB Main PL4373.B85 1953
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Bun Intharamphan
%D 1957
%T {\viet Khr\=\,uang m\=ai wak t\=\,on nai ph\=as\=a thai}
%t Punctuation marks in Thai
%J <W\=aras\=an manutsas\=at>
%V 2
%N 1
%P 1-13
%K Thai: Punctuation

%0 in journal
%A Bunker,, Alonzo
%D 1872
%T On a Karen inscription plate
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 10
%P 172-6
%O Not deciphered - BSTL
%K Karen: Inscr

%0 cross reference
%A Bunnag,, Suriya
%x see Suriya Bunnag

%0 in journal
%A Bunruang Chuensuwimol
%D 1982
%T {\thai Ph\=as\=a kap r\=aengng\=an thai nai t\=ang d\=aen}
%t The language of Thai laborers abroad
%J <R\=uam bot khw\=am ph\=as\=a lae ph\=as\=as\=at>
%V 1
%N 1
%K Thai: Socioling

%0 book
%A Bunyam\=anopph\=anit,, Luang
%D 1953
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=a lae nangs\=\,u>}
%t (Thai) language and letters
%C Bangkok
%I Samnakphim Ruamsan
%Z 354 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 cross reference
%A Buraminhan,, Suchitra
%x see Suchitra Buraminhan

%0 cross reference
%A Burawat,, Samak
%x see Samak Burawat

%0 in journal
%A Burgman,, Arnold
%D 1961
%T Review of Cadi\`ere, {\fr <Syntax de la langue vietnamienne>}
%J <Anthropos>
%V 55
%N 1-2
%P 283

%0 cross reference
%A Burintavanij,, Sum-Ang
%x see Sum-Ang Burintavanij

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1955-56
%T Lushai phonemics
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 17
%P 148-55
%L UHM ASIA PK1501.L52 v.17
%K Lushei: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1956
%T Garo kinship terminology
%J <Man in India>
%V 36
%P 203-18
%K Garo: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1959
%T Proto-Bodo
%J <Language>
%V 35
%P 433-53
%O Vocabulary, TB: Atong, Bodo, Baro, Wanang (Jalpaiguri)
%K Ating: Vocab; Bodo: Vocab; Bodo, Proto-: Reconstr; Garo: Vocab;
   Jalpaiguri: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1959
%T Language development of a Garo and English speaking child
%J <Word>
%V 15
%P 45-68
%K Garo: Lang acquis

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1960
%T Angami Naga phonemes and word list
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 21
%P 51-60
%L UHM ASIA PK1501.L52 v.21
%K Angami: Phon; Angami: Vocab; Burma: Langs

%0 book
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1961
%T <A Garo grammar>
%S <Deccan College monograph series>
%u 25
%C Poona
%I Deccan College Postgraduate and Research Institute
%Z x 95 pp.
%K Garo: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1962
%T Review of Smalley, <Outline of Khmu' structure>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 82
%N 2
%P 246-9

%0 unpublished
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1963
%T A generative sketch of Burmese
%Z mimeo., 66 pp.
%K Burmese: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1963
%T Garo kinship terms and the analysis of meaning
%J <Ethnology>
%V 2
%P 50-85
%K Garo: Kinship; Garo: Semantics

%0 book
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1963
%T <Rengsanggri: Family and kinship in a Garo village>
%C Philadelphia
%I University of Pennsylvania Press
%Z 377 pp.
%O Kinship terminology 348-57; ethnolinguistic reference to Khasi
   358-9
%K Garo: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1964
%T Garos
%E LeBar,, Frank M.
%E Hickey,, Gerald C.
%E Musgrave,, John K.
%B <Ethnic groups of mainland Southeast Asia>
%C New Haven
%I Human Relations Area Files Press
%P 55-7
%K Garo: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1965
%T Burmese kinship terminology: a semantic analysis
%E Hammill,, E. A.
%B <Formal semantic analysis>
%J <American Anthropologist
%V 67
%N 5.2
%P 106-17
%% format: titled edited journal issue, no city; two-part issue number
%K Burmese: Kinship

%0 in collection
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1965
%T How to choose a Burmese numeral classifier
%E Spiro,, Melford E.
%B <Context and meaning in cultural anthropology>
%C New York
%I The Free Press
%P 243-64
%K Burmese: Clfr

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1966
%T The addition of final stops in the history of Maru
%J <Language>
%V 42
%N 3
%P 581-6
%K Maru: Hist

%0 in collection
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1966
%T A problem in Lahu phonology
%E Ba Shin
%E Boisselier,, Jean
%E Griswold,, A[lexander] B.
%B <Essays offered to G. H. Luce by his colleagues in honour of his
   seventy-fifth birthday>
%S <Artibus Asiae>
%u suppl. XXIII
%C Leiden
%I E. J. Brill
%V 1
%P 97-101
%L UHM ASIA DS33.E88 v. 1/2
%K Lahu: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1966
%T The role of meaning in the study of language: a defense of
   reference
%J <Word>
%V 22
%N 1-3
%P 138-62
%O Info. on Burmese classifiers and kinship system
%K Burmese: Clfr; Burmese: Kinship; Burmese: Semantics

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1966
%T Review of Henderson, <Tiddim Chin>
%J <Journal of Asian Studies>
%V 25
%N 3
%P 547

%0 book
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1967
%T <Proto-Lolo-Burmese>
%S <Indiana University Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and
   Linguistics>
%u publication no. 43 = <International Journal of American
   Linguistics> 33.1.2
%C Bloomington/The Hague
%I Indiana University/Mouton
%Z vi, 101 pp.
%O Reconstruction based on Burmese, Atsi, Maru, Lisu, Lahu, and Akha
%R Haudricourt, <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
   63(1968-69).2:327
%R K\"unstler, <Przeglad Orientalistyczny> 1970:375-7
%R Lehman, <American Anthropologist> 74(1972):103-4
%R Matisoff, <Language> 44(1968).4:879-97
%R Miller,, R., <Indo-Iranian Journal> 12(1970).2:146-59
%R Sprigg, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   31(1968).3:648-9
%K Lolo-Burmese, Proto-: Reconstr

%0 in collection
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1969
%T Proto-Karen: a reanalysis
%E Becker,, Alton L.
%B <Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman
   linguistics>
%C Ann Arbor, MI
%I University of Michigan
%V 1
%P 1-116
%R Jones,, R. B., <Journal of Asian Studies> 30(1970).1:230-1
%K Karen, Proto-: Reconstr

%0 book
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1970
%T <Man's many voices: language in its cultural context>
%C New York
%I Holt, Rinehart, and Winston
%Z 222 pp.
%O Burmese numeral classifiers 58-62, Burmese kinship terms 62-5, Garo
   kinship terms 71-2
%K Burmese: Clfr; Burmese: Kinship; Garo: Kinship

%0 in collection
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1971
%T The historical place of Jinghpaw in Tibeto-Burman
%E Lehman,, F. K. (Frederic K.)
%B <Papers on Tibeto-Burman historical and comparative linguistics
   from the second annual meeting on Sino-Tibetan reconstruction>
%S <Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman
   linguistics>
%u 2
%C Urbana
%I University of Illinois
%V 2
%P 1-54
%K Jinghpaw: Clfn; Jinghpaw: Hist

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1977
%T Review of Sreedhar, <Naga pidgin>
%J <Language>
%V 53
%N 1
%P 243-5

%0 unpublished
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1979
%T Noun compounding in Garo
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%K Garo: Morph

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1980
%T Review of Matisoff, <Variational semantics in Tibeto-Burman>
%J <Language>
%V 56
%N 4
%P 888-91

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1981
%T Garo spelling and Garo phonology
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 6
%N 1
%P 61-82
%K Garo: Orthog; Garo: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1982
%T The `San' languages: the Jinghpaw-Northern-Naga-Bodo sub-group of
   Tibeto-Burman
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K Ating: Clfn; Bodo: Clfn; Garo: Clfn; Jinghpaw: Clfn;
   Jinghpaw-Northern Naga-Bodo: Clfn; Konyak: Clfn; Nocte: Clfn; Sal:
   Clfn; Tangsa: Clfn; Wanang: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%D 1983
%T The Sal languages
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 7
%N 2
%P 1-32
%O Reference to Boro, Baro, Wanang, Konyak, Nocte, Tangsa, and
   Jinghpaw - all languages in which the word for `sun' can be
   reconstructed as *sal
%K Ating: Clfn; Bodo: Clfn; Garo: Clfn; Jinghpaw: Clfn;
   Jinghpaw-Northern Naga-Bodo: Clfn; Konyak: Clfn; Nocte: Clfn; Sal:
   Clfn; Tangsa: Clfn; Wanang: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Burling,, Robbins
%A Bhattacharya,, Pramod Chandra
%D 1956
%T Lexico-statistical dating of the Garo-Bodo separation
%J <Journal of Gauhati University>
%V 7
%P 67-73
%K Garo-Bodo: Lexicostatistics

%0 unpublished
%A Burling,, Robbins
%A Maran,, LaRaw
%D 1965
%T Notes on Jinghpaw
%M ms.
%K Jinghpaw: Notes

%0 book
%A Burma
%D 1867-69
%T <The three-tongued book: English, Karen, and Burmese>
%C Toungoo, Burma
%I ?
%Z 2 parts
%K Burmese: Dict, Eng-Karen-Burmese; Karen: Dict, Eng-Karen-Burmese

%0 book
%A Burma
%D 1880
%T <British Burma Gazeteer>, vol. 1
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%O Vocabulary, TB: Arakanese 151, Bghai (Bwe) 172-3, Karenni 172, Pwo
   171-3, Sgaw 171-3
%K Arakanese: Vocab; Bwe: Vocab; Karenni: Vocab; Pwo: Vocab; Sgaw:
   Vocab

%0 book
%A Burma
%D 1889
%T <An Anglo-Burmese grammatical reader for beginners>
%N revised ed.
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%Z 79 pp.
%K Burmese: Reader

%0 book
%A Burma
%D 1900
%T <Tables for transliteration of Shan names into English>
%C Rangoon
%I Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery
%Z 2, 13 pp.
%+ Previously published 1891 - SJS
%K Burmese: Roman; Shan: Translit

%0 book
%A Burma
%D 1917
%T <Linguistic survey of Burma: preparatory stage or linguistic
   census>
%C Rangoon
%I Government Preparatory and Stationery
%Z 67 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1950
%O Demographic data on TB, TK, AA, and MY groups, 24-42
%K Austroasiatic, Burma: Demog; Burma: Census; Miao-Yao, Burma: Demog;
   Tai-Kadai, Burma: Demog; Tibeto-Burman, Burma: Demog

%0 book
%A Burma Baptist Mission
%D 1955
%T <Conversation in spoken Burmese>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%N mimeo.
%Z 158 pp.
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Burma Education Department
%D 1890
%T <Revised Burmese orthographical vocabulary ... as the standard of
   Burmese spelling in the province>
%C Rangoon
%I Burmese Education Department
%Z 98 pp.
%K Burmese: Orthog

%0 book
%A Burma Education Department
%D 1891
%T <Fourth standard Burmese reader>
%C Rangoon
%I Burmese Education Department
%Z 148 pp.
%K Burmese: Reader

%0 book
%A Burma Textbook Committee
%D 1895
%T <List of authorized geographical names>
%C Rangoon
%I Burma Textbook Committee
%Z 50 pp.
%K Burmese: Geog names

%0 book
%A Burma Textbook Committee
%D 1895
%T <List of authorized terms used in arithmetic, algebra, and
   geometry>
%C Rangoon
%I Burma Textbook Committee
%Z 20 pp.
%K Burmese: Math terms

%0 in collection
%A Burman,, A. D. (Alla Dmitrievna)
%D 1977
%T {\rus ??}
%t Standardized forms of address to royalty in Burmese drama of the
   19th century
%B {\rus <??>}
%b Theoretical problems in the study of Far Eastern languages
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P ??-??
%K Burmese: Royal vocat

%0 book
%A Roy Burman,, B. K.
%D 1970
%T <Census of India 1961: Demographic and socio-economic profiles of
   the hill areas of North-East India>
%C New Delhi
%I Office of the Registrar General, Ministry of Home Affairs
%Z 379 pp., appendices
%O Demographic information on TB, AA, and TK groups
%K Austroasiatic, India: Demog; Tai-Kadai, India: Demog

%0 book
%A Roy Burman,, B. K.
%A Bhatnagar,, S. P.
%A Banerjee,, N. K.
%D n.d.
%T <Bibliography of publications in tribal languages>
%S <Census of India 1961>
%C New Delhi
%I Office of the Registrar General
%Z iv, 98 pp.
%O Includes works in some TB and Munda languages
%R Zide,, N., <Language> 45(1969).3:673-8
%K India: Publ in tribal lang

%0 in journal
%A Burnay,, Jean
%D 1926
%T Review of Naylor, <A practical handbook of the Chin language>
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 20
%P 59-65

%0 in journal
%A Burnay,, Jean
%D 1931
%T Siamese {# Thai chars}
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 24
%P 80
%K Thai: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Burnay,, Jean
%D 1938
%T {\fr Notes siamoises}
%t Siamese notes
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 38
%P 281-4
%O Notes on Kh\'a and T\uu; a note by `Vidya' relative to these notes
   appeared in <Journal of the Siam Society> 33(1941):167-8 - SJS
%K Kha Yang: Notes; T\uu: Notes

%0 in journal
%A Burnay,, Jean
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1926
%T {\fr Notes d'etymologie tai I: Le nom de nombre <cent>}
%t Tai etymological notes I: the name of the number <hundred>
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 20
%N 1
%P 49-52
%O Reference to Thai, Lao, Shan, Khamti, Th\^o, Black Tai, White Tai,
   Nung, and Dioi - SJS
%K Tai: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Burnay,, Jean
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1928
%T {\fr Note sur notre transcription des parlers tai}
%t Note on our transcription of the Tai languages
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 21
%P 83-5
%K Tai: Roman

%0 in journal
%A Burnay,, Jean
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1928
%T {\fr {# Thai char} et {# Thai char} et leur origine}
%t ?
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 21
%P 119-26
%K Thai: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Burnay,, Jean
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1928
%T {\fr Note sur les tons et les initials du vieux siamois \`a
   l'\'epoque de Sukhodaya}
%t Note on the tones and initials of Old Siamese in the epoch of
   Sukhodaya
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 21
%P 103-17
%K

%0 in journal
%A Burnay,, Jean
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1928
%T The origins of the Sukhodaya script
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 21
%P 87-102
%K

%0 thesis
%A Burnham,, Eugene C.
%D 1976
%T <The place of Haroi in the Chamic languages>
%U M.A. thesis, University of Texas at Arlington
%Z 87 pp.
%K Haroi: Clfn

%0 book
%A Burrard,, Sidney Gerald
%D 1931
%T <Mount Everest and its Tibetan names>
%S <Survey of India professional paper>
%u 26
%C Dehra Dun
%I Survey of India
%O A review of Sven Hadin's book - BSTL
%% ?? Hadin book not in Huffman
%K Tibetan: Lexicon

%0 in journal
%A Burrow,, Thomas
%D 1963
%T Review of Kuiper, <Nahali: a comparative study>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 26
%P 436-7

%0 book
%A Burrows,, Lionel
%D 1915
%T <Ho grammar (with vocabulary)>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%Z 194 pp.
%O AA: Munda
%K Ho: Gram; Ho: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Burton,, Eva
%D 1964
%T Communication in Vietnamese poetry
%J <V\uan-hoa Nguy\^et-san>
%V 13
%N 9
%P 1265-73
%K Vietnamese: Lit anal

%0 cross reference
%A Burton,, Eva
%D 1966
%x see Maier and Burton

%0 in journal
%A Burton,, Eva
%D 1969
%T A brief sketch of Cua clause structure
%J <Mon-Khmer Studies>
%V III
%P 5-8
%+ Also published <V\uan-hoa Nguy\^et-san> 15(1966).1:187-90
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 3
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 3
%K Cua: Syntax

%0 cross reference
%A Burton,, Eva
%D 1976
%x see Maier and Burton

%0 book
%A Burton,, Eva
%A Maier,, Jacqueline
%D 1976
%T <Cua ethnographic texts>
%C Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 66 pp.
%+ Also published Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche
   Publications, 2 mf.
%K Cua: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Burton-Page,, John
%D 1954
%T The name <Nepal>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 16
%N 3
%P 592-7
%K Nepal: Nomenclature

%0 in journal
%A Burton-Page,, John
%D 1955
%T An analysis of the syllable in Boro
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 16
%P 334-44
%L UHM ASIA PK1501.L52 v.16
%K Bodo: Syllables

%0 in journal
%A Burton-Page,, John
%D 1955
%T Two studies in Gurung Kura: I: Tone; II: Rhotacisation and
   reflexion
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 17
%P 111-18
%K Gurung Kura: Phon; Gurung Kura: Tones

%0 cross reference
%A Burudsaphat,, Samsong
%x see Samsong Burudsaphat

%0 in journal
%A Bushell,, S. W.
%D 1896
%T The Hsi Hsia dynasty of Tangut, their money and peculiar scripts
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, North China Branch>
%V 30
%P 142-60
%K Hsi-hsia: Hist

%0 in journal
%A Butler,, John
%D 1873
%T A rough comparative vocabulary of some of the dialects spoken in
   the `Naga Hills' district
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 42
%N 1: appendix
%P i-xxix
%O Vocabulary, TB: Dimasa, Empeo, Lotha, Mikir, Rengma, Tengima, Thado
%K Dimasa: Vocab; Empeo: Vocab; Lotha: Vocab; Mikir: Vocab; Rengma:
   Vocab; Tengima: Vocab; Thado: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Butler,, John
%D 1875
%T A rough comparative vocabulary of two more of the dialects spoken
   in the Naga Hills
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 44
%N 1
%P 216-27
%O Jaipuria (Nocte), Namsangia
%K Angami: Notes; Jaipuria: Vocab; Nocte: Vocab; Tengima: Vocab

%0 book
%A B\;uu C\^am
%D n.d.
%T {\viet <D\^an nh\^ap nghi\^en-c\;uu chu\;u-n\^om>}
%t Introduction to the study of Ch\;u-n\^om
%C Saigon
%I ?
%R Durand, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
   50(1962):561
%K Vietnamese: Nom script

%0 book
%A B\;uu K\^e
%D 1965
%T {\viet <T\^am nguy\^en t\;u di\^en. C\^o-v\uan-hoc t\;u-ng\;u
   t\^am-nguy\^en. 5,000 t\;u-ng\;u \-di\^en-tich>}
%t ?
%C Hue
%I Nam C\;u\;ong
%% Huffman also gives the date 1968
%O 5,000-word etymological dictionary
%K Vietnamese: Dict, etymological

%0 thesis
%A B\;uu Khai
%D 1972
%T <A formalized syntax of Vietnamese>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University
%Z 295 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 33,8:4387-A; University Microfilms
   73-4190
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A B\;uu Khai
%D 1974
%T Review of D\;u\;ong Thanh Binh, <A tagmemic comparison of the
   structure of English and Vietnamese>
%J <Journal of Oriental Studies>
%V 12
%P 128-30

%0 unpublished
%A By V\uan Nguy\^et
%D n.d.
%T Man Cao-lan of Ti\^eu-a, huy\^en of Phu-ninh, province of Phu-tho
%M ms. 207, Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%Z xi, 8 pp.
%K Cao-Lan: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1961
%T {\rus K voprosu o klassifikatsii chastei rechi vo v'etnamskom
   iazyke}
%t On the question of classification of parts of speech in the
   Vietnamese language
%J <Uchenye zapiski Leningradskogo ordena Lenina gosudarstvennogo
   Universiteta im. A. A. Zhdanova>
%V 305
%P 3-14
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1961
%T {\rus Nekotorye glagol'nye konstruktsii vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Some verb constructions in the Vietnamese language
%J <Uchenye zapiski Leningradskogo ordena Lenina gosudarstvennogo
   Universiteta im. A. A. Zhdanova>
%V 294
%P 92-9
%K Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1962
%T {\rus Glagoly napravlennogo dvizheniia vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Verbs of direction in the Vietnamese language
%J <Uchenye zapiski Leningradskogo ordena Lenina gosudarstvennogo
   Universiteta im. A. A. Zhdanova>
%V 306
%P 45-53
%K Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1962
%T {\rus Materialy po klassifikatsii glagolov vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Materials on the classification of verbs in the Vietnamese language
%J <Uchenye zapiski Leningradskogo ordena Lenina gosudarstvennogo
   Universiteta im. A. A. Zhdanova>
%V 306
%P 54-62
%K Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in collection
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1963
%T {\rus Priznaki perekhodnosti i neperekhodnosti glagolov vo
   v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Features of transitivity and intransitivity of verbs in the
   Vietnamese language
%E Serdiuchenko,, G. P. (Georgii Petrovich)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Kitaia i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b The languages of China and Southeast Asia
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 81-8
%L UHM HMLTN PL1107.A5 1963
%K Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1963
%T {\rus Sviazki vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Copulas in Vietnamese
%J <Vestnik Leningradskogo gosudarstvennogo Universiteta>
%V 20
%N 4
%P 131-2
%K Vietnamese: Copula

%0 in collection
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1964
%T {\rus Pobuditel'naia konstruktsiia vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t The hortative construction in Vietnamese
%E Bogoliubov,, M. N.
%B {\rus <Voprosy grammatiki iazykov stran Azii>}
%b Grammatic problems of Asian languages
%C Leningrad
%I Leningrad University
%P 26-36
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 thesis
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1966
%T {\rus <Klassifikatsiia glagolov vo v'etnamskom iazyke>}
%t The classification of verbs in Vietnamese
%U Kand. dissertation, Leningrad University
%Z 336 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1967
%T {\rus O razgranichenii znamenatel'nykh i sluzhebnykh funktsii
   glagolov napravlennogo dvizheniia vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t On the determination of the independent and dependent functions of
   Vietnamese directional verbs
%J <Vestnik Leningradskogo gosudarstvennogo Universiteta>
%V 1967
%N 1
%P 135-8
%K Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in collection
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1970
%T {\rus Opyt vydeleniia glagol'nykh konfiguratsii vo v'etnamskom
   iazyke}
%t An attempt at classifying verbal configurations in Vietnamese
%E Solntsev,, N. V. (Nina Vasilevna)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii: voprosy morfologii, fonetiki i
   fonologii>}
%b South-East Asian languages: morphological, phonetic and
   phonological studies
%C Moscow
%I Nauka: 100-11
%K Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in collection
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1971
%T {\rus Konstruktsii s postpozitivnym podlezhanshchim vo v'etnamskom
   iazyke}
%t Constructions with postpositive subjects in Vietnamese
%E Beliaev,, V. I. (Viktor Ivanovich)
%E Dolinina,, A. A. (Anna Arkad'evna)
%B {\rus <Voprosy filologii stran Azii i Afriki I>}
%b Philological problems in the countries of Asia and Africa I
%C Leningrad
%I Leningrad University
%V 1
%P 45-52
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1971
%T {\rus Opyt primeneniia transformatsionnoga kriteriia dlia
   vydeleniia i klassificatsii sluzhebnykh slov vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t An attempt at using transformational criteria for the isolation and
   classification of auxiliary words in Vietnamese
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%E Plam,, Iu. Ia. (Iurii Iakovlevich)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Kitaia i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii: Problemy sintaksisa>}
%b The languages of China and Southeast Asia: Syntactic problems
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 68-81
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 book
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%A C\^an,, Nguy\^en Tai
%A Stankievich,, Nonna V.
%D 1975
%T {\rus <Grammatika v'etnamskogo iazyka>}
%t Grammar of the Vietnamese language
%C Leningrad
%I Izd-vo Leningr. un-ta
%Z 224 pp.
%% ?? Huffman regularly uses spelling Stankevich,, N. V.
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%A Stankievich,, Nonna V.
%D 1961
%T {\rus Sposoby vyrazheniia vremeni vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Means of expressing time in the Vietnamese language
%J <Uchenye zapiski Leningradskogo ordena Lenina gosudarstvennogo
   Universiteta im. A. A. Zhdanova>
%V 294
%P 84-91
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 in collection
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%A Stankievich,, Nonna V.
%D 1974
%T {\rus K voprosu o passive i passivnykh konstruktsiiakh vo
   v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t On the question of passive and passive constructions in Vietnamese
%E Kholodovich,, A. A. (Aleksandr Aklekseevich)
%B {\rus <Tipologii passivuykh konstruktsii: diatezy i zalogi>}
%b Typology of passive constructions: diathesis and voice
%C Leningrad
%I Nauka
%P 113-20
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%A Stankievich,, Nonna V.
%D 1974
%T {\rus Nekotorye tendentsii v sovremennom v'etnamskom
   slovoobrazovanii}
%t Some tendencies in modern Vietnamese word formation
%E Plam,, Iu. Ia. (Iurii Iakovlevich)
%E Alieva,, N. F. (Natal'ia Fedorovna)
%B {\rus <Iazyki Kitaia i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii>}
%b The languages of China and Southeast Asia
%C Moscow
%I Nauka
%P 88-104
%K Vietnamese: Word formation

%0 in journal
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%A Stankievich,, Nonna V.
%D 1978
%T {\rus Osobennosti v'etnamskikh antroponimov}
%t Peculiarities of Vietnamese personal names
%J <NarodyAzii i Afriki>
%V 1978
%N 4
%P 153-61
%K Vietnamese: Pers names

%0 in collection
%A Bystrov,, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%A Stankievich,, Nonna V.
%D 1981
%T {\rus Zalogovye konstruktsikh vo v'etnamskom iazyke}
%t Voice constructions in Vietnamese
%E Khrakovoskii,, V. S. (Viktor Samuilovich)
%B {\rus <Zalogovye konstruktsii v razhnostrukturnykh iazykakh>}
%b Voice constructions in languages of various structures
%C Leningrad
%I Nauka
%P 103-14
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 book
%A Gordina, M. V. (Mirra Veniaminovna)
%A Bystrov, I. S. (Igor' Sergeevich)
%D 1984
%T {\russ <Foneticheskii stroi v'etnamskogo iazyka>}
%t ?
%C Moskva
%I Izd-vo "Nauka," Glav. red. vostochnoi lit-ry
%Z 242 pp., ill.
%L NRLF B 3 450 987
%K Vietnamese: Phonetics

 C
%% C (Huffman pp. 55-87), input by David Stampe, June 1995

%0 cross reference
%A Ca Ui
%x see Lewis, Yohan, and Ca Ui

%0 in collection
%A Ca V\uan Thinh
%D 1961
%T {\viet Tham ju\^an cai ti\^en ch\;u qu\^oc ng\;u}
%t Discussing the improvement of the national script
%B <V\uan \-d\^e cai ti\^en ch\;u qu^oc ng\;u>
%C Hanoi
%I Nha xu\^at ban v\uan hoa
%P 301-7
%K Vietnamese: Orthog

%0 book
%A Ca Zhu,, Ang Wang Luo Sang
%D 1959
%T {\ch <Zang wen wen fa jiang yi>}
%t Outline of Tibetan grammar
%C ?
%I Ethnic Publishing House
%% ?? index has Ca Zhu AND Ang Wang
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 book
%A Cabaton,, Antoine
%D 1901
%T {\fr <Nouvelles recherches sur les Chams>}
%t Recent research on the Chams
%C Paris
%I Leroux
%Z 4, 215 pp.
%K Cham: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Cabaton,, Antoine
%D 1905
%T {\fr Dix dialectes indochinois recueillis par Prosper
   Odend'hal. Etude linguistique par Antoine Cabaton}
%t Ten Indochinese dialects collected by Prosper Odend'hal. Linguistic
   study by Antoine Cabaton
%J <Journal Asiatique>, 10. s\'erie
%V 5
%P 265-344
%O Vocabulary, AA: Khmer, Vieux Khmer, Cr\uau (Chrau), Pno\:n (Pnong),
   Por (Pear), Samr\^e, Stie\:n (Stieng), Alak, Bahnar, Boloven
   (Loven), Hala\:n (Halang), Seda\:n (Sedang), Kahov (K\;oho),
   Kase\:n (Kaseng), Kon-tu (Kantu), Lav\'e, Niah\;on (Nyaheun), Mon,
   So, Kuoi (Kuy); TB: Lyssou (Lisu), Ho-\~ni (Woni), Kato, Kho
   (Akha?), Khuy (?), Lolo, Mu-tse (Lahu), Y-kia (Yi?), Min-kia
   (Minchia); MA: Cam (Cham), Jara, Rad\'e, Curu (Churu), Kan\vco (?),
   Kha Bi (Bih); MY: Man-tse (Yao), Miao-tse (Miao)
%K Alak: Vocab; Bahnar: Vocab; Bru: Vocab; Cham: Vocab; Chrau: Vocab;
   Chru: Vocab; Halang: Vocab; Jarai: Vocab; Kan\vco: Vocab; Kantu\2:
   Vocab; Kaseng: Vocab; Kato: Vocab; Khmer: Vocab; Khmer, Old: Vocab;
   Khmu: Vocab; Kho: Vocab; Khuy: Vocab; K\;oho: Vocab; Kuy: Vocab;
   Lahu: Vocab; Lamet: Vocab; Lao\2: Vocab; Lav\'e: Vocab; Lisu:
   Vocab; Lolo: Vocab; Loven: Vocab; Mi: Vocab; Miao: Vocab; Minchia:
   Vocab; Mon\3: Vocab; Nanyane: Vocab; Nyaheun: Vocab; Pear: Vocab;
   Pnong: Vocab; Rad\'e: Vocab; Rad\'e, Bih: Vocab; Samr\^e: Vocab;
   Sedang: Vocab; So: Vocab; Souei: Vocab; Stieng: Vocab; Tareng\2:
   Vocab; Thai: Vocab; Woni: Vocab; Yao: Vocab; Yi: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Cabaton,, Antoine
%D 1905-06
%T {\fr La transcription du \vcam}
%t The transcription of Cham
%J <M\'emoires de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris>
%V 13
%P 258-67
%K Cham: Roman

%0 in collection
%A Cabaton,, Antoine
%D 1925
%T {\fr A propos d'une langue sp\'eciale de l'Indochine}
%t On a special language of Indochina
%B {\fr <Etudes asiatiques publi\'ees \`a l'occasion du
   vingt-cinqui\`eme anniversaire de l'Ecole Fran\,caise
   d'Extr\^eme-Orient par ses membres et ses collaborateurs>}
%b Asiatic studies published on the occasion of the twenty-fifth
   anniversary of l'Ecole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient by its
   members and collaborators
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orientw>}
%u 19
%C Paris
%I Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%V I
%P 103-23
%O Khmer royal vocabulary; mystic language use by Cham aloes-wood
   gatherers; vocabulary 118-22 - SJS
%K Cham: Mystic lang; Khmer: Royal vocab

%0 unpublished
%A Cabaton,, Antoine
%D n.d.
%T {\fr Vocabulaire Key d\`ek recuelli \`a Kompong Thom (Cambodge)}
%t Key d\'ek vocabulary gathered from Kompong Thom (Cambodia)
%M ms.
%K Kuy d\`ek: Vocab

%0 book
%A Cadi\`ere,, L\'eopold
%D 1902
%T {\fr <La phon\'etique annamite (dialecte du Haut-Annam)>}
%t ?
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>}
%u 3
%C Paris
%I Imprimerie Nationale
%Z 113 pp.
%+ Continued as <Syntaxe de la langue vietnamienne>
%L UHM HMLTN PL4373.C3
%Z 113 pp.
%R Cordier,, H., <T'oung Pao> 3(1892):190-1
%K Vietnamese, Northern: Phonet

%0 in journal
%A Cadi\`ere,, L\'eopold
%D 1904
%T {\fr Monographie de <a>, voyelle finale non-accentu\'ee en annamite
   et en sino-annamite}
%t Monograph on <a>, final unaccented vowel in Annamese and
   Sino-Annamese
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 4
%P 1065-81
%K Sino-Vietnamese: Phon; Vietnamese: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Cadi\`ere,, L\'eopold
%D 1905
%T {\fr Les haute vall\'es du S\^ong-giang}
%t The high valleys of S\^ong-giang
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 5
%P 349-67
%O Vocabulary, VM: Ngu\^on, S\uach
%K Ngu\^on: Vocab; S\uach: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Cadi\`ere,, L\'eopold
%D 1908-10
%T {\fr Monographie de la semivoyelle labiale en annamite et en
   sino-annamite}
%t Monograph on the labial semivowel in Annamese and Sino-Annamese
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 8(1908); 9(1909); 10(1910)
%P 93-148, 381-85; 51-89, 315-45, 543-7, 681-6; 61-93, 287-337
%K Sino-Vietnamese: Phon; Vietnamese: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Cadi\`ere,, L\'eopold
%D 1911
%T {\fr Le dialecte du Bas-Annam}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 11
%P 67-110
%K Vietnamese, Southern: Desc

%0 in journal
%A Cadi\`ere,, L\'eopold
%D 1940
%T {\fr Note sur les Mo\~i du Qu\^ang-tri}
%t Note on the Mo\~i of Qu\^ang-tri
%J <Institut Indochinois pour l'Etude de l'Homme (Bulletins et
   Travaux)>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 101-7
%O Vocabulary, AA: Bahnar, Biat, Ca-Lo (Kal\;o), K\;oho
%K Bahnar: Vocab; Bru, Kal\;o: Vocab; Khalo: Vocab; K\;oho: Vocab;
   Mnong Biat: Vocab

%0 book
%A Cadi\`ere,, L\'eopold
%D 1958
%T {\fr <Syntaxe de la langue vietnamienne>}
%t Syntax of the Vietnamese language
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>}
%u 42
%C Paris
%I Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%Z xxvii, 208 pp.
%+ Continuation of {\fr <La phon\'etique annamite (dialecte du
   Haut-Annam)>}
%L UHM ASIA PL4373.C33
%R Burgmann, <Anthropos> 55(1961).1-2:283
%R Honey, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   23(1960).2:430
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Cadi\`ere,, L\'eopold
%A Pelliot,, Paul
%D 1904
%T {\fr Premi\`ere \'etude sur les sources annamite de l'histoire
   d'Annam}
%t First study of the Annamese sources of the history of Annam
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 4
%P 617-71
%K Vietnamese: Hist

%0 book
%A Cai Dan Xia Rong
%D 1954
%T {\ch <Zang wen wen fa xiang jie>}
%t Precise explanation of Tibetan grammar
%C ?
%I Qing Hai Peoples' Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 book
%A Cai Dan Xia Rong
%D 1955
%T {\ch <Zang Han ci hui (Shang ce)>}
%t Tibetan--Chinese lexicon, vol. 1
%C ?
%I Qing Hai People's Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Lexicon

%0 book
%A Cai Dan Xia Rong
%D 1957
%T {\ch <Zang Han ci hui (Xia ce)>}
%t Tibetan--Chinese lexicon, vol. 2
%C ?
%I Qing Hai People's Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Lexicon

%0 in journal
%A Caillat,, C.
%D 1967
%T Review of Lienhard, {\?? <Nev\=ar\=itima\~njar\=i>}
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 53
%P 488-90
%% Huffman has v 63, prob a typo

%0 in journal
%A Calder,, J.
%D 1882-83
%T Notes on Hainan and its aborigines
%J <China Review>
%V 11
%P 42-50
%O Li vocabulary
%K Li\3: Vocab

%0 in collection
%A Callaway,, Lois
%A Callaway,, C. W.
%D 1976
%T Mien (Yao)
%E Smalley,, William A.
%B <Phonemes and orthography: language planning in ten minority
   languages of Thailand>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.43
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 221-38
%K Yao: Desc

%0 in journal
%A C\^am Bich
%D 1960
%T {\viet V\^an \-d\^e chon \^am ti\^eu chu\^an trong vi\^ec cai
   ti\^en ch\'u Thai \;o T\^ay B\uac}
%t The problem of choosing standard sounds for the improvement of the
   Thai script in T\^ay B\uac
%J <T\^ap san d\^an t\^oc> (Hanoi)
%V 17
%P 38-40
%K Tai, North Vietnam: Script

%0 cross reference
%A C\^am Trong
%x see \-D\uang, C\^am, Kha, and Tong

%0 book
%A Cambefort,, Gaston
%D 1950
%T {\fr <Introduction au cambodgien>}
%t Introduction to Cambodian
%S {\fr <Les langues de l'Rient I. Manuels>}
%s ?
%C Paris
%I Maisonneuve
%Z vii, 80 pp.
%K Khmer: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cambodia, Ministry of Education
%D 1969
%T {\khmer <Santanianukr\^am baarang--kmae: piak paccaekkateeh>}
%t French--Khmer glossary: technical terminology
%C Phnom Penh
%I ?
%Z 506 pp.
%K Khmer: Dict, tech terms

%0 in journal
%A Campbell,, Andrew
%D 1839
%T Note on the Mechis together with a small vocabulary of the language
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 8
%P 623-31
%K Mech: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Campbell,, Andrew
%D 1840
%T Note on the Lepchas of Sikkim
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 9
%P 379-93
%O Lepcha language 388-93
%K Lepcha: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Campbell,, Andrew
%D 1840
%T Note on the Limboos and other hill tribes hitherto undescribed
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 9
%P 595-615
%O Vocab, TB: Limbu, Murmi
%K Limbu: Vocab; Murmi: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Campbell,, Andrew
%D 1855
%T Note on the Limboo alphabet of the Sikkim Himalaya
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 24
%P 202-3, pl.
%K Limbu: Alphabet

%0 book
%A Campbell,, Andrew
%D 1899-1902
%T <A Santali--English dictionary>
%C Pokhuria
%I The Santal Mission Press
%Z Part 1, 1899; Part 2, 1900; Part 3, 1902; iii, 707 pp.
%K Santali: Dict, Santali-Eng

%0 book
%A Campbell,, Andrew
%D 1905
%T <English--Santali: Index to Santali--English dictionary>
%C Pokhuria
%I Santal Mission Press
%K Santali: Dict, Eng-Santali

%0 book
%A Campbell,, Andrew
%A Macphail,, R. M.
%D 1933
%T <A Santali--English and English--Santali dictionary>
%C Pokhuria
%I Santal Mission Press
%K Santali: Dict, Santali-Eng, Eng-Santali

%0 in journal
%A Campbell,, George
%D 1866
%T The ethnology of India
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>, supplement
%V 35
%N 2
%P 1-52
%O Santali vocabulary, appendix B
%K India: Ethnog; Santali: Vocab

%0 book
%A Campbell,, George
%D 1874
%T <Specimens of the languages of India, including those of the
   aboriginal tribes of Bengal, the Central Provinces and the Eastern
   Frontier>
%C Calcutta
%I Bengal Secretariat Press
%Z iv., 303 pp.
%O Vocabulary, AA: Khasi (220-35, 272-83), Mon (286-303), Santali
   (ch. 5); TK: Ahom, Khamti, Aiton (283ff), Aka (Hruso, 238ff.),
   Angami (205 ff.) Bodo (169), Chulikata (239ff), Dafla (238ff), Deka
   Haimong (267ff), Digaro (239ff), Dopdarya (254ff), Garo (188ff),
   Hallamee (204ff), Hati Garya (Monsen, 254ff), Hojai (169ff),
   Kachari (188f), Kukee of Cachar (Thado, 204ff), Luckimpore (Nocte,
   221ff), Lushei (189ff), Manipuri (Meithei, 205, 220, 286), Mech
   (150ff), Mikir (204ff), Miklai (lotha, 254ff), Miri (221ff), Mru
   (189ff), Newari (151ff), Seebsaugor (Banpara, 220ff), Singpho
   (Kachin, 221ff), Tablungia (Tableng, 254ff), Hill Tipperah
   (Tippera, 181ff, 104ff)
%K Abor: Vocab; Ahom: Vocab; Aiton: Vocab; Banpara: Vocab; Bodo:
   Vocab; Chungli: Vocab; Dafla: Vocab; Digaro: Vocab; Dimasa: Vocab;
   Dupdorya: Vocab; Garo: Vocab; Hallam: Vocab; Hojai: Vocab; Hruso:
   Vocab; Idu: Vocab; Kachin: Vocab; Khamti: Vocab; Khasi: Vocab;
   Langrong: Vocab; Lhoke: Vocab; Limbu: Vocab; Lotha: Vocab; Lushei:
   Vocab; Mech: Vocab; Meithei: Vocab; Mikir: Vocab; Miri: Vocab;
   Mon\3: Vocab; Mongsen: Vocab; Mru: Vocab; Newari: Vocab; Nocte:
   Vocab; Santali: Vocab; Shan: Vocab; Tableng: Vocab; Tengima: Vocab;
   Thado: Vocab; Tippera, Hill: Vocab

%0 book
%A Campbell,, Russell N.
%D 1960
%T <English for Thai speakers. vol. 1: Pronunciation>
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%Z 148 pp.
%+ Also published Arlington, VA: ERIC Document reproduction service,
   151 pp.
%K Thai: Eng for spkrs of

%0 thesis
%A Campbell,, Russell N.
%D 1964
%T <Noun substitutes in modern Thai>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan
%Z 87 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts 25,6:3562; University Microfilms 64,570
%L UHM HMLTN PL4171.C34
%L UHM ASIA MICROFILM 5 item 6
%L UCB NewsMicro MICROFILM.16909.PL
%K Thai: Pronouns

%0 book
%A Campbell,, Russell N.
%D 1969
%T <Noun substitutes in modern Thai: a study in pronominality>
%S <Janua linguarum series practica>
%u 65
%C The Hague and Paris
%I Mouton
%Z 70 pp.
%R Cooke, <Journal of the American Oriental Society> 92(1972).2:362-3
%R Dellinger, <Linguistics> 100(1973):103-5
%R Egerod, <Lingua> 26(1970-71).3:333-4
%R Gething, <Journal of Asian Studies> 29(1969-70).3:732-3
%R Rosenberg,, K., <Oriens> 23-4(1974):637-9
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4171.C34 1969
%L UCB Main P25.J3 v.65
%K Thai: Pronouns

%0 in journal
%A Campbell,, Russell N.
%D 1972
%T Review of Cooke, <Pronominal reference in Thai, Burmese, and
   Vietnamese>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 92
%N 1
%P 158-9

%0 book
%A Campbell,, Stuart
%A Chuan Shaweewongse
%D 1957
%T <Fundamentals of the Thai language>
%C Bangkok
%I S. Bunyasiribhandu
%Z 271 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Campbell,, Stuart
%A Chuan Shaweevongse
%D 1968
%T <The fundamentals of the Thai language>
%N 4th ed.
%C New York
%I Paragon Book Gallery
%Z x, 523 pp.
%+ orig. published 1957, Bangkok: S. Bunyasiribhandu, 271 pp.; 2nd
   ed., 1962, New York: Paragon Book Gallery, x, 487 pp.; 5th ed.,
   197?, vii, 528 pp.
%% Shaweevongse also spelled Shaweewongse, Shaweevongs
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 cross reference
%A Cao Cuiyun (Ts'ao Ts'ui-y\"un)
%D 1958
%x see Pan Yuenen and Cao Cuiyun

%0 in journal
%A Cao Cuiyun (Ts'ao Ts'ui-y\"un)
%D 1961
%T {\ch Qian dong Miao yu zhuang ci chu tan}
%t Exploration of Miao adverbs in Eastern Guizhou
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 103
%P 36-42, 48
%K Miao, Guizhou: Adverbs

%0 in collection
%A Cao Cuiyun (Ts'ao Ts'ui-y\"un)
%D 1972
%T A preliminary study of descriptive words in the Miao language of
   Eastern Kweichow
%E Purnell,, Herbert C.
%B <Miao and Yao linguistic studies; selected articles in Chinese,
   translated by Chang Yu-hung, and Chu Kwo-ray>
%S <Cornell University Southeast Asia Program Data Paper>
%u 88
%C Ithaca
%I Cornell University Southeast Asia Program
%P 187-210
%O English translation of Cao 1961
%L UHM ASIA PL3311.M5 P8
%L UCB Main PL3311.M5 P8
%K Miao, Guizhou: Adverbs

%0 cross reference
%A Cao Cuiyun (Ts'ao Ts'ui-y\"un)
%D 1972
%x see Pan and Cao

%0 in journal
%A Cao Cuiyun (Ts'ao Ts'ui-y\"un)
%D 1981
%T {\ch ??}
%t Ti{# superscript 13} - the copula of the eastern Guizhou dialect of
   the Miao language
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1981
%N 3
%P 54-6
%O Examples in roman
%K Miao, Guizhou: Copula

%0 cross reference
%A Cao Cuiyun (Ts'ao Ts'ui-y\"un)
%D 1982
%x see Zhang Yongxiang and Cao

%0 in journal
%A Cao Guangqu (Ts'ao Kuang-ch'\"u)
%D 1954
%T {\ch Jie shao Buyi yu (shao shu Min zu Yu wen jie shao)}
%t Introduction to Pu-yi
%J <Yu wen zhi shi>
%V April 1954
%P 34ff
%K Pu-yi: Gen and desc

%0 in journal
%A Cao Guangqu (Ts'ao Kuang-ch'\"u)
%D 1956
%T {\ch ??}
%t A secret Pu-yi language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 45
%P 39-40
%K Pu-yi: Particles; Pu-yi: Secret lang

%0 in journal
%A Cao Guangqu (Ts'ao Kuang-ch'\"u)
%D 1959
%T {\ch Shi tan zhuang yu yu fa zhong de xin ci xu}
%t Discussion of new word orders in Chuang grammar
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 1959
%N 5
%P 219-21
%K Chuang: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A Cao Guangqu (Ts'ao Kuang-ch'\"u)
%D 1983
%T {\ch ??}
%t A preliminary analysis of the words related to Chinese in the
   Kam-Tai languages
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1983
%N 2
%P 51-55
%O With romanized citations
%K Kam-Tai: Loans from Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Cao Xu\^an Hao
%D 1962
%T {\viet Ban v\^e cach giai thuy\^et \^am vi hoc m\^ot so v\^an m\^au
   co nguy\^en \^am ngj\uan trong ti\^eng Vi\^et}
%t Toward a phonetic explanation for some short-vowel rhymes
%J <Th\^ong bao khoa hoc ng\`u v\uan>
%V 1
%P 146-54
%K Vietnamese: Phonet

%0 in journal
%A Cao Xu\^an Hao
%D 1975
%T The problem of the phoneme in Vietnamese
%J <Vietnamese Studies>
%V 40
%P 96-123
%K Vietnamese: Phon

%0 book
%A Cao Xu\^an Thi\^en
%D 1923
%T {\fr <Manuel de la langue th\^o>}
%t Manual of the Th\^o Language
%C Hanoi
%I Imprimerie Vinh et Thaun
%Z 43 pp.
%O In Th\^o, Vietnamese, and French
%L #Melvyl
%K Th\^o: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Capell,, Arthur
%D 1961
%T Review of Salzner, {\germ <Sprachenatlas des indopazifischen
   Raumes>}
%J <Oceania>
%V 32
%P 72-3

%0 in journal
%A Capell,, Arthur
%D 1962
%T Oceanic linguistics today
%J <Current Anthropology>
%V 3
%N 4
%P 371-428
%O Reference to Chamic languages; extensive discussion of Southeast
   Asian linguistic relationships, with good bibliography
%K Cham: Affil w Austronesian; Chamic: Affil; Southeast Asian
   languages: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Capell,, Arthur
%D 1962
%T Review of Rabel, <Khasi, a language of Assam>
%J <Oceania>
%V 33
%N 1
%P 61-2

%0 in journal
%A Capell,, Arthur
%D 1963
%T Review of Shorto, <Linguistic comparison in South-East Asia and the
   Pacific>
%J <Oceania>
%V 35
%P 81-2

%0 in journal
%A Capell,, Arthur
%D 1964
%T Review of Banker, et al., <Mon-Khmer studies I>
%J <Oceania>
%V 35
%N 2
%P 156-7

%0 in journal
%A Capell,, Arthur
%D 1971
%T Review of Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em, et al., eds., <Papers in South
   East Asian Linguistics 1>
%J <Oceania>
%V 42
%P 71

%0 in collection
%A Capell,, Arthur
%D 1979
%T Further typological studies in Southeast Asian languages
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Southeast Asian linguistic studies>, 3
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.31
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 1-41
%O Includes Burmese, Thai, Vietnamese, Khmer, and Jarai
%L UHM HMTLN PL3501.N47 v.3
%L UCB Main PL5001.A1 P212 no.31, etc. v. [1]-4 (1974-)
%K Southeast Asian languages: Typology

%0 in journal
%A Caplan,, L.
%D 1967
%T Review of Pign\`ede, {\fr <Les Gurungs>}
%J <Man>
%V 2
%N 4
%P 654

%0 book
%A Carey,, F.
%D 1814
%T <A grammar of the Burman language>
%C Serampore
%I ?
%Z 351 pp.
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 book
%A Carey,, Iskandar
%D 1961
%T <Tengleq kui serok: a study of the Temiar language with an
   ethnographical summary>
%C Kuala Lumpur
%I Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka
%Z 195 pp.
%O Part 1, Structure, 1-20; Part 2, Texts, 21-87; Part 3, Vocabulary
   lists, 88-134; Part 4, Ethnographic summary, 135-95
%K Temiar: Ethnog; Temiar: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Carey,, Iskandar
%D 1968
%T Mendrik kinship terminology
%J <Federation Museums Journal> n.s.
%V 13
%P 49-56
%O Mendriq
%K Mendriq: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Carey,, Iskandar
%D 1970
%T The Kensiu Negritos of Baling, Kedah
%J <Journal of the Malaysian Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 43
%N 1
%P 143-54
%O Kensiu kinship terminology, 153
%K Kensiu: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Carey,, Iskandar
%D 1970
%T A Mendrik vocabulary
%J <Federation Museums Journal>
%V 15
%P 183-91
%O Mendriq
%K Mendriq: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Carey,, Iskandar
%D 1973
%T A brief account of the Mah Meri
%J <Journal of the Malaysian Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 46
%N 2
%P 185-94
%K Mah Meri: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Carey,, Iskandar
%D 1976
%T The administration of the aboriginal tribes of western Malaysia
%E Banks,, David J.
%B <Changing identities in modern Southeast Asia>
%C The Hague
%I Mouton
%P 43-69
%O Political status, history, and ethnography of the Orang Asli
%K Aslian: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Carey,, Iskandar
%D 1976
%T <Orang Asli: the aboriginal tribes of peninsular Malaysia>
%C Kuala Lumpur; New York
%I Oxford University Press
%Z x, 376 pp., 7 leaves of plates, illus.
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA GN635.M4 C37
%K Aslian: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Carnegy,, Patrick
%D 1877
%T <Kachari technicalities: a glossary of terms, rural, official and
   general in daily use in the courts of law and in illustration of
   the tenures, customs, arts and manufacture of Hindustan>
%C Allahabad
%I ?
%K Kachari: Vocab

%0 book
%A Carpani,, Melchiore
%A Mantegazza,, C.
%D 1776
%T <Alphabetum Barmanorum seu Regni Avensis>
%C Rome
%I ?
%+ 2nd ed., 1787
%K Burmese: Orthog

%0 book
%A Carpenter,, C. H.
%D 1875
%T <The Anglo-Karen handbook and reader>
%K Karen: Textbook

%0 cross reference
%A Carrin-Bouez,, Marine
%x see also Bouez,, Marine

%0 thesis
%A Carrin-Bouez,, Marine
%D 1978
%T {\fr <La fleur et l'os: symbolisme et rituel chez les Santal
   (Orissa, Inde)>}
%t ?
%U {\fr Th\'ese de 3e cycle, Paris, Universit\'e Paris X}
%+ Published Paris: Editions de l'Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences
   Sociales, 1986; 193 pp. (<Cahiers de l'homme, ethnologie,
   geographie, linguistique>, nouvelle serie, 26)
%L UHM ASIA HZ 870713.26
%K Santali: Ritual

%0 in journal
%A Carrin-Bouez,, Marine
%D 1979
%T {\fr Le retour de l'origine: mythe, chant et rite dans une f\^ete
   santal}
%t ?
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 10
%N 2-4
%P 87-117
%O Santali text, 88-98
%% Huffman has chat for chant
%K Santali: Ritual

%0 in journal
%A Carrin-Bouez,, Marine
%D 1980
%T {\fr Des maux et des mots}
%t ?
%J <L'Homme>
%V 20
%N 3
%P 85-107
%O Santali medical vocabulary, 99-104; phonetic table, 105
%K Santali: Vocab, medical

%0 book
%A Carson,, Mrs. L. H.
%D 1911
%T <Chin reader in the Lai dialect, no. 1>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%Z 68 pp.
%K Lai\1: Reader

%0 book
%A Cartwright,, Basil Osborne
%D 1906
%T <An elementary handbook of the Siamese language>
%C Bangkok; London
%I American Presbyterian Mission Press; Luzac
%Z xiv, 371 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cartwright,, Basil Osborne
%D 1907
%T <A Siamese--English dictionary>
%C Bangkok
%I American Presbyterian Mission Press
%Z 731 pp.
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Eng

%0 book
%A Cartwright,, Basil Osborne
%D 1915
%T <The student's manual of the Siamese language>
%C Bangkok/London
%I American Presbyterian Mission Press/Luzac
%Z vii, 307 pp.
%O Revised edition, parts 1-2, 1929 - SJS
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cartwright,, Basil Osborne
%D 1917
%T {\eng <English--French--Siamese word and phrase book.>} {\fr <Petit
   livre de conversation anglais--fran\,cais--siamois>}
%C Bangkok
%I American Presbyterian Mission Press
%Z v, 239 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cartwright,, Basil Osborne
%D 1930
%T <Siamese self-taught: the student's manual of the Siamese language>
%N revised ed.
%C Bangkok
%I Sugh Pakya Press
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Carvell,, J. M.
%A Thengkur
%D 1904
%T <Mikir reader, 2nd book>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%K Mikir: Reader

%0 book
%A Carvell,, J. M.
%A Mosendra
%D 1907
%T <Mikir reader, 3rd book>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%Z 77 pp.
%K Mikir: Reader

%0 book
%A Cassaigne,, Jean
%D 1929
%T {\fr <Lexique mo\"i--annamite--fran\,cais (pour la r\'egion
   Djiring-Dalat)>}
%t M\"oi--Annamese--French lexicon (for the Djiring-Dalat region)
%C Saigon-Tandinh
%I Imprimerie de la Mission
%Z 108 pp.
%O K\;oho
%K K\;oho: Dict, K\;oho-Viet-French

%0 book
%A Cassaigne,, Jean
%D 1930
%T {\fr <Petit manuel de conversation courtante en langue mo\"i (Koho
   et Cau Sor\^e), \`a l'usage des planteurs, chasseurs, tourists
   (r\'egion Djiring-Dalat)>}
%t ?
%C Tandinh-Saigon
%I Imprimerie de la Mission
%Z 64 pp.
%O K\;oho, Sr\^e
%K K\;oho: Textbook; Sr\^e: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cassaigne,, Jean
%D 1935
%T {\fr <Manuel de conversation fran\,cais-koho>}
%t Manual of French-K\"oho conversation
%N 2nd ed.
%C Saigon
%I Imprimerie de l'Union
%Z 104 pp.
%K K\;oho: Textbook

%0 book
%A Castor,, R. H.
%D 1922
%T <Nomenclature of diseases in Burma>
%C Rangoon
%I ?
%Z 54 pp.
%K Burmese: Vocab, medical

%0 in journal
%A Caswell,, J.
%D 1870
%T Treatise on the tones of the Siamese language
%J <Siam Repository>
%V 2
%P 93-101
%K Thai: Tones

%0 book
%A Catlin,, Amy R.
%D 1981?
%T <Music of the Hmong singing voices and talking reeds>
%C Providence, RI
%I Center for Hmong Lore, Museum of Natural History
%Z 17 pp., ill.
%L UCB S-SEAsia GR312.C375; UCLA Music * ML 3560 H5 C38 1981 Oversize
   Area
%K

%0 in collection
%A Catlin,, Amy R.
%D 1982
%T Speech surrogate systems of the Hmong: from singing voices to
   talking reeds
%E Downing,, Bruce T.
%E Olney,, Douglas P.
%B <The Hmong in the West: observations and reports>, Papers from the
   1981 Hmong Research Conference, University of Minnesota
%C Minneapolis
%I Center for Urban and Regional Affairs
%P 170-97
%K Hmong: Speech surrogates

%0 book
%A [Catlin,, Amy R.]
%D c1987
%T <Virgins, orphans, widows & bards: songs of Hmong women>
%C [Van Nuys, CA]
%I [Amy Catlin]
%Z 1 sound cassette (39 min.): analog, 1 7/8 ips, 4-track, stereo.,
   Dolby processed; 3 7/8 x 2 1/2in.
%O Sung in the Hmong language. Recorded in Thailand in 1979 and in
   California, 1982-1985, by Amy Catlin. Notes by Amy Catlin inserted
   in container
%O Contents: Orphan's song -- Daughter-in-law's song -- Love song --
   Widow's song -- Song of homesickness -- Schooling song
%L UCLA Ethno Arc ARC 555
%K

%0 book
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1969
%T <Chepang phonemic summary>
%S <Tibeto-Burman phonemic summaries>
%u 4
%C Kirtipur
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%Z 36 pp.
%K Chepang: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1970
%T Chepang segmental synopsis
%E Hale,, Austin
%E Pike,, Kenneth L.
%B <Tone systems of Tibeto-Burman languages of Nepal>
%S <Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman
   linguistics>
%u 3
%C Urbana
%I University of Illinois
%V 1
%P 279-99
%K Chepang: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1970
%T Pitch, intensity, and higher levels in Chepang
%E Hale,, Austin
%E Pike,, Kenneth L.
%B <Tone systems of Tibeto-Burman languages of Nepal>
%S <Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman
   linguistics>
%u 3
%C Urbana
%I University of Illinois
%V 1
%P 143-57
%K Chepang: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1971
%T Chepang as a pronominalized language
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/Nepal
%Z 10 pp.
%K Chepang: Pronouns

%0 unpublished
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1971
%T Some performative markers in Chepang
%M ms., Kathmandu: Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 4 pp.
%K Chepang: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1971
%T Some restrictions on focus in Chepang
%M ms., Kathmandu: Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 7 pp.
%K Chepang: Gram

%0 book
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1972
%T <A vocabulary of the Chepang language>
%S <Comparative vocabularies of languages of Nepal>
%C Kirtipur
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Institute of Nepal Studies
%Z 40 pp.
%+ Also published Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche
   Publications, 1 mf.
%K Chepang: Dict, Chepang-Eng

%0 cross reference
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1973
%x see see Chepang, Caughley, and Caughley

%0 book
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1975
%T <Chepang pronominalization>
%C Kathmandu
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z mimeo.
%K Chepang: Pronouns

%0 in collection
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1978
%T Participant rank and verbal cross-reference in Chepang
%E Grimes,, Joseph E.
%B <Papers on discourse>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Publications in linguistics and
   related fields>
%u 51
%C Arlington, TX
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 163-78
%K Chepang: Discourse; Chepang: Verbs

%0 unpublished
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1978
%T Selection for verbal cross-reference in Chepang
%M Conference of the Australian Linguistic Society
%K Chepang: Verbs

%0 thesis
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1981
%T <The syntax and morphology of the verb in Chepang>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University
%Z 291 pp.
%+ Published as 1982
%K Chepang: Morph; Chepang: Syntax; Chepang: Verbs

%0 book
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D 1982
%T <The syntax and morphology of the verb in Chepang>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u B.84
%C Canberra
%I Dept. of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%Z xvi, 269 pp. (incl. 3 maps)
%+ Original 1981
%% Cited by Huffman as <The verb in Chepang>, forthcoming
%K Chepang: Morph; Chepang: Syntax; Chepang: Verbs

%0 unpublished
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%D n.d.
%T Clause patterns in Chepang
%M ms.
%K Chepang: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%A Caughley,, Kathleen
%D 1970
%T Chepang texts
%E Hale,, Austin
%E Pike,, Kenneth L.
%B <Tone systems of Tibeto-Burman languages of Nepal>
%S <Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman
   linguistics>
%u 3
%C Urbana
%I University of Illinois
%V 4
%P 1-130
%K Chepang: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%A Dahal,, Ballagh Mani
%A Bandhu,, C. M.
%D 1971
%T Notes on Chepang culture
%J <Tribhuvan University Journal>
%V 6
%N 1
%P 77-89
%K Chepang: Ethnog

%0 book
%A C\'edok
%D 1984(??)
%T {\fr <Karenni, une courte bibliographie, avec des commentaires>}
%t Karenni, a short bibliography with some commentary
%C Lausanne, Switzerland
%I C\'edok
%Z 116 pp.
%K Karenni: Biblio

%0 thesis
%A Cefola,, Penusee Lertadsin
%D 1981
%T <A study of interference of English in the language of Thai
   bilinguals in the United States>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University
%Z 273 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 43.3:786-A; University Microfilms
   8218300
%K Thai: English bilinguals

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1975
%T <A brief look at the Vietnamese language>
%S <Indochinese Refugee Education Guides/General Information Series>
%u 6
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics, National Indochinese Clearinghouse
%Z 15 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Phon

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1975
%T <Teaching English pronunciation to speakers of Black Tai (Tai Dam)>
%S <Indochinese Refugee Education Guides/General Information Series>
%u 10
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 16 pp.
%K Tai, Black: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1976
%T <Teaching English structures to Vietnamese>
%S <Indochinese Refugee Education Guides/General Information Series>
%u 11
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 23 pp.
%K Vietnamese: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1977
%T <English pronunciation exercises for speakers of Vietnamese>
%S <Indochinese Refugee Education Guides/General Information Series>
%u 7
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 51 pp.
%K Vietnamese: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1978
%T <An annotated bibliography of materials on the Hmongs of Laos>
%S <Indochinese Refugee Education Guides/General Information Series>
%u 17
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 30 pp.
%K Hmong, Laos: Biblio; Miao: Biblio

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1978
%T <Teaching English to Cambodian students>
%S <Indochinese Refugee Education Guides/General Information Series>
%u 18
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 39 pp.
%K Khmer: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1978
%T <The Hmong language: sentences, phrases, and words>
%S <Indochinese Refugee Education Guides/General Information Series>
%u 15
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 46 pp.
%K Hmong: Vocab; Miao: Vocab

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1978
%T <The Hmong language: sounds and alphabets>
%S <Indochinese Refugee Education Guides/General Information Series>
%u 14
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 38 pp.
%K Hmong: Phon; Hmong: Roman; Miao: Fhon; Miao: Roman

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1979
%T <English pronunciation lessons for Hmong>
%S <Language and Orientation Resource Center, General Information
   Series>
%u 21
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 45 pp.
%K Hmong: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1979
%T <Teaching English to speakers of Lao>
%S <Language and Orientation Resource Center, General Information
   Series>
%u 19
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 57 pp.
%K Lao\2: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1980
%T <English--Khmer phrasebook with useful wordlist (for Cambodians)>
%? adapted and translated by Samnang Soeur and Chantavy Soeur
%C Arlington, VA
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 131 pp., map
%O Khmer--English and English--Khmer wordlists, 93-131
%K Khmer: Vocab

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1980
%T <English--Lao phrasebook with useful wordlist (for Laotians)>
%? Adapted and translated by Khamchong Luangpraseut
%C Washington, DC
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 152 pp.
%K Lao\2: Vocab

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D 1981
%T <English--Hmong phrasebook with useful wordlist (for Hmong
   speakers)>
%? adapted and translated by Cheu Thao
%C Washington, DC
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%L UCI Main Lib PE1130.H66 C5 1981 Southeast Asian Archive; UCLA URL
   PE 1130 M5 E5
%K Hmong: Vocab; Miao: Vocab

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D nda.
%T <Selected annotated bibliography for teaching English to speakers
   of Vietnamese: a supplement>
%S <Language and Orientation Resource Center, General Information
   Series>
%u 12
%C Washington, DC
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 29 pp.
%K Vietnamese: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D nda.
%T <Teaching English to speakers of Vietnamese>
%S <Language and Orientation Resource Center, General Information
   Series>
%u 23
%C Washington, DC
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%K Vietnamese: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D n.d.
%T <Teaching English to Vietnamese: Textbooks>
%S <Language and Orientation Resource Center, General Information
   Series>
%u 5
%C Washington, DC
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 10 pp.
%K Vietnamese: TEFL

%0 book
%A Center for Applied Linguistics
%D n.d.
%T <Testing the reading ability of Cambodians>
%S <Language and Orientation Resource Center, General Information
   Series>
%u 7
%C Washington, DC
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%Z 7 pp.
%K Khmer: TEFL

%0 in journal
%A Centre de Documentation et Recherche sur l'Asie du Sud-Est et Monde
   Insulindien
%D 1971-72
%T {\fr Ou en est l'Atlas ethnolinguistique sur l'Asie du Sud-Est et
   le Monde Insulindien?}
%t ?
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 2(1971); 3(1972); 3(1972)
%N 4; 1; 4
%K Southeast Asian languages: Ethnoling

%0 book
%A Chaband,, Edmond
%A Diew Lingx Gnimz
%D 1951
%T {\fr <Cours de langue tai>}
%t Tai language course
%C Lai-chaur
%I ?
%O Black Tai, White Tai; described in F. Martini, Review of Shorto,
   Jacobs, & Simmonds, <Bibliographies of Mon-Khmer and Tai
   linguistics>, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise
   d'Extr\^eme-Orient> 53(1966-67):300-3
%K Tai, Black: Textbook; Tai, White: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Chafe,, Wallace L.
%D 1963
%T Review of Smalley, <Outline of Khmu structure>
%J <American Anthropologist>
%V 65
%N 6
%P 1407-8

%0 in journal
%A Chai Yeh-t'ang
%D 1963
%T {\ch Tsang-y\"u kai-k'ung}
%t A descriptive sketch of the Tibetan language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 1963
%N 6
%P 511-28
%K Tibetan: Desc

%0 cross reference
%A Chaichana,, Nuphuk
%x see Nuphuk Chaichana

%0 cross reference
%A Chaichanpong,, Sinuan
%x see Sinuan Chaichanpong

%0 book
%A Chaijon Chuchat
%D 1959
%T {\thai <Sap banjat>}
%t Coined terms
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%Z 344 pp.
%K Thai: Neologisms

%0 cross reference
%A Chainangun,, Virul
%x see Virul Chainangun

%0 cross reference
%A Chaiwasu,, Op
%x see Op Chaiwasu

%0 book
%A Chak Worasin
%D 1969
%T {\thai <Photchan\=anukrom Chin--Thai>}
%t Chinese--Thai dictionary
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%K Thai: Dict, Chinese-Thai

%0 in journal
%A Chaklader,, Snehanoy
%D 1978
%T Language shift among the Santals in West Bengal: synopsis
%J <Proceedings of the International Congress of Anthropological And
   Ethnological Sciences>
%V 10
%N 2
%P 74
%K Santali: Lang shift

%0 book
%A Chakraborty,, Ashit Ranjan
%D 1978
%T <Read Lepcha: an introduction to the Lepcha or Rong script and a
   self-instruction for reading the language>
%C Calcutta
%I C. Chakraborty
%Z 29, 80 pp.
%K Lepcha: Orthog; Lepcha: Reader

%0 book
%A Chakraborty,, Ramnath
%D 1867
%T <English, Bengali, and Garo vocabulary>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%Z 54 pp.
%K Garo: Vocab

%0 book
%A Chakravarti,, Adhir
%D 1978
%T <The Sdok Kak Thom inscription, Part I: a study in Indo-Khmer
   civilization>
%S <Calcutta Sanskrit College research series>
%u 111
%? with a preface by Ramesh Chandra Majumdar
%C Calcutta
%I Sanskrit College
%Z 255 pp.
%R Jenner, <Journal of Asian Studies> 43(1983).1:197-8
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 book
%A Chakravarti,, Adhir
%D 1980
%T <The Sdok Kak Thom inscription, Part II: text, translations, and
   commentary>
%S <Calcutta Sanskrit Commentary research series 112>
%? with a preface by Dinesh Chandra Sircar
%C Calcutta
%I Sanskrit College
%Z 255 pp.
%R Jenner, <Journal of Asian Studies> 43(1983).1:197-8
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Chakravarti,, Adhir
%D 1982
%T A glossary of Old Khmer
%J <Indian Journal of Linguistics>
%V 9
%N 1; 2
%P 1-16 [follows p. 58]; 46-53
%K Khmer, Old: Vocab

%0 book
%A Chakravarty,, L. N.
%A et al.
%D 1963
%T <A dictionary of the Taraon language>, produced for the use of
   officers of the NEFA administration by the philology section
%C Shillong
%I Research Department, North East Frontier Agency
%O Digaro
%K Digaro: Dict

%0 thesis
%A Chakrit Anuntrawan
%D 1978
%T {\thai <Rabop s\=iang nai ph\=as\=a tha dam, m\=u b\=an n\=a p\=a
   n\=at, tambon khao k\=ew, 'amph\=oe ch\=iang kh\=an, changwat
   l\=oei>}
%t The phonemic system of Thai Dam dialect, Muban Napanat, Tambon Khao
   Kaeo, Amphoe Chiang Kham, Changwat Loei
%U M.E. thesis, Srinakharinwirot University
%Z 138 pp.
%O English summary
%K Tai, Black: Phon

%0 thesis
%A Chalao Chaiyarantata
%D 1961
%T <A comparative study of English and Thai syntax>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University
%Z 288 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts 22,6:1986; University Microfilms 61-4428
%K Thai: Contr anal, Thai-Eng; Thai: Syntax

%0 book
%A Chalao Chaiyarantata
%D 1965
%T <Let's speak Thai>
%C Bangkok
%I Social Science Association of Thailand
%Z 188 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 thesis
%A Chalaysap Aree
%D 1980
%T <Syntactic variables in the written English of Thai university
   students from three proficiency levels>
%Z xi, 140 leaves
%U Ph. D. thesis, University of Texas at Austin
%L UHM HMLTN PE1068.T5 C42 1980a
%K

%0 book
%A Chalermnit
%D 1961
%T <Guide to Thai conversation: all you need in Thailand>
%C Bangkok
%I Nai Prayura Phisnaka
%Z 283 pp.
%+ 2nd ed. 1966
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 thesis
%A Chalida Rinprom
%D 1976
%T {\thai <Rabop n\=uai si=iang nai ph\=as\=a thin kh\=or\=at>}
%t The phonemic system of the Korat dialect
%U M.A. thesis, Chulalongkorn University
%O Thai; English summary
%K Thai, Nakorn Ratchasima: Phon

%0 thesis
%A Chaluay Boonprasert
%D 1982
%T <Discourse structure in Phuan>
%U M.A. thesis, ILCRD, Mahidol University
%% ?? unabbrev. of ILCRD ?
%K Phuan: Discourse

%0 book
%A Cham Cultural Center
%D 196(?)
%T {\viet <R\^oh twah `s\;uu-t\^am', s\^o \-d\uac bi\^et ng\^on ng\;u
   Cham, n\^oi-san nghi\^en-c\;uu>}
%t Special number on the Cham language
%C Phanrang
%I ?
%Z 28 pp.
%K Cham: Gen

%0 book
%A Cham Cultural Center
%D 1974
%T {\viet <Khao luc nguy\^en cao Cham>}
%t ?
%S {\fr <Archives des manuscrits Cham>}
%u vols. 1-2
%C Phan Rang, Vietnam
%I Cham Cultural Center
%Z 2 vols., 95, 132 pp.
%O Seven Cham texts in Cham script
%K Cham: Texts

%0 book
%A Cham Thongkhamwan
%D 1965
%T {\thai <Sannitth\=an th\=iap k\=an kh\=ian 'aks\=\,on thai kap
   'aks\=\,on kh\=\,om nai samai ph\=\,o khun r\=amkhamh\=aeng>}
%t An essay on the comparison of Thai and Khom scripts in the time of
   King Ramkhamhaeng
%C Bangkok
%I Municipal Government Press
%K Khmer: Orthog comp w Thai; Thai: Orthog comp w Khmer

%0 book
%A Cham Thongkhamwan
%D 1976
%T {\thai <Sannith\=an th\=iap 'aks\=\,on thai kap 'aks\=\,on kh\=\,om
   nai samai ph\=\,o khun r\=amkhamh\=aeng>}
%t Assumptions concerning a comparison of the Thai and Khom scripts at
   the time of King Ramkhamhaeng
%C Bangkok
%I Khurusapha Press
%Z 51 pp.
%K Khmer: Orthog comp w Thai; Thai: Orthog comp w Khmer

%0 book
%A Cham Thongkhamwan
%D 1977
%T {\thai <Lak ph\=as\=a kham\=en>}
%t Principles of the Khmer language
%C Bangkok
%I Khurusapha Press
%Z 72 pp.
%K Khmer: Gram

%0 thesis
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1969
%T <A generative approach to tone in Vientiane Lao>
%U M.A. thesis, Michigan State University
%K Lao\2: Tones

%0 book
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1971
%T <A workbook in comparative and historical Tai linguistics>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English Language
%Z 35 pp.
%K Tai: Hist phon

%0 in journal
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1972
%T The origin of southwestern Tai
%J <Bulletin des Amis du Royaume Lao>
%V 7-8
%P 233-44
%K Tai: Clfn; Tai, Southwestern: Hist

%0 in collection
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1972
%T Tone borrowing in five northeastern dialects
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Noss,, Richard B.
%B <Tai phonetics and phonology>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English language, Office of State
   Universities, Faculty of Science, Mahidol University
%P 43-6
%O Tai
%L UHM ASIA PL4113.C6 1971
%K Tai: Hist phon; Thai, Northeastern: Tones

%0 cross reference
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1972
%x see Panh, Sisaveuy, and Chamberlain

%0 cross reference
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1972
%x see Soulang, Prachit, Phone, and Chamberlain

%0 book
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1973
%T {\fr <Lexique fran\,cais--lao, termes linguistiques>}
%t French--Lao lexicon, linguistic terms
%? with Soulang Dejwongsa, et al.
%C Vientiane
%I Royal Lao Academy
%K Lao\2: Vocab, ling, French-Lao\2

%0 in collection
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1973
%T The distribution of Lao dialects and the Tai migrations
%E Dor\'e,, Amphay
%E Barber,, Martin
%B <Colloquium of researchers in the human sciences in Laos>
%C Luang Probang, Laos
%I ?
%O Reprinted in <Sangkhomkhady>, Vientiane, 1974
%K Lao\2: Dialects

%0 in collection
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1974
%T The standardization of Lao
%E Perez,, A[lejandrino] Q.
%B <Papers of the Second Conference on Asian Languages>
%C Manila
%I Asian Association of National Languages
%P ?
%K Lao\2: Standardization

%0 unpublished
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1974
%T Tone system patterns and classification of Tai languages: how
   reliable are they?
%M Paper read at the Tai Linguistics Symposium, Bangkok, April 1974
%K Tai: Clfn; Tai: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1975
%T {\thai Kamn\=oet ph\=as\=a thai thin tawan tok ch\=iang tai}
%t The origin of southwestern Tai
%? translated by Phongphan Manirat
%J <Bulletin of the Faculty of Arts, Chulalongkorn University>
%V 9
%P 65-79
%K Tai, Southwestern: Hist

%0 in collection
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1975
%T Tone in Tai: a new perspective
%E Gething,, Thomas W.
%B <A Tai Festschrift for William J. Gedney on the occasion of his
   fifth cycle of life birthday anniversary, April 4, 1975>
%S <Southeast Asian Studies Working Paper>
%u 8
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Southeast Asian Studies Program
%P 140-7
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4152.T34
%+ Also published in Gething & Nguy\^en, eds., 1979
%K Tai: Hist phon; Tai: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1975
%T A new look at the history and classification of the Tai languages
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Chamberlain,, James R.
%B <Studies in Tai linguistics in honor of William J. Gedney>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English Language
%P 49-66
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4111.S8
%K Tai: Clfn; Tai: Hist phon

%0 unpublished
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1977
%T Proto-Tai zoology: lizards and crocodilians
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 10 (Georgetown University, Washington, DC)
%K Tai, Proto-: Zoology

%0 thesis
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1977
%T <An introduction to Proto-Tai zoology>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan
%Z 227 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 38.11:6687-A; University Microfilms
   7804666
%K Tai, Proto-: Zoology

%0 unpublished
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1978
%T An outline of Proto-Tai zoology
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 11 (University of Arizona, Tucson)
%K Tai, Proto-: Zoology

%0 in collection
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1979
%T Language standardization in Laos
%E Perez,, A[lejandrino] Q.
%E Santiago,, Al O.
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Papers from the conference on the standardization of Asian
   languages, Manila, Philippines, Dec. 19-21, 1974>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.47
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 267-74
%L UCB Main PL5001.A1.P212 no. 47
%K Lao\2: Standardization

%0 in collection
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%T Tone in Tai: a new perspective
%D 1979
%E Gething,, Thomas W.
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 6>: <Tai studies in honor
   of William J. Gedney>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.52
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 119-23
%+ Also published in Gething, ed., 1975
%K Tai: Hist phon; Tai: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1979
%T Proto-Tai zoology: chelonians
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%K Tai, Proto-: Zoology

%0 unpublished
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1980
%T Proto-Tai zoology: amphibians
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 13 (University of Virginia,
   Charlottesville)
%K Tai, Proto-: Zoology

%0 unpublished
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1981
%T Proto-Tai zoology: serpents
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 14 (University of Florida, Gainesville)
%K Tai, Proto-: Zoology

%0 unpublished
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D 1982
%T Proto-Tai zoology: arthropods I
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%O Read by title only
%K Tai, Proto-: Zoology

%0 in collection
%A Chamberlain,, James R.
%D forthcoming
%T <Thao Hung> or <Cheuang>: a Lao epic poem
%E Svantesson,, Jan-Olaf
%B <Papers from the Helsing\/or symposium on Austroasiatic linguistics
   and literature>
%C Copenhagen/London
%I Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies/Curzon
%P 65-93
%K Lao\2: Folktales

%0 cross reference
%A Chambers,, Arthur
%D 1929
%x see Schebesta, Paul

%0 book
%A Chambers,, O. A.
%D 1889
%T <Handbook of the Lushai country>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%O Shandu vocabulary
%K Lushei: Ethnog; Shandu: Vocab

%0 thesis
%A Chamlong Khambunchu
%D in progress 1983
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=a thin y\=\,oi kh\=\,ong kham m\=\,ang nai changwat
   lamp\=ang: k\=an s\,uks\=a sap>}
%t The Kammuang dialect in Lampang Province: a lexical study
%U M.A. thesis, Department of Thai, Chulalongkorn University
%K Thai, Northern: Lexicon

%0 book
%A Chamlong Phitsanakha
%D 1974
%T {\thai <Photchan\=anukrom ch\=in kl\=ang, t\=aechiu, 'angkrit,
   thai>}
%t Mandarin--Taechiw--English--Thai dictionary
%C Bangkok
%I Bandansan
%K Thai: Dict, Chinese-Eng-Thai

%0 thesis
%A Chamnan Rodhetbhai
%D 1974
%T {\thai <??>}
%t An annotated collection of Thai-Lue folktales
%U M.E. thesis, Srinakharinwirot University
%O With English abstract
%K Tai L\"u: Folktales

%0 book
%A Chamnong Thongprasert
%D 1973
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=a kh\=\,ong rao>}
%t Our language
%C Bangkok
%I Prae Phittaya
%O Thai
%K Thai: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Chan Sungsi Yananda
%A Luang Nonwakorn
%D 1925
%T The Yao
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 19
%N 2
%P 83-128
%O Translated by E. G. Sebastian, 83-93; Thai version 95-112;
   Thai--Yao--English vocabulary of 400 words, with Yao in Thai script
   113-28
%K Yao: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Chandhuri,, Sambhar Chandra
%D 1940
%T North Bengali dialects: Rajshahi
%J <Indian Linguistics>
%V 8
%P 418-31
%O Ref to AA: Bhumij, Kol, Nihali; TB: Koch
%L UHM ASIA PK1501.L52 v.8
%K Bhumij: Vocab; Koch: Vocab; Nihali: Vocab

%0 book
%A Chandorin,, G. A.
%D 1957
%T {\khmer <??>}
%t Khmer--Russian conversation
%C Phnom Penh
%I Librairie Nguon Huot
%Z 58 pp.
%K Khmer: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Chandra Khonthasen
%D 1923
%T The Red Karens
%? Translated by E. J. Walton
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 17
%N 2
%P 74-99
%O Vocabulary, 80-99
%K Karenni: Vocab

%0 cross reference
%A Chandra Lokesh
%x see Lokesh,, Chandra

%0 alias
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%x see also Shefts,, Betty

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1968
%T Glottalization and the falling tone
%J <Monthly internal memorandum, Phonology Laboratory>
%V May 1968
%P 10-22
%O Tib.
%K Tibetan: Phon; Tibetan: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1968
%T Lhasa Tibetan vowels I: <e:\'e>
%J <Monthly internal memorandum, Phonology Laboratory>
%V April 1968
%P 8-18
%K Tibetan: Phon; Tibetan, Lhasa: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1968
%T Notes on the Tibetan vowel system
%J <Monthly internal memorandum, Phonology Laboratory>
%V June 1968
%K Tibetan: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1968
%T Notes on length and tone in Tibetan
%J <Monthly internal memorandum, Phonology Laboratory>
%V March 1968
%P 8-13
%K Tibetan: Phon; Tibetan: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1968
%T Sedl\'a\vcek's `The tonal system of Tibetan (Lhasa dialect)'
%J <Monthly internal memorandum, Phonology Laboratory>
%V July 1968
%P 8-13
%K Tibetan: Phon; Tibetan: Tones; Tibetan, Lhasa: Phon; Tibetan,
   Lhasa: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1968
%T Voice and aspiration in Lhasa Tibetan
%J <Monthly internal memorandum, Phonology Laboratory>
%V August 1968
%K Tibetan: Phon; Tibetan, Lhasa: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1970
%T The Tibetan causative
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 3 (Cornell University, Ithaca, NY)
%K Tibetan: Caus; Tibetan: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1971
%T The Tibetan causative: phonology
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 42
%N 4
%P 623-765
%K Tibetan: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1972
%T Two parallels to the Tibetan causative: Jyarung and Liang Shan Lolo
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 5 (University of Michigan, Ann Arbor)
%K Gyarong: Comp w Tibetan; Liang-shan: Comp w Tibetan; Tibetan: Caus;
   Tibetan: Gram

%0 in collection
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%A Chang Kun
%D 1976
%T The prenasalized stop initials of Miao-Yao, Tibeto-Burman and
   Chinese: a result of diffusion or evidence of a genetic
   relationship?
%E Hashimoto,, Mantar\=o J.
%B <Genetic relationship, diffusion and typological similarities of
   East and Southeast Asian languages>, Papers of the 1st
   Japan-U.S. Joint Seminar on East and Southeast Asian linguistics
%C Tokyo
%I Japan Society for the Promotion of Science
%P 315-58
%+ Also published <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of
   History and Philology> 47(1976).3:467-502
%K Miao-Yao: Comp w Tibeto-Burman; Miao-Yao: Phon; Tibeto-Burman: Comp
   w Miao-Yao

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%A Chang Kun
%D 1977
%T Tibetan prenasalized initials
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 48
%N 2
%P 229-43
%K Tibetan: Phon

%0 book
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%A Chang Kun
%D 1967-81
%T <Spoken Tibetan texts>
%S <Academia Sinica / Institute of History and Philology, Special
   Publ.>
%u 74
%C Taipei
%I Academia Sinica / Institute of History and Philology
%x see also Chang Kun and Chang, 1978-81
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%A Chang Kun
%D 1980
%T Ergativity in spoken Tibetan
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 51
%N 1
%P 25-32
%K Tibetan: Ergativity; Tibetan: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%A Chang Kun
%D 1981
%T Perfective and imperfective in spoken Tibetan
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 52
%P 303-21
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 cross reference
%A Chang Chi-min
%x see Zhang Jimin

%0 thesis
%A Chang Chi-jen (Zhang Jiren)
%D 1956
%T <The minority groups of Yumman, and Chinese political expansion
   into Southeast Asia>
%U Ph.D. dissertation
%% ?? place of diss. ?
%Z 199 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts 17.6:1308
%K Y\"unnan: Minorities

%0 unpublished
%A Chang Hongen
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t The phonemic system of Yumman Lahu and the problem of planning an
   orthography
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K Lahu, Y\"unnan: Orthog; Lahu, Y\"unnan: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Chang Junru
%D 1980
%T {\ch ??}
%t A tentative study of the categories of initials of Proto-Tai
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1980
%N 2
%P 31-40
%K Tai, Proto-: Phon

%0 cross reference
%A Chang Kun
%D 1944
%x see Li Lin-tu'an, Chang Kun, and Ho Ts'ai

%0 cross reference
%A Chang Kun
%D 1945
%x see Li Lin-tu'an, Chang Kun, and Ho Ts'ai

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1947
%T {\ch Miao-Yao-yu sheng-tiao wen-t'i}
%t On the tonal system of the Miao-Yao languages
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 16
%P 93-110
%O Contains short comparative word lists
%K Miao-Yao: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1953
%T On the tone system of the Miao languages
%J <Language>
%V 19
%N 3
%P 374-8
%K Miao-Yao: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1957
%T The phonemic system of the Yi Miao dialect
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 19
%N 1
%P 11-19
%K Miao, Yi: Phon

%0 cross reference
%A Chang Kun
%x see Li Lin-ts'an, Chang Kun, and Ho Ts'ai

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1966
%T A comparative study of the Tao tone system
%J <Language>
%V 42
%N 2
%P 303-10
%O Contains 115-item comparative word list
%K Yao: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Chang Kun
%D 1967
%T China: descriptive linguistics
%E Sebeok,, Thomas A.
%B <Linguistics in East Asia and Southeast Asia>
%S <Current trends in linguistics>
%u 2
%C The Hague and Paris
%I Mouton
%P 59-90
%K China: Ling

%0 in collection
%A Chang Kun
%D 1967
%T China: national linguistics
%E Sebeok,, Thomas A.
%B <Linguistics in East Asia and Southeast Asia>
%S <Current trends in linguistics>
%u 2
%C The Hague and Paris
%I Mouton
%P 151-76
%O Surveys the work done in Chinese 1951-61 on the non-Chinese
   languages of China, including MY, TK, TB; includes annotated
   bibliography
%K China: Ling; China: Minorities, biblio; Kam-Tai: Biblio in Chinese;
   Miao-Yao: Biblio in Chinese; Mon-Khmer: Biblio in Chinese;
   Tibeto-Burman: Biblio in Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1967
%T A comparative study of the Southern Ch'iang dialects
%J <Monumenta Serica>
%V 26
%P 422-44
%K Chiang, Southern: Dialects; Hop'ing: Clfn; Kaotungshan: Clfn;
   Tsengt'ou Hsiachai: Clfn

%0 cross reference
%A Chang Kun
%D 1967
%x see Li Lin-ts'an, Chang Kun, and Ho Ts'ai

%0 cross reference
%A Chang Kun
%D 1967
%x see Shefts,, Betty, and Chang Kun

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1968
%T The phonology of the Gyarong dialect
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 38
%P 251-75
%K Gyarong: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1969
%T Review of Lombard, <Yao--English dictionary>
%J <Journal of Asian Studies>
%V 28
%N 2
%P 441-3

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1970
%T Sino-Tibetan words for <needle>
%J <Monumenta Serica>
%V 28
%N 2
%P 230-45
%K Sino-Tibetan: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1971
%T Review of Heimbach, <White Meo--English dictionary>
%J <Journal of Asian Studies>
%V 30
%N 2
%P 503-4

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1972
%T Sino-Tibetan `iron': <*qhleks>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 92
%N 3
%P 436-46
%O Claims the word for `iron' is cognate in ST, MY, and TK
%K Sino-Tibetan: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1973
%T The reconstruction of Proto-Miao-Yao tones
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 44
%N 4
%P 541-628
%O Extensive bibliography
%K Miao-Yao: Tones; Miao-Yao, Proto-: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1973
%T Review of Benedict, <Sino-Tibetan: a conspectus>
%J <Journal of Asian Studies>
%V 32
%N 2
%P 335-7

%0 in collection
%A Chang Kun
%D 1976
%T Proto-Miao initials
%E Hashimoto,, Mantar\=o J.
%B <Genetic relationship, diffusion and typological similarities of
   East and Southeast Asian languages>, Papers of the 1st
   Japan-U.S. Joint Seminar on East and Southeast Asian linguistics
%C Tokyo
%I Japan Society for the Promotion of Science
%P 146-209
%+ Also published <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of
   History and Philology> 47(1976).2:155-218
%K Miao: Hist phon; Miao, Proto-: Initials

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1977
%T The Tibetan role in Sino-Tibetan comparative linguistics
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 48
%P 93-108
%K Tibetan: Comp w Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%D 1977
%T Review of Lyman, <Dictionary of Mong Njua>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 97
%N 3
%P 347

%0 book
%A Chang Kun
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1964
%T <A manual of spoken Tibetan (Lhasa dialect)>
%? with the help of Nawang Nornang and Lhadon Karsip
%C Seattle
%I University of Washington Press
%Z xii, 286 pp.
%R Miller,, R. A., <Language> 41(1965).4:680-92
%K Tibetan, Lhasa: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1965
%T A morphophonemic problem in the spoken Tibetan of Lhasa
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 85
%N 1
%P 34-9
%K Tibetan, Lhasa: Morphophon

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1967
%T Spoken Tibetan morphophonemics: <p>
%J <Language>
%V 43
%P 512-25
%K Tibetan: Morphophon

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1968
%T Vowel harmony in spoken Lhasa Tibetan
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 40
%P 53-124
%K Tibetan, Lhasa: Vowel harmony

%0 in journal
%A Chang Kun
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1975
%T Gyarong historical phonology
%J <Academia Sinica/Bulletin of the Institute of History and
   Philology>
%V 46
%P 391-524
%K Gyarong: Hist

%0 book
%A Chang Kun
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1978
%T <Spoken Tibetan texts, vol. 2>
%? with the help of Nawang Nornag and Lhadon Karsip
%S <Academia Sinica / Institute of History and Philology, Special
   Publication>
%u 74
%C Taipei
%I Academia Sinica
%Z 295 p.
%O For vol. 1, see Chang,, B., and Chang 1978
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 book
%A Chang Kun
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1980
%T <Spoken Tibetan texts, vol. 3>
%S <Academia Sinica / Institute of History and Philology, Special
   Publication>
%u 74
%C Taipei
%I Academia Sinica
%Z 248 p.
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 book
%A Chang Kun
%A Chang,, Betty Shefts
%D 1981
%T <Spoken Tibetan texts, vol. 4>
%? with the help of Nawang Nornag and Lhadon Karsip
%S <Academia Sinica / Institute of History and Philology, Special
   Publication>
%u 74
%C Taipei
%I Academia Sinica
%Z 330 p.
%K Tibetan: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Ch'ang Kung-ko
%D 1958
%T {\ch Tsai y\"u Han y\"u ch'i fen hsi chung k'an T'ai y\"u tung ssu
   'au ti lai y\"uan ho yung fa}
%t The use of the Thai particle <'au> and its translation
%J <Shao-shu min-tsu yu-wen lun-chi>
%V 1
%P 64-72
%O Examples from Pu-yi and L\"u
%K Thai: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Chang Yin-tang
%D 1945
%T Some anthropological features of the Shans and their geographical
   environment in southwest Yunnan
%J <Journal of the West China Border Research Society>
%V 16
%P 39-51
%O Vocabulary of 244 Shan words and phrases from Meng Ting and Hopan,
   45-51 - BSTL
%K Shan, Y\"unnan: Ethnog

%0 cross reference
%A Chang Y\"u-hung
%D 1972
%x see translation: see Purnell,, Herbert C., ed.

%0 unpublished
%A Chang Y\"u-hung
%D 1973
%T <Clear-muddy>, tongue root, and syllable register
%M Linguistic Society of America summer meeting (Ann Arbor, MI)
%K Khmer: Register

%0 in journal
%A Chang Yung-yen
%D 1960
%T {\ch Han-tsang-y\"u tz'u-wie <-pa>}
%t The Sino-Tibetan suffix <-pa>
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 1960
%N 11
%P 369
%K Tibetan: Morph

%0 cross reference
%A Changkhwamphoen,, Valaya
%x see Valaya Changkhwamphoen

%0 cross reference
%A Changkhwanyun,, Pricha
%x see Pricha Changkhwanyun

%0 thesis
%A Chanisa Pintusan
%D 1983
%T {\thai <Wannakam thai-r\=aman, tombon b\=ang khan m\=ak, 'amph\=oe
   m\=uang, changwat lopbur\=i>}
%t Thai Raman literature, Tombon Bang Kanmak, Amphoe Muang, Changwat
   Lopburi
%U M.A. thesis, Sri Nahkarinwirot University
%Z 134 p.
%O Mon of Lopburi; 250-word Mon--Thai glossary (in Thai)
%K Mon, Lopburi: Vocab

%0 cross reference
%A Chantanakhom,, Wanna
%x see Wanna Chantanakhom

%0 cross reference
%A Chantavibulya,, Vichintana
%x see Vichintana Chantavibulya

%0 book
%A Chanthabur\=inar\=\,un\=at,, Phrachaob\,oromawongth\=oe Kromphra
%D 1970
%T {\thai <Path\=anukrom b\=al\=i thai 'angkrit sansakrit>}
%t Pali--Thai--English--Sanskrit dictionary
%C Bangkok
%I Mah\=amukotr\=achawithay\=alai
%K Thai: Dict, Pali-Thai-Eng-Sanskrit

%0 in journal
%A Chanthara Masupong
%D 1983
%T {\thai Rabop s\=iang ph\=as\=a lung c\=ow}
%t The phonology of the Lungchow language
%J <B\=or\=anakhad\=i> (Bangkok, Faculty of Archeology, Silpakorn
   University)
%V 26
%P 242-5
%K Tai, Lungchow: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Chants,, L J. D.
%D 1965
%T Jarai
%J <L'Afrique et l'Asie>
%V 70
%P 30-35
%K Cham: Gen

%0 book
%A Chao Yuen-ren
%D 1930
%T <Phonetics of the Yao folksongs>
%S <Academia Sinica/National Research Institute of History and
   Philology>
%u Monograph A.1
%C Peiping
%I Academia Sinica
%K Yao: Folksongs; Yao: Phonet

%0 cross reference
%A Chao Yuen-ren
%D 1930
%x see Yu Tao Ch'\"uan and Chao Yuen-ren

%0 in journal
%A Chao Yuen-ren
%D 1943
%T Languages and dialects in China
%J <Geographical Journal>
%V 102
%P 63-71
%K China: Minorities, demog

%0 in collection
%A Chao Yuen-ren
%D 1951
%T Preface to the study of some Tai-Shan linguistic material
%S <Academia Sinica / Institute of History and Philology, Special
   publication>
%P 61-6
%% book title??
%K Shan: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Charency,, de
%D 1902
%T {\fr Les noms de nombre dans les dialectes de l'Himalaya}
%t The number names in the dialects of the Himalayas
%J <Journal Asiatique>, 9. s\'erie
%V 10
%P 14-17
%K Himalayas: Numerals; Tibeto-Burman: Dialects, numerals

%0 book
%A Charoen Chaichua
%D 1954
%T {\thai <Path\=anukrom thai>}
%t Thai dictionary
%C Bangkok
%I Khasem Bannakit
%Z 680 p.
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Thai

%0 cross reference
%A Charoenma,, Narumol
%x see Narumol Charoenma

%0 in journal
%A Charria,, Sylvain
%D 1905
%T {\fr Les inscriptions lolo de Lou-k'iuan}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 5
%P 195-7
%K Lolo: Inscr

%0 thesis
%A Charuwan Phumphriksa
%D 1982
%T {\thai K\=an chai kham sapphana\=am kh\=\,ong khr\=u '\=achan nai
   changwat lopbur\=i}
%t The use of pronouns among teachers in Lopburi province
%U M.A. thesis, ILCRD, Mahidol University
%% ?? unabbrev. of ILCRD ?
%% spelling Charuwan on basis of index twice, in place of H's
   Charumwan
%K Thai: Pronouns; Thai: Reader

%0 book
%A Chase,, Dormer Augustus
%D 1890
%T <Anglo-Burmese handbook, or guide to a practical knowledge of the
   Burmese language>
%N revised ed., edited by F[rank] D[ennison] Phinney
%C Rangoon
%I American Baptist Mission Press
%Z 209 pp.
%L UHM ASIA PL3933.C6 (xerox copy)
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Chase,, Pliny Earl
%D 1861
%T Chinese and Indo-European roots and analogues
%J <Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society>
%V 8
%P 5-48
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil

%0 in journal
%A Chatterjee,, B. K.
%A Mitra,, A. K.
%D 1941-42
%T Dravidian and Mon-Khmer speakers or Austroloids: a study in
   variation
%J <Indian Culture>
%V 8
%P 829-68
%K Mon-Khmer: Comp w Dravidian

%0 unpublished
%A Chatterji,, Suhas
%D 1963
%T On Didei nouns, pronouns, numerals, and demonstratives
%M Chicago, mimeo.
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   31(1965).4:131
%O Gata{# glottalstop}
%% Corrected entry, wrongly attributed by Huffman to S. K. Chatterji
%K Gata': Nouns; Gata': Numerals; India: Ethnoling map; Tibeto-Burman,
   India: Demog

%0 unpublished
%A Chatterji,, Suhas
%D 1965
%T Notes on Gata{# glottalstop}
%M Unpublished paper
%O Gata{# glottalstop}
%% Corrected entry, wrongly attributed by Huffman to S. K. Chatterji
%K Gata': Notes

%0 book
%A Chatterji,, Suniti Kumar
%D 1943
%T <Languages and the linguistic problem>
%S <Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs>
%u 11
%C Oxford
%I ?
%Z 32 pp.
%O Classification of Munda languages
%K Munda: Affil; Munda: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Chatterji,, Suniti Kumar
%D 1953
%T The languages of the Adivasis
%J <March of India>
%V 6
%N 2
%P 14-6
%O Calls Santali `an Adivasi language of Austric origin'
%K Santali: Gen

%0 book
%A Chatterji,, Suniti Kumar
%D 1963
%T <Languages and literatures of modern India>
%C Calcutta
%I Bengal Publishers Private Ltd.
%Z 380 pp.
%O Chap. 1 contains discussion of various language families of India,
   including AA and TB; ethnolinguistic map of India, p. 24ff.
%K Austroasiatic, India: Demog; Gata': Demon; Gata': Gram

%0 book
%A Chaudhury,, Kailash Chandra
%D 1932
%T {\bengali <Bodo bhasha sangraha>}
%t Bodo language collection
%C Bangshigami, Serphangguri, Assam
%I ?
%O Elementary grammar and vocab; in Bodo and Bengali - BSTL
%K Bodo: Gram; Bodo: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Chavannes,, Edouard
%D 1906
%T {\fr Trois inscriptions relev\'ees par M. Sylvain Charria}
%t ?
%J <T'oung Pao>, 2. s\'erie
%V 7
%N 2
%P 671-701
%O Lolo - BSTL
%K Lolo: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Chavannes,, Edouard
%D 1910
%T Review of Cadi\`ere, {\fr <Monographie de la semi-voyelle en
   sino-annamite>}
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 11
%N 2
%P 694-5

%0 in journal
%A Chavannes,, Edouard
%D 1911
%T Review of Diguet, {\fr <Etude de la langue th\^o>}
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 12
%P 96

%0 in journal
%A Chavannes,, Edouard
%D 1911 (?)
%T Review of Csoma de K\"or\"os, <Sanskrit--Tibetan--English
   vocabulary>
%J <T'oung Pao>, series 2
%V 13
%P 436

%0 alias
%A Chawalittamrong,, Prasit
%x see Chuan Siawcholit

%0 in journal
%A Che Qian
%D 1981
%T {\ch ??}
%t Introductory remarks on <gcig> - Concerning the aspiration of
   initials of voiceless plosives and affricates in ancient Tibetan
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1981
%N 2
%P 36-9
%K Tibetan, Ancient: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Che Qian
%A Hu Shujin
%D 1982
%T {\ch Zang yu de bin yu he jie gou zhu ci {# Tibetan chars}}
%t Objects and the structure particle {# Tibetan chars} in Tibetan
%B {\ch <Minzu yuwen yan jiu wenji>}
%b Collection of studies on minority languages
%C Qinghai
%I Qinghai People's Publishing House
%P 130-49
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 cross reference
%A Che-brtan-phun-chogs
%x see Sankrityayana and Che-brtan-phun-chogs

%0 book
%A Chea Tuon
%D 1963
%T {\khmer <Sou-sap piaq kmae: piaq mian sou douc n\-ing sr\^adiang
   knia, s\^asei pseing knia>}
%t Khmer vocabulary: words pronounced alike but spelled differently
%C Phnom Penh
%I Seng Nguon Huot
%Z 182 pp.
%K Khmer: Homophones

%0 book
%A Ch\'eang Tek
%D n.d.
%T {\fr <Alphabet cambodgien, anim\'e par les h\'ers du
   Ramayana. Illustrations du Ch\'eang Tek, dessinateur \`a la
   Biblioth\`eque Royale du Cambodge>}
%t ?
%C Phnom Penh
%I ?
%Z 62 pp.
%K Khmer: Orthog

%0 book
%A Cheminaud,, Guy
%D 1906
%T {\fr <Nouvelle dictionnaire fran\,cais-laotien, contenant plus de
   cinq mille cinq cent mots appuy\'es par des locutions
   famili\`eres>}
%t ?
%C Tulle
%I Imprimerie Crauffon
%Z 198 pp.
%K Lao\2: Dict, French-Lao\2

%0 book
%A Chemjong,, Imam Singh
%D 1962
%T <Limbu--Nepali--English dictionary>
%C Kathmandu
%I Royal Nepal Academy
%Z 58, 376 pp.
%O In N\=agari characters
%K Limbu: Dict, Limbu-Nepal-Eng

%0 book
%A Chemjong,, Imam Singh
%D 1970
%T <Lapcha--Nepali--English dictionary>
%C Kathmandu
%I Royal Nepal Academy
%Z 340 pp.
%O Lepcha
%K Lepcha: Dict, Lepcha-Nepali-Eng

%0 cross reference
%A Ch'en Ch'i-khuang
%x see also Chen Qiguang

%0 cross reference
%A Ch'en Ch'i-khuang
%D 1952
%x see Li Yung-sui, Ch'en K'e-chiung, and Ch'en Ch'i-khuang

%0 cross reference
%A Ch'en Ch'i-khuang
%D 1972
%x see Li Yu??ng-sui, Ch'en K'e-chiung, and Ch'en Ch'i-khuang

%0 book
%A Chen,, John Hsueh-Ming
%D 1973
%T <Vietnam: a comprehensive bibliography>
%C Metuchen, NJ
%I The Scarecrow Press
%Z ix, 314 pp.
%L UHM ASIA REF Z3228.V5C47
%% Huffman has New York
%K Vietnam: Biblio

%0 in journal
%A Ch'en Chin
%D 1958
%T {\ch ??}
%t Suggestions on the translations of new terms into the Li language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 67
%P 46-7
%K Li\3: Neologisms

%0 in journal
%A Ch'en Chin-ho (Ch'eng Ch'ing-ho)
%D 1950
%T {\ch Y\"ueh-nan Tung-ching ti-fang chih t'e-ch'eng <ke>}
%t The morpheme <ke> in the place names in Tonkin, Vietnam
%J <Wen Shih Tse Hs\"ueh Pao>
%V 1
%P 201-35
%K Vietnam, Tonkin: Place names

%0 in journal
%A Ch'en Chin-ho (Ch'eng Ch'ing-ho)
%D 1950
%T {\ch An-nan i-y\"u k'ao-shih}
%t Study of Chinese loanwords in Vietnamese, part 1
%J <Wen Shih Tse Hs\"ueh Pao>
%V 5
%P 149-240
%K Vietnamese: Etym; Vietnamese: Loanwords from Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Ch'en Chin-ho (Ch'eng Ch'ing-ho)
%D 1950
%T {\ch An-nan i-y\"u k'ao-shih}
%t Study of Chinese loanwords in Vietnamese, part 2
%J <Wen Shih Tse Hs\"ueh Pao>
%V 6
%P 161-227
%K Vietnamese: Etym; Vietnamese: Loanwords from Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Ch'en Chin-ho (Ch'eng Ch'ing-ho)
%D 1966-68
%T A bibliographical and linguistic study of the <An-nan yi-yu>
%J <Shigaku>
%V 39(1966); 40(1967); 41(1968)
%P 3-4; 1; 1-3
%K Vietnamese: Texts

%0 book
%A Ch'en Chin-ho (Ch'eng Ch'ing-ho)
%D 1970
%T <A collection of ch\;u n\^om scripts, with the pronunciations in
   qu\^oc ng\;u>
%C Tokyo
%I Keio University
%K Vietnamese: Nom script

%0 in journal
%A Chen Kang
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t The morphophonemic changes of the future progressive aspect of
   verbs in the Tujia language
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1982
%N 1
%P 35-6
%O Tudja
%K Tudja: Morph; Tudja: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Chen Kang
%A Peng Xiumo
%A Ye Deshu
%D 1983
%T {\ch ??}
%t The aspects of the verb in the Tujia language
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1983
%N 6
%P 26-9
%O Tudja words in roman transcription
%K Tudja: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Chen,, Kenneth
%D 1951
%T Review of Lalou, {\fr <Manuel \'el\'ementaire de tib\'etain
   classique>}
%J <Harvard Journal of Asiatic studies>
%V 14
%P 608-10

%0 cross reference
%A Ch'en K'e-chiung
%D 1959
%x see Li Yong-sui, Ch'en K'e-chiung, and Ch'en Ch'i-khuang

%0 cross reference
%A Ch'en K'e-chiung
%D 1972
%x see Li Yong-sui, Ch'en K'e-chiung, and Ch'en Ch'i-khuang

%0 cross reference
%A Chen Qiguang
%x see also Ch'en Ch'i-khuang

%0 in journal
%A Chen Qiguang
%D 1979
%T {\ch Miao yao yu ru sheng de fa zhan}
%t Development of the `checked sound' in the Miao-Yao languages
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1979
%N 1
%P 25ff.
%K Miao-Yao: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Chen Qiguang
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t The position of the She languages among the Miao-Yao languages
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K She: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Chen Qiguang
%A Li Yongsui
%D 1981
%T {\ch ??}
%t Some examples of the genetic affinity between Chinese and Miao-Yao
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1981
%N 2
%P 13-26
%O With roman citations
%K Miao-Yao: Affil w Chinese

%0 cross reference
%A Ch'en Shih-lin
%x see also Chen Shihlin

%0 in journal
%A Ch'en Shih-lin
%D 1963
%T {\ch I-y\"u kai-k'uang}
%t Descriptive sketch of the Yi language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 125
%% ?? check volume
%N 4
%P 334-47
%K Yi: Desc

%0 in journal
%A Ch'en Shih-lin
%A Pien Shih-ming
%A Li Hsiu-ch'ing
%A Lo Hung, Wa-k'u
%D 1962
%T {\ch Liang-shan Yi-y\"u te chih-tung fan-ch'ou}
%t The passive category in the Li language of Liang-shan
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 118
%N 809
%P 412-26
%K Liang-shan: Passive

%0 cross reference
%A Chen Shilin
%x see also Ch'en Shih-lin

%0 in journal
%A Chen Shilin
%D 1951
%T {\ch Xi kang yi zu la ding hua xin wen zi jie shao}
%t Introduction to the new romanization for the Yi people in Xikang
%J <Guang ming ri bao>
%V September 26 1951
%K Yi, Xikang: Roman

%0 in journal
%A Chen Shilin
%D 1952
%T {\ch Liang nian lai yi zu yu yan wen zi de fa zhan}
%t The development of spoken and written Yi for the past two years
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 6
%P 30-1
%K Yi: Devel

%0 in journal
%A Chen Shilin
%D 1979
%T {\ch ??}
%t The practical effect and several problems of the standardized Yi
   script
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1979
%N 4
%P 241-8
%K Yi, Xikang: Roman

%0 unpublished
%A Chen Shilin
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t An examination of the express of ordinal numbers in Yi
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K Yi: Numerals, ordinal

%0 in collection
%A Chen Shilin
%D 1982
%T {\ch Xun gu zha ji - Han yu <yue>, <yun> yu yi yu <di {?? Chao low
   falling?}>, <di {?? Chao high mid level?}> de bi jiao}
%t Comparison of <yue>, <yun> in Chinese and <di {?? Chao low
   falling?}>, <di {?? Chao high mid level?}> in Yi
%B {\ch <Minzu yuwen yan jiu wenji>}
%b Collection of studies on minority languages
%C Qinghai
%I Qinghai People's Publishing House
%P 70-89
%K Yi: Comp w Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Ch'en Shih-min
%A Huang Chia-chiao (Huang Jiajiao)
%A Chang Yung-yen
%D 1958
%T {\ch ??}
%t The phonemic system of the Li language of Pao-t'ing, Hainan Island
%J <Hsueh-shu lun-t'an> (<Bulletin of Amoy University>)
%V 17
%P 1-12
%K Li\3: Phon

%0 cross reference
%A Chen Xiangmu
%x see Svantesson, Wang, and Chen

%0 cross reference
%A Chen Xiangmu
%x see Wang Jingliu and Chen

%0 in journal
%A Chen Yi-sien
%D 1968
%T {\ch ??}
%t The ancient Tai from the earliest times down to A.D. 220
%J <Journal of Southeast Asian Researches>
%V 4
%P 25-49
%% ?? Spelled Chen Yi-sein in index
%K Tai: Hist phon

%0 book
%A Chen Yi-sien
%D 1970
%T <A model Burmese--English dictionary>
%C Tokyo
%I Tokyo Bunko
%Z 682 pp.
%O Reprint of 1962 edition, Rangoon
%K Burmese: Dict, Burmese-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Chen Yongqing
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t On the meaning of <oya> and other phrases in the Li language
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1982
%N 2
%P 58
%K Li\3: Lexicon

%0 in journal
%A Chen Zhulin
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t Comments on how to deal with Han loanwords in compiling and
   translating works of written Chuang
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1982
%N 4
%P 39-60
%K Chuang: Loans from Chinese

%0 alias
%A Ch'eng Ch'ing-ho
%x see Ch'en Chin-ho

%0 in journal
%A Cheng Fang
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t An investigation of the bilingualism of the Jing nationality
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1982
%N 6
%P 39-43
%O With roman citations
%O VM: Kin
%K Kin: Biling

%0 in journal
%A Ch'eng Mo
%D 1956
%T {\ch ??}
%t A short note on the Tsaiwa language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 53
%P 41-4
%O Discusses phonology, word formation, and grammar
%% ?? spelled Cheng in index
%K Tsaiwa: Notes

%0 in journal
%A Cheng Te-k'un
%A Liang Ch'ao-t'ao
%D 1945
%T An introduction to the southwestern peoples of China
%J <Journal of the West China Border Research Society>
%V 16
%P 23-38
%O Map faces p. 24 - BSTL
%K China, Southwestern: Demog

%0 in journal
%A Cheng,, Theresa M.
%D 1973
%T The phonology of Taishan
%J <Journal of Chinese Linguistics>
%V 1
%N 1
%P 256-322
%K Taishan: Phon

%0 cross reference
%A Cheng Tsong-tse
%x see Mao, Meng, and Cheng

%0 alias
%A Cheng Yi-ch'ing
%x see Zheng Yiqing

%0 book
%A Chengtu
%D 1956
%T {\tib <Dag-yig nyer-mk'o bsdus-pa>}
%t ?
%C Chengtu
%I ?
%Z 22 pp.
%O On correct usage and writing of Tibetan; reprint of xylograph by
   Rdzo\:n-sar monastery in Sde-sge - BSTL
%K Tibetan: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Ch\'eon,, Jean Nicolas
%D 1890
%T {\fr Notice sur la langue des Chraus ou Mo\"is de l'arrondissement
   de Bi\^en-h\`oa}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 20
%P i-xiii
%K Chrau: Gen

%0 book
%A Ch\'eon,, Jean Nicolas
%D 1901
%T {\fr <Cours de langue annamite>}
%t A course on the Annamese language
%C Hanoi
%I F. H. Schneider
%Z iv, 656 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Ch\'eon,, Jean Nicolas
%D 1903
%T {\fr <Receuil de cent textes annamites annot\'es et traduits>}
%t ?
%C Hanoi
%I Schneider
%K Vietnamese: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Ch\'eon,, Jean Nicolas
%D 1905
%T {\fr Note sur les M\;u\;ong de la Province de S\;ont\^ay}
%t Note on the M\;u\;ong of the S\;ont\^ay province
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 5
%P 328-68
%K M\;u\;ong: Notes

%0 in journal
%A Ch\'eon,, Jean Nicolas
%D 1907
%T {\fr Note sur les dialectes Ngu\^on-S\uac et M\;u\;ong}
%t Note on the Ngu\^on-S\uac and M\;u\;ong dialects
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 7
%P 87-100
%K M\;u\;ong: Notes; Ngu\^on: Notes; S\uach: Notes

%0 in journal
%A Ch\'eon,, Jean Nicolas
%A Mougeot,, Dr. A.
%D 1890
%T {\fr Essai de dictionnaire de la langue chr\uau (dialect mo\"i)
   [comprenant 1400 mots et un grand nombre d'expressions et
   d'idiotismes receuillis par M. Ch\'eon \`a But Doc (arrondissement
   de Bi\^en-h\`oa), Cochinchine fran\,caise]}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 20
%P 1-106
%K Chrau: Dict, Chrau-French

%0 in collection
%A Chepang,, Bhobikan
%A Caughley,, Ross S.
%A Caughley,, Kathleen
%D 1973
%T Chapang wordlists
%E Hale,, Austin
%B <Clause, sentence and discourse patterns in selected languages of
   Nepal>
%C Kathmandu
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University
%V 4
%P 46-312
%L UHM HMLTN PL3553.H34 v.4
%K Chepang: Vocab

%0 cross reference
%A Chernishev,, V. A. (Vladimir Aleksandrovich)
%x see Vardul', Nikol'skii, and Chernishev

%0 book
%A Cheu Thao
%D 1981
%T <English--Hmong phrasebook with useful wordlist (for Hmong
   speakers)>
%C Washington, DC
%I Center for Applied Linguistics
%L UCLA URL PE 1130 M5 E5
%K Hmong: Phrasebook

%0 in journal
%A Chew,, S.
%D 1980
%T Review of Li Fang Kuei, <Handbook of comparative Tai>
%J <Journal of Southeast Asian Studies>
%V 11
%N 1
%P 228-30

%0 in collection
%A Chhorn Iem
%A Touch Lak
%D 1973
%T The language and sociolinguistic situation in the Khmer Republic
%B <Report of the regional workshop on the feasibility of a
   sociolinguistic survey of Southeast Asia>
%C Singapore
%I Regional English Language Center, Southeast Asian Ministers of
   Education Organization
%P 40-45
%K Khmer: Socioling

%0 book
%A Chien Chiu Publishing Co.
%D 1972
%T {\ch <??>}
%t Ethnic groups of China
%C Hongkong
%I Chien Chiu Publishing Co.
%K China: Ethnic groups

%0 cross reference
%A Ch'ien Sun
%x see Wang Li and Ch'ien Sun

%0 book
%A Chim Peov
%D 1959
%T {\khmer <Kaap-saah>}: {\fr <Po\'esie: Etude de la versification
   (Adapt\'e au programme de l'Enseignemente Secondaire)>}
%t ?
%C Phnom Penh
%I Vichay Seri
%O In Khmer
%K Khmer: Versification

%0 cross reference
%A Chimphaibun,, Wali
%x see Wali Chimphaibun

%0 thesis
%A Chin,, Yong Lin
%D 1983
%T {\thai <Samn\=uan c\=in lae samn\=uan thai>}
%t Chinese and Thai idioms
%U M.A. thesis, Thai Department, Chulalongkorn University
%K Thai: Idioms

%0 book
%A China
%D 1932
%T {\ch <Kuo-li P'ei-p'ing t'u-shu kuan kuan-k'an>}
%t ?
%S <Bulletin of the National Library of Peiping>
%u 4.3 (1930), Special number on Hsi-hsia studies
%C Peking
%I ?
%Z 1, 40, 1, 404, 2 pp.
%R Gaspardone, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
   32(1932):559-64
%K Hsi-hsia: Studies

%0 book
%A China
%D 1953
%T {\tib <rGya-bod mi\:n-ts'ig gsar-bsgrigs>}
%C Lanchou
%I ?
%Z 437 pp.
%O Chinese--Tibetan - BSTL
%K Tibetan: Dict, Chinese-Tibetan

%0 book
%A China
%D 1954
%T {\ch <Han zang xin ci hui (Di yi ji)>}
%t Chinese--Tibetan new lexicon, vol. 1
%C ?
%I Ethnic Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Dict, Chinese-Tibetan

%0 book
%A China
%D 1955
%T {\ch <Han zang xin ci hui (Di er ji)>}
%t Chinese--Tibetan new lexicon, vol. 2
%C ?
%I Ethnic Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Dict, Chinese-Tibetan

%0 book
%A China
%D 1956
%T {\tib <Bod-kyi skad-yig>}
%t ?
%C Chengtu
%I Southwestern Institute for National Minorities
%Z 542 pp.
%O Derge; detailed grammatical explanations in Chinese - BSTL
%K Derge: Gram

%0 book
%A China
%D 1956
%T {\tib <sGra-sbyor slob-deb>}
%t ?
%C Peking
%I ?
%Z 132 pp.
%O On the orthography and orthoepy of the Lhasa dialect of Tibetan -
   BSTL
%K Tibetan, Lhasa: Orthog

%0 book
%A China
%D 1957
%T {\tib <Bod-kyi brda sprod-pa sum-t\'su-pa-da\:n rtags-kyi
   \~ad\'zug-pahi mts'an-\~agrel mdor bsdus-te brdsod-pa,
   \:no-mts'ar-\~ap'rul-gyi lde-mig t\'ses-bya-ba b\'zugs-so>}
%t ?
%N 2nd ed.
%C Peking
%I ?
%Z 280 pp.
%O Tibetan - BSTL
%K Tibetan: Textbook

%0 book
%A China
%D 1957
%T {\tib <Bod-kyi skad-yig>}
%t A grammar of the Aba dialect [TB language spoken in Kashmir]
%C Chengtu
%I ?
%Z 234 pp.
%K Aba: Gram

%0 book
%A China
%D 1957
%T {\tib <Bod-yig bslab-deb>}
%t ?
%C Lanchow
%I ?
%Z 175 pp.
%O Amdo
%K Amdo: Dict, Amdo-Chinese

%0 book
%A China
%D 1957
%T {\tib <rGya-bod \'san-sbyar-gyi k'a-skad tsig-mdzod, Lha-sahi
   yul-skad>}
%t Lhasa Tibetan--Chinese dictionary
%C Peking
%I ?
%Z 396 pp.
%K Tibetan, Lhasa: Dict, Lhasa Tibetan-Chinese

%0 book
%A China
%D 1957
%T {\manchu <Sunja hacin-i hergen kamciha man\vju gisun-i buleku
   bithe. Skad-l\:na san-sbyan-gyi manydzui skad gsal-bai
   me-lo\:n. Tabun j\"uil-\"u qabsuru{\gamma}san man\vju \"ugen-\"u
   toli bi\vcig. Wu-t'i ch'ing-wen chien>}
%t The Manchu dictionary in five scripts
%C Peking
%I ?
%Z 3 vols.
%O Manchu--Tibetan--Mongolian--Turkish--Chinese dictionary
%K Tibetan: Dict, Manchu-Tibetan-Mongol-Turki-Chinese

%0 book
%A China
%D 1957
%T {\ch <Yunnan Tai-na wen-zi gai-jin fang-an (cau-an)>}
%t {\fr Projet d'am\'elioration de l'ecriture Tai-n\"ua du Yun-nan}
%t ?
%Z 47 pp.
%K Tai N\"ua, Y\"unnan: Script

%0 book
%A China
%D 1958
%T {\tib <Bod-yig nos-\~adzin bslab-deb>}
%t ?
%C Hsining
%I ?
%Z 191 pp.
%K Amdo: Dict, Amdo-Chinese

%0 book
%A China
%D 1958
%T {\ch <Chuanqian dian fangyen Hmongh-Shuad hianming cidan>}
%t Szechuan--Kweichow--Yunnan Miao--Chinese dictionary
%C n.l.
%I Editions of the minorities of Kweichow
%Z 451 pp.
%K Miao, Szechuan-Kweichow-Y\"unnan: Dict, Szechuan_Kweichow_Y\"unnan
   Miao-Chinese

%0 book
%A China
%D 1958
%T {\ch <Qiangdong fangyen Hmub-Diel jianming cidan>}
%t Eastern Kweichow Miao--Chinese pocket dictionary
%C n.l.
%I Editions of the minorities of Kweichow
%Z 418 pp.
%K Miao, Eastern Kweichow: Dict, Eastern Kweichow Miao-Chinese

%0 book
%A China
%D 1959
%T {\ch <Ha-Han tui-chau hsiao ts'u-hui. Gaqniq pyulniul soqmiav niq
   pyu hu zzaol e nilgenei soqhhavq>}
%t Little Hani--Chinese comparative vocabulary
%C n.l.
%I Publications on Yunnan minorities
%Z 108 pp.
%K Hani: Dict, Hani-Chinese

%0 book
%A China
%D 1959
%T {\ch <Miao yu chuan qian dian fan yan yu uin ji ben zhi shi>}
%t Basic knowledge of the phonetics of the Chuan, Qian, Dian dialects
   of the Miao language
%C n.l.
%I Guizhou Ethnic Publishing House
%K Miao: Dialects, phonet

%0 in journal
%A China
%D 1962
%T {\ch ??}
%t A brief description of the Ch'iang language
%J <Chung-kuo Y"u-wen>
%V 121
%P 561-71
%K Chiang: Descr

%0 book
%A China
%D 1964
%T {\ch <Han zang ci hui>}
%t Chinese--Tibetan lexicon
%C n.l.
%I Ethnic Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Dict, Chinese-Tibetan

%0 book
%A China
%D 1965
%T {\ch <Dai zu xue han yu (sang ce)>}
%t The Tai people learn Chinese, vol. 1
%C n.l.
%I Yunnan Ethnic Publishing House
%K Tai, China: Learning Chinese

%0 book
%A China
%D 1980
%T {\ch <Han zang dui zhao cheng yu>}
%t Chinese--Tibetan idioms
%C n.l.
%I Ethnic Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Idioms

%0 thesis
%A Chinda Ngamsutdi
%D 1977
%T <Passivization in Thai>
%U M.A. thesis, University of the Philippines
%K Thai: Passive

%0 book
%A Chinda Ngamsutdi
%D 1979
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=as\=at ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t Thai linguistics
%C Mahasarakham
%I Department of Thai and Oriental languages, Faculty of Humanities,
   Srinakharinwirot University
%Z 270 pp.
%% ?? is Mahasarakham a city ?
%K Thai: Ling

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1956
%T {\ch <Wu ming zhuang yu yu fa>}
%t Grammar of Wuming Chinese
%C Guangxi
%I First Minority Languages Survey Team, Chinese Academy of Sciences,
   Guangxi Ethnic Publishing House
%K Chuang, Wuming: Gram

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1956
%T {\ch <Ahuang yu fang yan ji ge wen ti de yu fa bi jiao>}
%t Comparative studies of grammars of Chuang dialects
%C Guangxi
%I First Minority Languages Survey Team, Chinese Academy of Sciences,
   Guangxi Ethnic Publishing House
%K Chuang: Dialects, comp gram

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1957
%T {\ch <??>}
%t An outline of Chuang grammar
%C Guangxi
%I Research Center of the committee on language research of the
   autonomous region for the Chuang People in Guangxi and the first
   team of field workers on the national languages, Chinese Academy of
   Sciences
%K Chuang: Gram

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1958
%T {\ch <??>}
%t A Chuang--Chinese dictionary (preliminary version)
%C Guangxi
%I Research Center of the committee on language research of the
   autonomous region for the Chuang People in Guangxi and the first
   team of field workers on the national languages, Chinese Academy of
   Sciences
%K Chuang: Dict, Chuang-Chinese

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1958
%T {\ch <Zhuang Han yu fa chu bu bu jiao>}
%t Comparative studies of Chuang and Chinese grammar
%C n.l.
%I First Minority Languages Survey Team, Chinese Academy of Sciences,
   Guangxi Ethnic Publishing House
%K Chuang: Gram, comp w Chinese

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1959
%T {\ch <Ch'ing-p'o y\"u y\"u-fa kang yao>}
%t Outline of Kachin grammar
%C Peking
%I Chinese Academy of Sciences
%Z vi, 176 pp.
%O Tones recorded
%K Kachin: Gram

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1959
%T {\ch <??>}
%t Concise Kam--Chinese dictionary (preliminary draft)
%C Guizhou
%I Second working group of the Minority Language Survey Team, Guizhou
   People's Press
%Z 11, 254 pp.
%K Kam: Dict, Kam-Chinese

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1959
%T {\ch <Lisu y\"u y\"u-fa kang-yao>}
%t An outline of Lisu grammar
%C Peking
%I Institute of National Languages, Chinese Academy of Sciences
%Z vi, 164 pp.
%% This is one of two entries with identical dates and pagination, but
   slightly different Chinese and issuers
%K Lisu: Gram

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1959
%T {\ch <Li-y\"u y\"u-fa kang-yao>}
%t An outline of Li grammar
%C Peking
%I Institute of racial minorities and languages, Chinese Academy of
   Sciences
%Z vi, 164 pp.
%% This is one of two entries with identical dates and pagination, but
   slightly different titles and issuers
%K Li\3: Gram

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1959
%T {\ch <??>}
%t An outline of word formation in the Chuang language and a concise
   Chuang--Chinese basic vocabulary (preliminary version)
%C Guangxi
%I Research Center of the committee on language research of the
   autonomous region for the Chuang People in Guangxi and the first
   team of field workers on the national languages, Chinese Academy of
   Sciences
%K Chuang: Dict, Chuang-Chinese; Chuang: Word-formation

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1959
%T {\ch <Pu-yi-y\"u t'iao-ch'a pao-kao>}
%t Report on the survey of the Pu-yi language
%C Peking
%I Institute of racial minorities and languages, Chinese Academy of
   Sciences
%K Pu-yi: Dialect survey

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1959
%T {\ch <Zhong guo shao shu min zu yu yan jian zhi (Miao yao yu zu bu
   fen)>}
%t Outline of Chinese minority languages (section on Miao-Yao
   languages)
%C n.l.
%I Department of Minority Languages, Sciences Publishing House
%K Miao-Yao: In China

%0 in journal
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1961
%T {\ch ??}
%t A brief description of the Chuang language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 109
%P 72-9
%K Chuang: Descr

%0 in journal
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1961
%T {\ch ??}
%t The role of the Chinese language in enriching the languages of the
   Yao people
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 109
%P 62-71, 87
%K Yao: Chinese infl

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1962
%T {\ch <Buyi han jian ming ci dian>}
%t Concise Pu-yi--Chinese dictionary
%C Guizhou
%I Guizhou Ethnic Publishing House
%K Pu-yi: Dict, Pu_yi-Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1962
%T {\ch ??}
%t Chinese loanwords in the Chuang language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 116
%P 251-64
%K Chuang: Loans from Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1962
%T {\ch ??}
%t Chinese loanwords in the Miao language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 115
%P 218-29
%K Miao: Loans from Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1962
%T {\ch <Miao-y\"u kai-k'uang>}
%t Descriptive sketch of the Miao language
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 1962
%N 1
%P 28-37
%K Miao: Desc

%0 in collection
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1972
%T A brief description of the Miao language
%E Purnell,, Herbert C.
%B <Miao and Yao linguistic studies; selected articles in Chinese,
   translated by Chang Yu-hung, and Chu Kwo-ray>
%S <Cornell University Southeast Asia Program Data Paper>
%u 88
%C Ithaca
%I Cornell University Southeast Asia Program
%P 1-26
%+ English translation of Chinese Academy of Sciences 1962
%L UHM ASIA PL3311.M5 P8
%L UCB Main PL3311.M5 P8
%K Miao: Desc

%0 in collection
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1972
%T The role of the Chinese language in the enrichment and development
   of the Yao language
%E Purnell,, Herbert C.
%B <Miao and Yao linguistic studies; selected articles in Chinese,
   translated by Chang Yu-hung, and Chu Kwo-ray>
%S <Cornell University Southeast Asia Program Data Paper>
%u 88
%C Ithaca
%I Cornell University Southeast Asia Program
%P 257-82
%+ English translation of Chinese Academy of Sciences 1961
%L UHM ASIA PL3311.M5 P8
%L UCB Main PL3311.M5 P8
%K Yao: Chinese infl

%0 book
%A Chinese Academy of Sciences
%D 1981
%T {\ch <??>}
%t Va--English dictionary
%C Peking
%I Nationality Research Institute, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences
%O AA: Wa (Palaungic)
%K Wa: Dict, Wa-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Chintana,, B.
%D 1958
%T {\thai Lawa Chao Bon}
%t ?
%J <Silpakorn> (Bangkok)
%V 2
%N 1/2
%P 52-62/34-45
%O Nyah Kur
%K Nyah Kur: Gen

%0 thesis
%A Chintana Tantivejkul
%D 1971
%T {\fr <L'\'etude comparative des classes de mots tha\"i et
   fran\,cais>}
%t Comparative study of Thai and French word classes
%U Doctorat de 3e cycle en linguistique, Dijon
%Z 260 pp.
%K Thai: Contr anal, Thai-French

%0 cross reference
%A Chintana Trisuwan
%x see Somchai Krabuangsaeng and Chintana Trisuwan

%0 thesis
%A Chiraporn Chotithiarawong
%D 1981
%T {\thai <K\=an s\,uks\=a pr\=iap th\=iap k\=an chai kham santh\=an
   nai samai sukh\=othai 'ayutthay\=a, kap samai patchuban>}
%t A comparative study of the use of conjunctions in the Sukhothai,
   Ayuthaya, and modern periods
%U M.S. thesis, Department of Thai, Chulalongkorn University
%K Thai: Hist; Thai: Hist syntax

%0 thesis
%A Chiraporn Patrapanupat
%D 1978
%T {\thai <Th\=\,oi kham thi chai pen samn\=uan nai ph\=as\=a thai>}
%t Thai words or word groups used as idiomatic expressions
%U M.A. thesis, Dept of Thai, Chulalongkorn University
%Z 204 pp.
%K Thai: Idioms

%0 thesis
%A Chirat Charoenrat
%D 1982
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=a k\=uai (s\=uai) th\=i changwat suphanbur\=i>}
%t The Kuay (Suay) language of Suphanburi province
%U M.A. thesis, Department of Oriental Languages, Sinlapakorn
   University
%Z 360 pp.
%O English summary
%O Kuy
%K Kuy: Gen

%0 book
%A Chit Phumisak
%D 1976
%T {\thai <Khw\=an pen m\=a kh\=\,ong kham sayam, thai, l\=ao, lae
   kh\=\,om lae laksana th\=ang sangkhom kh\=\,ong ch\=\,u chon
   ch\=at>}
%t The origin of the words <Siam>, <Thai>, <Lao>, and <Khom>, and
   their social contexts
%C Bangkok
%I Sociology and Anthropology Text book Foundation, Sociology
   Association of Thailand
%Z 629 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1981, Bangkok: Duang Kamol, 186 pp.
%O Thai
%K Tai: Ethnonyms; Thai: Ethnonyms; Thai: Etym; Thai: Hist

%0 book
%A Chit Phumisak
%D 1978
%T {\thai <Lah huh Nah uh: ph\=as\=a lahu r\=\,u m\=s\=oe>}
%t The Lahu or Musso language
%C Bankok
%I Mai Ngam Printers
%Z 133 pp.
%+ written in 1963; 2nd printing 1983
%O Lahu texts in romanization with Thai translation
%K Lahu: Texts

%0 book
%A Chit Phumisak
%D 1979
%T {\thai <Ph\=as\=a lae niruktis\=at>}
%t Language and linguistics
%C Bangkok
%I Duang Kamol
%Z 186 pp.
%O Thai
%K Thai: Ling

%0 book
%A Chit Rattanakomut
%A Prawit Wimuktalop
%A Sa-at Intharasadi
%D 1952
%T {\thai <Lak ph\=as\=a thai lae naenam r\=iangkhw\=am>}
%t Principles of the Thai language and introduction to
   writing-composition
%C Bangkok
%I Borikan S. S.
%Z ix, 308 pp.
%+ 4th edition, 1959
%O Textbook by instructors at Chulalongkorn Preparatory School
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 cross reference
%A Chitakasem,, Manas
%x see Manas Chitakasem

%0 thesis
%A Chitraporn Kiatipaibool
%D 1981
%T {\thai <Kham th\=am b\=aep t\=\,op rap-patis\=et nai ph\=as\=a
   thai: K\=an wikhr\,o ch\=oeng 'athas\=at>}
%t Yes-no questions in Thai: a semantic analysis
%U M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, Chulalongkorn University
%Z 88 pp.
%O English summary
%K Thai: Interr; Thai: Semantics

%0 book
%A Cho Cho So (pseudonym)
%D 1956
%T {\thai <Photchan\=anukrom ph\=as\=a ph\=ak n\=eua>}
%t Dictionary of the Northern (Thai) language
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%Z viii, 480 pp.
%K Thai, Northern: Dict, Northern Thai-Thai

%0 thesis
%A Chob Kacha-Ananda
%D 1977
%T {\fr <Etude ethnographique du groupe ethnique Yao en Tha\"ilande du
   nord>}
%t Ethnographic study of the Yao ethnic group in northern Thailand
%U Doctorat de 3e cycle, Universit\'e de Paris V
%L Sorbonne library catalog no. I 4328-4
%+ Published 1976 by S. I. Kacha-Ananda, 286 pp.
%K Yao: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Chob Kacha-Ananda
%D 1979
%T {\thai <Photchan\=anukrom thai--y\=ao>}
%t Thai--Yao dictionary
%C Chiengmai
%I Tribal Research Centre
%Z 146 pp.
%O In Thai, without romanization
%K Yao: Dict, Thai-Yao

%0 book
%A Choo,, Nai
%D 1893
%T {\germ <Siamesisch--Deutsches Gespr\"achbuch>}
%t ?
%C Leipzig
%I Drugulin
%Z viii, 104 pp.
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-German

%0 thesis
%A Choron-Baix,, Catherine
%D 1983
%T {\fr <Mo Lam du Sud Laos r\'efugi\=es en France>}
%t ?
%U {\fr Th\`ese de doctorat de 3e cycle en ethnologie, EHESS}
%% ?? unabbrev. of EHESS ?
%Z 369 pp.
%+ Position de th\`ese, <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
   14(1983).1-2:183-8
%K Lao\2: Oral lit

%0 cross reference
%A Chotibut,, Panit
%x see Panit Chotibut

%0 cross reference
%A Chotikasathian,, Phatchani
%x see Phatchani Chotikasathian

%0 cross reference
%A Chotisukharat,, Sanguan
%x see Sanguan Chotisukharat

%0 in journal
%A Chou Fa-kao
%D 1972
%T {\ch ??}
%t Archaic Chinese and Sino-Tibetan
%J <Journal of Institute of Chinese Studies of the Chinese University
   of Hongkong>
%V 5
%N 1
%P 159-237
%O Review article on Benedict, <Sino-Tibetan: A conspectus>
%K Sino-Tibetan: Comp w Arch Chinese

%0 in journal
%A Chou Shu-chia
%D n.d.
%T {\latin <De canonibus Buddhisticis scripto Tangutico (Hsi-hsia)
   exaratis qui in Bibliotheca Nationali Pekinensi conservantur>}
%t ?
%J <Fu Jen Journal>
%V 2
%N 2
%P 55-63
%% ?? author spelled Chou Shi-chia in index
%K Hsi-hsia: Texts

%0 cross reference
%A Chou,, Tsu-yao (Zhou Zuyao)
%D 1962, 1972
%x see Mao Tsung-wu and Chou Tsu-Yao

%0 book
%A Choudhury,, Bhupendranath
%D 1958
%T <Some cultural and linguistic aspects of the Garos>
%C Gauhati
%I ?
%Z vi, 84 pp.
%O Short grammar, 47-72 - BSTL
%K Garo: Gram

%0 cross reference
%A Ch'\"u Ai-tang
%x see Qu Aitang

%0 cross reference
%A Chu-Kwo-ray (translator)
%x see Purnell, ed., 1972

%0 in journal
%A Chu T'ing
%D 1957
%T {\ch Dui `Miao yu de she hui fang yan' yi wen de yi jiaw}
%t A comment on `A Miao secret language'
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 62
%P 36
%+ English translation of Chu T'ing 1972
%K Miao: Secret lang

%0 in collection
%A Chu T'ing
%D 1972
%T A comment on `A Miao secret language'
%E Purnell,, Herbert C.
%B <Miao and Yao linguistic studies; selected articles in Chinese,
   translated by Chang Yu-hung, and Chu Kwo-ray>
%S <Cornell University Southeast Asia Program Data Paper>
%u 88
%C Ithaca
%I Cornell University Southeast Asia Program
%P 237-8
%+ English translation of Chu T'ing 1957
%L UHM ASIA PL3311.M5 P8
%L UCB Main PL3311.M5 P8
%K Miao: Secret lang

%0 unpublished
%A Chu Van Nhat
%D n.d.
%T <Man Cao-lan of Y\^en-son, province of Tuy\^en-quang>
%M Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient ms. 207, XVI, 2
%K Cao-Lan: Vocab

%0 book
%A Chuan Shaweevongs
%A et al.
%D 1960
%T <An intermediate-advanced level Thai refresher course>, Books I-IV
%C Washington, DC
%I English Language Services, Inc.
%Z 4 vols, 269, 257, 402, 514 pp.
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Chuan Siawcholit (Prasit Chawalittamrong)
%D 1963
%T {\thai <Photchan\=anukrom Thai--Ch\=in>}
%t Thai--Chinese dictionary
%N new and revised edition
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%K Thai: Dict, Thai-Chinese

%0 thesis
%A Chuanphit Itharat
%D 1974
%T {\thai <K\=an chai kham lae samn\=uan thai nai samai sukh\=thai>}
%t The use of Thai words and idioms in the Sukhothai period
%U M.A. thesis, Thai Department, Chulalongkorn University
%K Thai: Hist

%0 cross reference
%A Chuathai,, Apinan
%x see Apinan Chuathai

%0 cross reference
%A Chuchat,, Chaijon
%x see Chaijon Chuchat

%0 cross reference
%A Chucheun,, Katanyu
%x see Katanyu Chucheun

%0 cross reference
%A Chuenkongchoo,, Terd
%x see Terd Chuenkongchoo

%0 cross reference
%A Chuensuwimol,, Bunruang
%x see Bunruang Chuensuwimol

%0 book
%A Chulalongkorn University
%D 1960
%T <Bibliography of material about Thailand in Western languages>
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University
%K Thailand: Biblio

%0 book
%A Chulalongkorn University
%D 1981
%T {\thai <Photchan\=anukrom ph\=as\=a thai krungth\=ep--thai
   ch\=iangmai>}
%t Bangkok Thai--Chiengmai Thai dictionary
%C Bangkok
%I Department of Linguistics, Faculty of Arts, Chulalongkorn
   University
%K Thai, Chiengmai: Dict, Bangkok Thai-Chiengmai Thai

%0 alias
%A Chumsai,, Manit
%x see Manich Jumsai

%0 cross reference
%A Chun Prahbhavivadhana
%x see Prae Pittya 1966

%0 in journal
%A Chung See Liu
%D 1940
%T Preliminary study of the origins of the tribes of Hainan Island
%J <Meridio-Occidentale Sinense>
%V 1
%P 1-23
%K Hainan: Minorities

%0 book
%A Chuong Dong San [?]
%D 1972
%T {\rus <Frazeologicheskie oboroty v russkom iazyke i sposoby iykh
   peredachi va v'etnamskii iazyke>}
%t Phraseological constructions in Russian and the means for their
   reproduction in Vietnamese
%C Moscow
%I ?
%% ?? spelled Ch\;u\;ong in index
%K Vietnamese: Transl of Russian

%0 thesis
%A Chuong Dong San [?]
%D 1977
%T {\rus <Frazeologizmy v iazyke i rechi (na materiale russkogo i
   v'etnamskogo iazykov)>}
%t Phraseology in language and speech (based on Russian and Vietnamese
   materials)
%U Doktor nauk in Philological Sciences, Moskovskii godusarskvennyi
   universitet imeni M. V. Lomonosova
%K Vietnamese: Transl of Russian

%0 thesis
%A Chutima Keawsilpa
%D 1982
%T <A description of Pho Karen: a Tibeto-Burman language>
%U M.A. thesis, ILCRD, Mahidol U.
%% ?? unabbrev. of ILCRD ?
%O Pwo
%K Pwo: Desc

%0 thesis
%A Civera,, Marco Bernard
%D 1971
%T <The distinctive phonology of Lhasa Central Tibetan: results of a
   field tripo to study the Himalayas as an ethno-linguistic area>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University
%Z 196 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 32.4:2076-A; University Microfilms
   71-25,225
%K Tibetan, Lhasa: Phon

%0 book
%A Clammer,, J. R.
%D 1976
%T <Sociological approaches to the study of language and literacy in
   Southeast Asia>
%S <University of Singapore Sociology working paper>
%u 56
%C Singapore
%I Chopmen Enterprises
%Z 27 pp.
%K Southeast Asian languages: Socioling

%0 in journal
%A Clark,, Ephraim W.
%D 1879
%T A specimen of the Zoongee (or Zurngee) dialect of a tribe of Nagas
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society> n.s.
%V 2
%P 278-86
%O Chungli
%K Chungli: Vocab

%0 book
%A Clark,, Ephraim W.
%D 1911
%T <Ao-Naga dictionary>
%C Calcutta
%I Baptist Mission Press
%Z 977 pp.
%O Chungli - BSTL
%K Ao: Dict, Eng-Ao

%0 book
%A Clark,, Mrs. Ephraim W.
%D 1893
%T <Ao-Naga grammar>
%C Shillong
%I Assam Secretariat Printing Office
%Z 181 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1981, Delhi: Gian Publishing
%O Chungli
%K Ao: Gram

%0 book
%A Clark,, G. W.
%D 1894
%T <Kweichow and Yun-nan provinces>
%C Shanghai
%I Shanghai Mercury Office
%Z 269 pp.
%O Vocabulary, TB: Minkia (Minchia) 293-6; TK: Chong-chai-tse
   (Chungchia) 287-92; MY: Heh Miao (Black Miao) 271-86
%K Chungchia: Vocab; Miao, Black: Vocab; Minchia: Vocab

%0 unpublished
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1969
%T Is <bi> really passive and will Vietnamese find the true ergative?
%M University of Hawaii Linguistics 650 term paper
%K Vietnamese: Gram; Vietnamese: Passive

%0 in journal
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1971
%T Passive and ergative in Vietnamese
%J <Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Hawaii>
%V 3
%N 8
%P 103-17
%+ Also published 1974, <SALS> 1:75-88
%K Vietnamese: Case gram; Vietnamese: Ergative; Vietnamese: Gram;
   Vietnamese: Passive; Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1971
%T Submissive verbs as adversatives in some Asian languages
%J <Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Hawaii>
%V 1
%P 119-42
%+ Also published 1974, <SALS> 1:89-110
%O Deals with Japanese, Vietnamese, Thai, Lao, Mandarin, Cambodian,
   English
%K Southeast Asian languages: Submissive verbs

%0 unpublished
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1972
%T Some possible grammatical areal features in Southeast Asian
   languages
%M Paper presented at Southern Illinois University Center for
   Vietnamese Studies, August 22, 1972
%K Southeast Asian languages: Areal features

%0 in collection
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1974
%T Passive and ergative in Vietnamese
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Southeast Asian linguistic studies 1>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.31
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 75-88
%+ Originally published 1971, <Working Papers in Linguistics,
   University of Hawaii> 3.8:103-17
%L UHM HMTLN PL3501.N47 v.1
%L UCB Main PL5001.A1 P212 no.31 v.1
%K Vietnamese: Case gram; Vietnamese: Ergative; Vietnamese: Gram;
   Vietnamese: Passive; Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 in collection
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1974
%T Submissive verbs as adversatives in some Asian languages
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Southeast Asian linguistic studies 1>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.31
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 89-110
%+ Originally published 1971, <Working Papers in Linguistics,
   University of Hawaii> 1:119-42
%O Deals with Japanese, Vietnamese, Thai, Lao, Mandarin, Cambodian,
   English
%L UHM HMTLN PL3501.N47 v.1
%L UCB Main PL5001.A1 P212 no.31 v.1
%K Southeast Asian languages: Submissive verbs

%0 in collection
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1977
%T Ditransitive goal verbs in Vietnamese
%E Jenner,, Philip N.
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V VI
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Press
%P 1-38
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 6
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 6
%K Vietnamese: Case gram; Vietnamese: Gram; Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 book
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1978
%T <Coverbs and case in Vietnamese>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u B.48
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%Z 215 pp.
%R Thompson,, L. C., <Journal of Asian Studies> 102(1982).3:581-2
%K Vietnamese: Case gram; Vietnamese: Gram; Vietnamese: Verbs

%0 unpublished
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1978
%T An introduction to the Hmong people and language
%M Paper presented to the Mekong River Festival, University of Hawaii,
   April 29, 1978
%K Hmong: Gen; Miao: Gen

%0 cross reference
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1978
%x see Vangkua Cheurtong, Marybeth Clark, and Thomas Huebner

%0 in journal
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1979
%T Coverbs: evidence for the derivation of prepositions from verbs;
   new evidence from Hmong
%J <Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Hawaii>
%V 11
%N 2
%P 1-12
%K Hmong: Gram; Hmong: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1980
%T Derivation between goal and source verbs in Hmong
%J <Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Hawaii>
%V 12
%N 2
%P 51-60
%K Hmong: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1980
%T Source phrases in White Hmong
%J <Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Hawaii>
%V 12
%N 2
%P 1-50
%K Hmong: Gram

%0 in collection
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1982
%T Some auxiliary verbs in Hmong
%E Downing,, Bruce T.
%E Olney,, Douglas P.
%B <The Hmong in the West: observations and reports>, Papers from the
   1981 Hmong Research Conference, University of Minnesota
%C Minneapolis
%I Center for Urban and Regional Affairs
%P 125-41
%K Hmong: Gram; Hmong: Verbs

%0 unpublished
%A Clark,, Marybeth
%D 1982
%T The two <have>'s of Hmong
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K Hmong: Gram; Hmong: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Clarke,, H.
%D 1870 (?)
%T The Phrygian, Etruscan, and Caucaso-Tibetan
%J <The Phoenix>
%V I
%P 54ff.
%K Sino-Tibetan: Affil

%0 in journal
%A Clarke,, H.
%D 1870 (?)
%T Tibetan affinities of the palaeo-Georgian language
%J <The Phoenix>
%V I
%P 54ff.
%K Tibetan: comp with Georgian

%0 in journal
%A Clarke,, Hyde
%D 1878
%T {\ital <Osservazione sulla lingua onorifica ovvero ceremoniale
   della tribu Lepcha or Rong di Dorjeling, nella regione Himalaia>}
%t ?
%J <Proceedings of the 4th International Congress of Orientalists>
   (Florence)
%V 2
%P 117-22
%O Comments in Shafer,, Robert, et al., eds., <Bibliography of
   Sino-Tibetan languages>, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1963, 2:122
%K Lepcha: Honorifics

%0 in collection
%A Clarke,, Hyde
%D 1882
%T The Lolo character of western China
%B <Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science>
%C Southampton
%I British Association for the Advancement of Science
%P 607-8
%K Lolo: Script

%0 in journal
%A Clarke,, Hyde
%D 1882
%T Lolo and Vei characters
%J <The Athenaeum>
%V 2
%P 370
%K Lolo: Script

%0 book
%A Clarke,, Samuel R.
%D 1911
%T <Among the tribes in Southwest China>
%C London
%I Morgan and Schott
%Z 315 pp.
%O Vocabulary, TB: Kang-I (Yi), Lisu, Lolo, Nosu, Sifan; TK:
   Chungchia, Keh-Lao (Kelao?), Ya-Ch'io Miao, Hua Miao, 307-15
%K China, Southwestern: Minorities; Chungchia: Vocab; Kelao: Vocab;
   Laqua: Vocab; Lisu: Vocab; Lolo: Vocab; Miao, Black: Vocab; Miao,
   Hua: Vocab; Miao, Ya-Chio: Vocab; Noso: Vocab; Sifan: Vocab; Yi:
   Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Clauson,, Gerard
%D 1964
%T The future of Tangut `Hsi-Hsia' studies
%J <Asia Major>
%V 11
%N 1
%P 54-77
%K Hsi-hsia: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Clauson,, Gerard
%D 1970
%T Review of Kepping, et al., {\rus <More pismen': faksimile
   tangutskikh ksilografov>}
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 33
%P 221-2

%0 in journal
%A Clauson,, G. L. M.
%A Yoshitake,, S.
%D 1929
%T On the phonetic value of the Tibetan characters <'a> and <\_ha> and
   the equivalent characters in the hphags-pa alphabet
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1929
%P 843-62
%K Tibetan: Orthog; Tibetan: Phonet

%0 book
%A Clerk,, F. V.
%D 1911
%T <A manual of the Lawngwaw or Maru language, containing the
   grammatical principles of the language, glossaries of special
   terms, colloquial exercises, and Maru--English and English--Maru
   vocabularies>
%C Rangoon
%I American Baptist Mission Press
%Z xiii, 243 pp.
%L UHM #
%L UCB Main 739.C631
%% call number sic
%K Maru: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Clifford,, Hugh
%D 1886
%T The Sakai language
%J <Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 17
%P 102-3
%K Sakai: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Clifford,, Hugh
%D 1891
%T Some notes on the Sakai dialects of the Malay Peninsula
%J <Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 24
%P 13-29
%K Sakai: Dialects

%0 cross reference
%A Clifton,, J. M.
%x see Maran,, LaRaw, and J. M. Clifton

%0 book
%A Coates,, J. M.
%D 1875
%T <Vocabulary of seven languages or dialects of Chota Nagpore>
%C Calcutta
%I Bengal Secretariat Press
%Z 136 p.
%O Santali, Larka Kol, Mundari, Korwa, and Birja (AA)
%K Birja: Vocab; Kol, Larka: Vocab; Korwa: Vocab; Mundari: Vocab;
   Santali: Vocab

%0 in collection
%A Cobbey,, Maxwell
%D 1979
%T A statistical comparison of verbs and nouns in R\;oglai
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Southeast Asian linguistic studies 4>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.49
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 207-12
%L UHM HMTLN PL3501.N47 v.4
%L UCB Main PL5001.A1 P212 no.49 v.4
%K R\;oglai: Gram

%0 in collection
%A Cobbey,, Maxwell
%D 1980
%T A first case of historiography among the R\;oglai
%E Gregerson,, Marilyn
%E Thomas,, Dorothy
%B <Notes from Indochina on ethnic minority cultures>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Museum of Anthropology>
%u publication no. 6
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 61-84
%K R\;oglai: Hist

%0 cross reference
%A Cobbey,, Maxwell
%D n.d.
%x see Lee,, Earnest W., Lois Lee, Cobbey, and Cobbey

%0 book
%A Cobbey,, Maxwell
%A Cobbey,, Vurnell
%D 1980
%T <DuLong R\;oglai ethnographic texts>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 1 mf.
%K R\;oglai: Texts

%0 book
%A Cobbey,, Maxwell
%A Cobbey,, Vurnell
%D 1980
%T <English - Northern R\;oglai dictionary>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 5 mf.
%K R\;oglai, Northern: Dict, Eng-Northern R\;oglai

%0 book
%A Cobbey,, Maxwell
%A Cobbey,, Vurnell
%D 1980
%T <Northern R\;oglai ethnographic texts>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 3 mf.
%K R\;oglai, Northern: Texts

%0 book
%A Cobbey,, Maxwell
%A Cobbey,, Vurnell
%D 1980
%T <Northern R\;oglai field notes>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 2 mf.
%K R\;oglai, Northern: Field notes

%0 in journal
%A Cobbey,, Vurnell
%D 1972
%T Some Northern R\;oglai beliefs about the supernatural
%J <Southeast Asia>
%V 2
%N 1
%P 125-9
%K R\;oglai, Northern: Ethnog

%0 cross reference
%A Cobbey,, Vurnell
%D n.d.
%x see Lee,,. E. W., Lee, Cobbey, and Cobbey

%0 book
%A Cobbey,, Vurnell
%A Aviong
%A Aw\;oi-hathe
%D 1969
%T {\roglai <Bai hoc ti\^eng R\;oglai>}; {\eng <Northern R\;oglai
   language lessons>}: {\viet <R\;oglai--Vi\^et--Anh>}
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z iii, 33 pp., mimeo.
%+ published 1976, Manila: Summer Institute of Linguistics, v, 32 pp.
%K R\;oglai, Northern: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Coblin,, W. South
%D 1972-73
%T Review of Benedict, <Sino-Tibetan: a conspectus>
%J <Monumenta Serica>
%V 30
%P 635-42

%0 in journal
%A Coblin,, W. South
%D 1974
%T An early Tibetan word for <horse>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 94
%N 1
%P 124-5
%K Tibetan: Etym

%0 in journal
%A Coblin,, W. South
%D 1974
%T Review of Matisoff, <The Loloish tonal split revisited>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 94
%N 4
%P 522-4

%0 in journal
%A Coblin,, W. South
%D 1976
%T Notes on Tibetan verbal morphology
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 62
%N 1-3
%P 45-70
%K Tibetan: Morph

%0 unpublished
%A Coblin,, W. South
%D 1977
%T A new study of the Pai-lang songs
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 10 (Georgetown University, Washington, DC)
%K Pai-lang: Songs

%0 book
%A Cochrane,, Wilbur Willis
%D 1908
%T <Easy Shan exercises in translation.> <Part 1: simple stories.>
   <Part 2: Official writings>
%C Rangoon
%I American Baptist Mission Press
%Z 85 pp.
%K Shan: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Cochrane,, Wilbur Willis
%D 1911
%T An Ahom (Shan) legend of creation (from an old MS.)
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 1911
%P 1132-42
%O An alternative translation to that by Briefson in <Journal of the
   Royal Asiatic Society> (1904):181-232 - BSTL
%K Ahom: Legends

%0 in journal
%A Cochrane,, Wilbur Willis
%D 1912
%T Review of Bigg-Wither, <A guide to the study of Shan>
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 4
%P 230-2

%0 in journal
%A Cochrane,, Wilbur Willis
%D 1914
%T Burmese philology and the Shan language
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 4
%P 230-2
%K Burmese: Philol; Shan: Comp w Burmese

%0 book
%A Cochrane,, Wilbur Willis
%D 1915
%T <The Shans, vol. 1>
%C Rangoon
%I Superintendent, Government Printing
%Z xx, 227 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1981, New York: AMS Press
%O Language, affinities and letters - 82-112 - SJS
%K Shan: Affil; Shan: Gen; Shan: Orthog

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1908
%T Review of Schmidt, {\germ <Grundz\"uge einer Lautlehre der
   Mon-Khmer-Sprachen>}
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 8
%P 249-52

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1918
%T {\fr Notes critiques sur l'inscription de Rama Khamhaeng}
%t Critical notes on the inscription of Rama Khamhaeng
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 12
%P 1-27
%K Thai: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1923
%T {\fr Nouvelles notes critiques sur l'inscription de Rama Khamhaeng}
%t New critical notes on the inscription of Rama Khamhaeng
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 17
%N 3
%P 113-20
%K Thai: Inscr

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1924
%T {\fr <Receuil des inscription du Siam. Premi\`ere partie:
   Inscriptions de Sukhodaya>}
%t ?
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%Z 168, 177 pp.
%O Text also in Thai; note on transcription, 10-12 of French text -
   SJS
%K Thai: Inscr

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1925
%T {\thai <Tamn\=an 'aks\=\,on thai>}
%t History of Thai writing (i.e. alphabet)
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%Z 4, 12 pp., 10 plates, 5 tables
%K Thai: Alphabets; Thai: Orthog; Thai: Orthog, hist

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1929
%T {\fr <Receuil des inscription du Siam. Deuxi\'eme partie:
   inscriptions de Dv\=Aravat\=i, de \,Cr\=ivijaya et de Lavo>}
%t ?
%C Bangkok
%I Bangkok Times Press
%K Mon\3: Inscr; Thai: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1929
%T Review of Goupillon, {\fr <Essai de vocabulaire
   fran\,cais-chau-ma>}
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 29
%N 359-61
%% v 29 corrected for Huffman's v 19, on basis of 1929 date if that's
   right ??

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1931
%T {\fr Notre transcription du siamois}
%t Our transcription of Siamese
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 31
%P 355-9
%K Thai: Roman

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1932
%T Review of Martini, {\fr <M\'ethode de lecture cambodgienne>}
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 32
%P 511

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1933
%T Review of M\'en\'etrier, {\fr <Le vocabulaire cambodgienne dans ses
   rapports avec le sanscrit et le pali>}
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 33
%P 994-7

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1935
%T {\fr L'Origine du cycle des douze animaux aux Cambodge}
%t The origin of the cycle of twelve animals in Cambodia
%J <T'oung Pao>, 2e s\'erie
%V 32
%P 315-29
%K Khmer: Calendar; Lao\2: Calendar

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1937
%T {\fr <Inscriptions du Cambodge>}
%t Inscriptions of Cambodia
%V I
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient, collections de textes
   et documents sur l'Indochine>}
%u III
%C Hanoi
%I Imprimerie d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%O edited and translated
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1939
%T {\fr La plus ancienne inscription en langue cham}
%t The oldest inscription in the Cham language
%J <New Indian Antiquary> (<M\'elanges F. W. Thomas>), extra s\'erie
%V 1
%P 46-9
%K Cham: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1940
%T {\fr Mots portugais en cambodgien}
%t Portuguese words in Cambodian
%J <Institut Indochinois pour l'Etude de l'Homme (Bulletins et
   Travaux)>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 73-6
%K Khmer: Loans from Portuguese

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1940-48
%T {\fr Les langues de l'Indochine}
%t The languages of Indo-China
%J <Conference de l'Institut de Linguistique de l'Universit\'e de
   Paris>
%V 8
%P 63-81
%K Indochina, languages: Ling affil; Indo-Chinese: Clfn; Southeast
   Asian languages: Clfn

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1943
%T {\fr <Inscriptions du Cambodge>}
%t Inscriptions of Cambodia
%V II
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient, collections de textes
   et documents sur l'Indochine>}
%u III
%C Hanoi
%I Imprimerie d'Extr\^eme-Orient
%O edited and translated
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1944
%T {\fr Une nouvelle inscription d'Ayuthya}
%t A new inscription of Ayuthya
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 35
%N 1
%P 73-6
%K Thai: Inscr

%0 in collection
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1948
%T {\fr Le siamois a l'Ecole Nationale des Langues Orientales
   Vivantes}
%t Siamese in the National School of Living Oriental Languages
%E Deny,, Jean
%E et al.
%B {\fr <Cent-Cinquantenaire de l'Ecole des Langues Orientales...>}
%b ?
%C Paris
%I Imprimerie nationale de France
%P 245-8
%K Thai: Gen

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1951
%T {\fr <Inscriptions du Cambodge>}
%t Inscriptions of Cambodia
%V III
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient, collections de textes
   et documents sur l'Indochine>}
%u III
%C Paris
%I de Boccard
%O edited and translated
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 in collection
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1952
%T {\fr A propos de deux fragments d'inscription r\'ecement
   d\'ecouverts \`a P'ra Pathom (Thailande)}
%t On two inscription fragments recently discovered in P'ra Pathom
   (Thailand)
%B {\fr <Cinquantenaire de la fondation de l'Ecole Fran\,cais
   d'Extr\^eme-Orient>}
%b ?
%C Paris
%I ?
%P 27-31
%K Mon\3: Inscr; Thai: Inscr

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1952
%T {\fr <Inscriptions du Cambodge>}
%t Inscriptions of Cambodia
%V IV
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient, collections de textes
   et documents sur l'Indochine>}
%u III
%C Paris
%I de Boccard
%O edited and translated
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1953
%T {\fr <Inscriptions du Cambodge>}
%t Inscriptions of Cambodia
%V V
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient, collections de textes
   et documents sur l'Indochine>}
%u III
%C Paris
%I de Boccard
%O edited and translated
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1954
%T {\fr <Inscriptions du Cambodge>}
%t Inscriptions of Cambodia
%V VI
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient, collections de textes
   et documents sur l'Indochine>}
%u III
%C Paris
%I de Boccard
%O edited and translated
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1954
%T {\fr La st\`ele de T\^uol Rolom Tim: essai d'interpretation par la
   langue bahnar d'un texte juridique khm\`er du Xe si\`ecle}
%t The stele of T\^uol Rolom Tim: interpretative essay on the Bahnar
   language of a Khmer legal text of the 10th century
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 242
%N 1
%P 49-67
%K Bahnar: Comp w Khmer; Khmer: Inscr

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1958
%T {\fr Nouvelles donn\'ees \'epigraphiques sur l'Indochine
   occidentale}
%t New epigraphic contributions on western Indo-China
%J <Journal Asiatique>
%V 246
%P 127-8
%K Indochina, languages: Epigr

%0 in journal
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1961
%T {\fr Les expressions {\oldkhmer <Vra\.h kamrate\:n A\~n>} et
   {\oldkhmer <Kamrate\:n jagat>} en vieux Khmer}
%t The expressions {\oldkhmer <Vra\.h kamrate\:n A\~n>} and {\oldkhmer
   <Kamrate\:n jagat>} in Old Khmer
%J <Adyar Library Bulletin>
%V 25
%P 447-60
%K Khmer: Etym; Khmer: Inscr

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1964
%T {\fr <Inscriptions du Cambodge>}
%t Inscriptions of Cambodia
%V VII
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient, collections de textes
   et documents sur l'Indochine>}
%u III
%C Paris
%I Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient
%O edited and translated
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 in collection
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1964
%T {\fr Le Mons de Dv\=aravat\=i}
%t The Mons of Dv\=aravat\=i
%E Ba Shin
%E Boisselier,, Jean
%E Griswold,, A[lexander] B.
%B <Essays offered to G. H. Luce by his colleagues in honour of his
   seventy-fifth birthday>
%S <Artibus Asiae>
%u suppl. XXIII
%C Leiden
%I E. J. Brill
%V ?
%P 112-7
%L UHM ASIA DS33.E88 v. 1/2
%K Mon\3: Hist phon

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1964
%T {\thai <Tamn\=an 'aks\=\,on thai; tamn\=an phra phim; k\=ankhutkhon
   th\=i phong tuk; sinlapa thai samai sukh\=othai>}
%t The history of the Thai alphabet; the history of stamped Buddha
   images; the excavations at Phong Tuk; the arts of Sukhothai
%C Bangkok
%I Ongkankha khong Khurusapha
%Z 151 pp.
%+ 2nd ed. 1983
%K Thai: Orthog; Thai: Orthog, hist

%0 in collection
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1965
%T {\fr Documents \'epigraphiques provenant de Tenasserim}
%t Epigraphic documents originating from Tenasserim
%B <Felicitation volumes of Southeast Asian studies II>
%C Bangkok
%I Siam Society
%P 203-9
%K Mon\3: Hist phon; Mon\3: Inscr

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1966
%T {\fr <Inscriptions du Cambodge>}
%t Inscriptions of Cambodia
%V VIII
%S {\fr <Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient, collections de textes
   et documents sur l'Indochine>}
%u III
%C Paris
%I Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient
%O edited and translated
%K Khmer: Inscr

%0 book
%A Coed\`es,, Georges
%D 1966
%T {\fr <Catalog des manuscrits en Pali, Laotien, et Siamois provenant
   de la Thailande>}
%t Catalog of manuscripts in Pali, Laotian, and Siamese originating
   from Thailand
%S <Catalogue of oriental manuscripts, xylographs, etc., in Danish
   collections, vol. 2, Part 2>
%C Copenhagen
%I Biblioth\`eque Royale
%Z 116 pp.
%R Bechert, <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl"andischen Gesellschaft>
   130(1980).1:151-2
%K Lao\2: Mss; Thai: Mss; Pali: Mss

%0 in collection
%A Cohen,, Nancy
%D 1976
%T Some interclausal relations in Jeh
%E Gregerson,, Kenneth J.
%E Thomas,, David D.
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V V
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 153-64
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 5
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 5
%K Jeh: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Cohen,, Nancy
%D 1980
%T Jeh music
%E Gregerson,, Marilyn
%E Thomas,, Dorothy
%B <Notes from Indochina on ethnic minority cultures>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Museum of Anthropology>
%u publication no. 6
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 85-98
%K Jeh: Music

%0 book
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%D 1966
%T <Jeh computer concordance>
%? Produced under the auspices of the Summer Institute of Linguistics
   through the University of Oklahoma under NSF grant no. RS00307
%K Jeh: Vocab

%0 in collection
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%D 1966
%T Presyllables and reduplication in Jeh
%E Thomas,, David D.
%E Nguy\^en \-Dinh Hoa
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V II
%S <Linguistic Circle of Saigon>
%u publication no. 3
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Linguistic Circle of Saigon
%P 91-103
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 2
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 2
%+ Also published 1965, <V\uan-hoa Nguy^et-san> 14:887-98
%K Jeh: Reduplication

%0 in collection
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%D 1976
%T The noun phrase in Jeh
%E Gregerson,, Kenneth J.
%E Thomas,, David D.
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V V
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 139-52
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 5
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 5
%K Jeh: Syntax

%0 cross reference
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%D 1976
%x see Th\^ong, Cohen, and Gradin

%0 cross reference
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%D 1979
%x see Th\^ong, Cohen, and Gradin

%0 book
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%D 1980
%T <Jeh ethnographic texts>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 5 mf.
%K Jeh: Texts

%0 book
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%D 1980
%T <Jeh rhyming dictionary>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 6 mf.
%K Jeh: Dict, rhyming

%0 unpublished
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%A Gradin,, Dwight
%D n.d.
%T <Jeh concordance project texts>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota
%K Jeh: Texts

%0 book
%A Cohen,, Patrick
%A Th\^ong
%A Gradin,, Dwight
%D 1979
%T {\jeh <Chu chih to totayh Jeh>}: {\viet <Ng\;u-v\;ung Jeh>}: {\eng
   <Jeh vocabulary>}
%S <Vietnam Minority Linguistic Series>
%u 15.1
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z xvii, 244 pp.
%K Jeh: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Cole,, F. T.
%D 1879
%T List of words and phrases with their Santali equivalents
%J <Indian Antiquary>
%V 8
%P 194-6
%K Santali: Vocab

%0 book
%A Cole,, F. T.
%D 1906
%T <Santali primer>
%N 2nd ed.
%C Pokhuria
%I Santal Mission Press
%Z 128 pp.
%K Santali: Primer

%0 in journal
%A Collings,, H. D.
%D 1949
%T A Temoq word list and notes
%J <Bulletin of the Raffles Museum>, Series B
%V 4
%P 69-85
%K Temoq: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Collings,, H. D.
%D 1949
%T Aboriginal notes
%J <Bulletin of the Raffles Museum>, Series B
%V 4
%P 86-94
%O Notes 2-5 on Semelai
%K Semelai: Notes

%0 book
%A Collins,, D. G.
%D 1906
%T <An English--Laos dictionary>
%N 2nd ed.
%C Chieng Mai
%I Mission Press
%+ Reprinted by Westmead, Farnborough, Hants: Gregg, 1972, 237 pp.
%O The Kammuang (Northern Thai) language of Chiengmai
%R Purnell, <Journal of the Siam Society> 61(1973).2:364-7
%K Thai, Northern: Dict, Eng-Northern Thai

%0 thesis
%A Collins,, Ira V.
%D forthcoming
%T <The Austro-Asiatic substratum of Atjehnese>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Berkeley
%K Achinese: Affil w Mon-Khmer; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Achinese;
   Mon-Khmer: Substratum in Achinese

%0 in collection
%A Collins,, Vaugn
%D 1969
%T The position of Atjehnese among Southeast Asian languages
%E Johnston,, Richard
%E et al.
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V III
%S <Linguistic Circle of Saigon>
%u publication no. 4
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Linguistic Circle of Saigon
%P 48-60
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 3
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 3
%O Contains 211-item wordlist of Achinese and R\;oglai; supports
   Dyen's classification of Achinese with Malay rather than Cham
%% ?? Vaugn sic
%K Achinese: Affil w Mon-Khmer; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Achinese; R\;oglai:
   Vocab

%0 book
%A Colney,, Sapchhawna
%D 1977
%T <The Anglo-Mizo dictionary of idioms and phrases for all>
%C Aizawa
%I Colney
%Z 275 pp.
%K Mizo: Dict, Eng-Mizo

%0 unpublished
%A Compton,, Carol J.
%D 1971
%T A study of the nasalization of vowels following /h/ in some
   Southwestern Tai languages and dialects
%M ms.
%K Tai, Southwestern: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Compton,, Carol J.
%D 1975
%T Lam Khon Sawan: a traditional form and a contemporary theme
%E Gething,, Thomas W.
%B <A Tai Festschrift for William J. Gedney on the occasion of his
   fifth cycle of life birthday anniversary, April 4, 1975>
%S <Southeast Asian Studies Working Paper>
%u 8
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Southeast Asian Studies Program
%P 55-82
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4152.T34
%+ Also published in Gething,, Thomas W., & Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em,
   eds, <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 6>: <Tai studies in
   honor of William J. Gedney> (<Pacific linguistics>, A.52),
   Canberra: Australian National University, 45-74, 1979
%K Lao\2: Oral lit; Lao\2: Verse

%0 thesis
%A Compton,, Carol J.
%D 1977
%T <Linguistic and cultural aspects of the Lam: the song of the Lao
   Mohlam>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan
%Z 391 pp.
%K Lao\2: Oral lit

%0 unpublished
%A Compton,, Carol J.
%D 1977
%T Tone patterns, rhyme schemes, and grammatical devices in two forms
   of Laotian oral poetry
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 10 (Georgetown University, Washington, DC)
%K Lao\2: Oral lit; Lao\2: Verse

%0 book
%A Compton,, Carol J.
%D 1979
%T <Courting poetry in Laos: a textual and linguistic analysis>
%S <Northern Illinois University, Center for Southeast Asian Studies,
   Special report series>
%u 18
%C DeKalb, IL
%I Northern Illinois University Center for Southeast Asian Studies
%Z 252 pp., map, photos, tables, bibliography, index
%R Wiersma, <Journal of Asian Studies> 42(1983).3:715-16
%K Lao\2: Oral lit; Lao\2: Verse

%0 in collection
%A Compton,, Carol J.
%D 1979
%T Lam Khon Sawan: a traditional form and a contemporary theme
%E Gething,, Thomas W.
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Papers in South East Asian linguistics 6>: <Tai studies in honor
   of William J. Gedney>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u A.52
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 45-74
%+ Originally published in Gething,, Thomas W., ed., <A Tai
   Festschrift for William J. Gedney on the occasion of his fifth
   cycle of life birthday anniversary, April 4, 1975> (<Southeast
   Asian Studies Working Paper>, no. 8), Honolulu: University of
   Hawaii Southeast Asian Studies Program, 55-82, 1975
%F Gedney,, William J.
%K Lao\2: Oral lit; Lao\2: Verse

%0 unpublished
%A Compton,, Carol J.
%D 1983
%T Notes on Lao script and typeface
%M Council on Thai Studies, Annual meeting (Northern Illinois
   University, DeKalb, IL)
%K Lao\2: Orthog

%0 collection
%E Compton,, Carol J.
%E Hartmann,, John F. (John Ferdinand)
%D 1992
%T <Papers on Tai languages, linguistics, and literatures, in honor of
   William J. Gedney on his 77th birthday>
%S <Monograph series on Southeast Asia, Occasional paper>
%u 16
%C De Kalb
%I Northern Illinois University, Center for Southeast Asian Studies
%Z xxi, 302 pp., ill.
%L UCB S-S/EAsia PL4111.P34 1992
%F Gedney,, William J.
%K Tai: Studies, Hist, Dialects

%0 in collection
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1953
%T {\fr Les Cambodgiens}
%t The Cambodians
%E Leroi-Gourhan,, Andr\'e
%B {\fr <Ethnologie de l'Union Fran\,caise>}
%b Ethnology of the French Union
%V 2
%C Paris
%I Presses universitaires
%P 588-619
%O Includes ethnography of the minorities
%K Cambodia: Minorities

%0 in journal
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1953
%T {\fr Chansons Mnong-gar}
%t Mnong-Gar songs
%J <France-Asie>
%V 87
%P 648-56
%K Mnong Gar: Songs

%0 in collection
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1953
%T {\fr L'Indochine}
%t Indo-China
%E Leroi-Gourhan,, Andr\'e
%B {\fr <Ethnologie de l'Union Fran\,caise>}
%b Ethnology of the French Union
%V 2
%C Paris
%I Presses universitaires
%P 514-678
%O Ethnolinguistic data on minorities
%K Indochina: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1954
%T {\fr Enqu\^ete linguistique parmi les populations montagnardes du
   sud indochinois}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 46
%N 2
%P 573-97
%O Part I: Place occup\'ee par la linguistique empirique dans
   l'enqu\^ete ethnologique en pays mnong-gar;
%O AA: Bahnar, Koho, Mnong Gar; MA: Jarai, Rad\'e
%K Jarai: Transc; K\;oho: Transc; Mnong Gar: Gen; Rad\'e: Transc

%0 in journal
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1955
%T {\fr Notes sur le T\^am b\^o mae baap aa ku\^on; Echange de
   sacrifices entre un enfant et ses p\`ere et m\`ere (Mnong rl\^am)}
%t ?
%J <International Archives of Ethnography>
%V 47
%P 127-59
%O Appendix contains Mnong texts with translations
%K Mnong R\;ol\;om: Texts

%0 book
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1957
%T {\fr <Nous avons mang\'e la for\^et (de la pierre-g\'enie g\^oo)>}
%t We have eaten the forest
%C Paris
%I Mercure de France
%O Appendix contains brief Mnong Gar glossary
%K Mnong Gar: Ethnog; Mnong Gar: Vocab

%0 in collection
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1965
%T Two brief notes concerning Mnong Gar
%E Milner,, G. B. (George Bertram)
%E Henderson,, Eug\'enie J. A.
%B <Indo-Pacific linguistic studies>
%S <Lingua>
%u 14-15
%C Amsterdam
%I North Holland Publishing Co.
%V 2
%P 48-52
%L UHM HMLTN/PACC PL5001.C65 1965 pt.1-2
%K Mnong Gar: Morph

%0 in journal
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1970
%T {\fr Atlas ethno-linguistique sur l'Asia du Sud-Est et le Monde
   Insulindien}
%t Ethnolinguistic atlas of South-East Asia and Indonesia
%J <Cahiers de l'Institut de Science Economique Appliqu\'ee>
%V VII
%N 8
%P 397-9
%K Southeast Asian languages: Ethnoling map

%0 in collection
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1971
%T {\fr Vietnamiens et montagnards du Centre de Sud-Vietnam}
%t Vietnamese and Montagnards of central South Vietnam
%E Chesneaux,, Jean
%E Boudarel,, Georges
%E Hemery,, Daniel
%B {\fr <Tradition et r\'evolution au Vietnam>}
%b Tradition and revolution in Vietnam
%C Paris
%I Anthropos
%P 135-46
%K Vietnam, South: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1972
%T {\fr De la rizi\'ere au miir}
%t ?
%E Barrau,, Jacques
%E et al.
%B {\fr <Langues et techniques, nature et soci\'et\'e} (Volume
   presented to Andre\'e G. Haudricourt on his 60th birthday>)
%b ?
%C Paris
%I Klincksieck
%V 2
%P 115-29
%O On the names of cereals cultivated in Southeast Asia
%K Southeast Asian languages: Ethnobot; Vietnam, South: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1972
%T {\fr Missions en Asie du Sud-Est continentale et insulaire}
%t Missions in continental and insular South-East Asia
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 3
%N 2
%P 11-29
%O Information on French ethnolinguistic research, bibliography
%K Southeast Asian languages: Ethnoling

%0 in collection
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1974
%T {\fr Notes sur l'histoire lawa. A propos d'un lieu dit <Lua>
   (<Lawa>) en pays karen (Amphoe Chom Thong, Changwat Chiengmai)}
%t ?
%B <Commemorative volume for the ? Museum>
%% ?? previous field unfinished in Huffman
%C Bangkok
%I ?
%P 146-64, 2 maps
%K Lawa: Hist

%0 in journal
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1975
%T {\fr Notes sur les tons en L\`ac (parler austro-asiatique de la
   r\'egion de Dalat, Vietnam central)}
%t Notes on the tones in L\`ac (an Austroasiatic language of the Dalat
   region, central Vietnam)
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 6
%N 4
%P 93-6
%+ Reprint of 1974, with diacritics added
%K Lac: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Condominas,, Georges
%D 1979
%T An observation on Mnong Gar language
%M Third International Conference on Austroasiatic Languages,
   Helsing\/or, Denmark, October 24-26, 1979
%K Mnong Gar: Morph

%0 in journal
%A Condominas,, Georges
%A Haudricourt,, Andr\'e-Georges
%D 1952
%T {\fr Premi\`ere contribution \`a l'ethnobotanique
   indochinoise. Essai d'ethnobotanique Mnong Gar (Proto-Indochinois
   du Vietnam)}
%t First contribution to Indo-Chinese ethnobotany. Essay on Mnong Gar
   ethnobotany (proto-Indo-Chinese of Vietnam)
%J <Revue Internationale de Botanique appliqu\'ee et d'Agronomie
   tropicale>
%V 32
%P 19-27, 169-80
%K Mnong Gar: Ethnobot; Southeast Asian languages: Ethnobot

%0 thesis
%A Conklin,, Nancy Faires
%D 1981
%T <The semantics and syntax of numeral classification in Tai and
   Austronesian>
%U Ph.D dissertation, University of Michigan
%Z 500 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 42/06A-2652; University Microfilms
   81-25890
%K Tai: Clfr

%0 in journal
%A Conlon,, Frank F.
%D 1980
%T Review of Pearson, <South Asian bibliography>
%J <Journal of Asian Studies>
%V 39
%N 2
%P 345-6

%0 in journal
%A Conrady,, August
%D 1891
%T {\germ Das New\^ar\^i, Grammatik und Sprachproben}
%t Newari grammar and language structure
%J <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl"andischen Gesellschaft>
%V 45
%P 1-35
%K Newari: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Conrady,, August
%D 1893
%T {\germ Ein Sanskrit-New\^ar\^i W\"orterbuch, aus dem Nachlasse
   Minayeff's herausgegeben}
%t A Sanskrit-Newari dictionary, edited from the literary remains of
   Minayeff
%J <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl"andischen Gesellschaft>
%V 47
%P 539-73
%K Newari: Dict, Sanskrit-Newari

%0 book
%A Conrady,, August
%D 1896
%T {\germ <Eine indochinesiche Causativ-Denominativ-Bildung und ihr
   Zusammenhang mit den Tonaccenten. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden
   Grammatik der Indochinesischen Sprachen, insonderheit das
   Tibetischen, Barmanischen, Siamesischen und Chinesischen>}
%t An Indochinese causative-denominative formation and its
   relationship to tone. An essay on the comparative grammar of the
   Indochinese languages, especially Tibetan, Burmese, Siamese, and
   Chinese
%C Leipzig
%I Otto Harrassowitz
%Z xx, 208 pp.
%R Egerod, <Computational Analyses of Asian and African Languages>
   6(1976):51
%R Schafer, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   13(1950):718-21
%R Zach, <T'oung Pao>, series 1, 8(1897):117-8
%K Indo-Chinese: Comp; Thai: Affil w Sino-Tibetan; Thai: Clfn;
   Tibeto-Burman: Affil w Thai

%0 in collection
%A Conrady,, August
%D 1916
%T {\germ Ein merkw\"urdige Beziehung zwischen den austrischen und den
   indochinesischen Sprachen}
%t A notable relationship between Austric and the Indochinese
   languages
%B {\germ <Aufs\"atze zur Kultur- und Sprachgeschichte, vornehmlich
   des Orient, Ernst Kuhn zum 70>}
%b ?
%C Breslau
%I Marcus
%P 475-504
%K Austric: Affil w Indochinese; Austric: Affil w Sino-Tibetan;
   Austric: Affil w Thai; Austroasiatic: Affil w Austronesian;
   Austroasiatic: Affil w Sino-Tibetan; Sino-Tibetan: Affil w
   Austronesian; Sino-Tibetan: Affil w Austric; Tai: Affil w Chinese;
   Tai: Affil w Sino-Tibetan; Thai: Affil w Austric; Thai: Affil w
   Sino-Tibetan; Thai: Clfn; Tibeto-Burman: Affil w Austronesian;
   Tibeto-Burman: Affil w Austric; Tibeto-Burman: Affil w Thai

%0 in collection
%A Conrady,, August
%D 1920
%T {\germ Neue austrisch--indochinesische Parallelen}
%t New Austric--Indochinese parallels
%B <Hirth anniversary volume (Asia Major introductory volume)>
%C London
%I Probsthain
%P 475-504
%L UCB Main PL1026.H57 1923
%% ?? Huffman's date for vol. wrong?
%K Austric: Affil w Indochinese; Austric: Affil w Sino-Tibetan;
   Austric: Affil w Thai; Austroasiatic: Affil w Austronesian;
   Austroasiatic: Affil w Sino-Tibetan; Sino-Tibetan: Affil w
   Austronesian; Sino-Tibetan: Affil w Austric; Thai: Affil w Austric;
   Thai: Affil w Sino-Tibetan; Thai: Clfn; Tibeto-Burman: Affil w
   Austronesian; Tibeto-Burman: Affil w Austric; Tibeto-Burman: Affil
   w Thai

%0 book
%A Conze,, Edward
%D 1954
%T <{\skt Abhisamay\=ala\:nk\=ara}. Introduction and translation from
   original texts>
%S {\ital <Serie Orientale Roma>}
%u 6
%C Rome
%I Is. M.E.O.
%Z xi, 223 pp.
%O Sanskrit--Tibetan--English vocabulary, 107-78; Tibetan--Sanskrit,
   179-223
%L UCB Main DS503.I8 v. 6
%K Tibetan: Texts; Tibetan: Vocab

%0 book
%A Conze,, Edward
%D 1960
%T <Sanskrit--Tibetan Sanskrit--English index to the {\skt
   Prahj\~n\=aparamit\=a ratna gu\.na sa\:mcaya g\=ath\=a}>
%? edited by {Obermiller,, Evgenii, Evgen'evich}
%C s'Gravenhage
%I Mouton
%Z 157 pp.
%+ Reprint of text originally published by the Academy of Sciences of
   the USSR,
%O Sanskrit and Tibetan text - BSTL
%L UCB Main BL1415.B5 v.29
%K Tibetan: Dict, Sanskrit-Tibetan-Eng

%0 thesis
%A Cook,, Walter Anthony, S.J.
%D 1965
%T <A descriptive analysis of Mundari. A study of the structure of the
   Mundari language according to the methods of linguistic science,
   with particular attention to the units of sound, the units of
   meaning, the units of grammar, and their mutually contrastive
   arrangement patterns>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University
%Z vi, 315 pp., illus., maps
%# Dissertation Abstracts 26,7:3938-9; University Microfilms 65-12,509
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   32(1966).4:396
%L UHM HMLTN MICROFILM 4354
%L UCSD Central PL4559.C66 1965a
%K Mundari: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%D 1962
%T Review of Jones,, R. B., <Karen linguistic studies>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 82
%N 2
%P 241-6

%0 unpublished
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%D 1963
%T Chiengmai Pho Karen, a preliminary grammatical sketch
%M ms.
%K Pwo: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%D 1963
%T Review of Abramson, <The vowels and tones of Standard Thai>
%J <American Anthropologist>
%V 65
%P 1406-7

%0 book
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%D 1969
%T <Pronominal reference in Thai, Burmese, and Vietnamese>
%S <University of California Publications in Linguistics>
%u 52
%C Berkeley, CA
%I University of California Press
%Z 162 pp.
%R Campbell,, R., <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
   92(1972).1:158-9
%R Jones,, R. B., <Language> 46(1970).1:214-17
%R K\"unstler, <Przeglad Orientalistyczny> 1971.1:89-90
%R Lehman, <Journal of Asian Studies> 29(1970).3:733-4
%R Meier, <Zeitschrift f"ur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft, und
   Kommunikationsforschung> 25(1972):428-30
%R Nguy\^en D. H., <General Linguistics> 10(1970):190-1
%R Thompson,, L., <American Anthropologist> 72(1970):190-1
%K Burmese: Kinship; Burmese: Pronouns; Thai: Kinship; Thai: Pronouns;
   Thai: Pronoun avoidance; Vietnamese: Kinship; Vietnamese: Pronouns

%0 in journal
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%D 1972
%T Review of Campbell,, R., <Noun substitutes in modern Thai>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 92
%N 2
%P 362-3

%0 in collection
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%D 1979
%T Forms and meaning of the Thai particle <si>
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Southeast Asian linguistic studies 4>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.49
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 61-98
%L UHM HMTLN PL3501.N47 v.4
%L UCB Main PL5001.A1 P212 no.49 v.4
%K Thai: Semantics

%0 in journal
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%D 1980
%T The Thai <Khlong> poem: description and examples
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 100
%N 4
%P 421-37
%O Linguistic analysis
%K Thai: Lit anal

%0 in journal
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%D 1982
%T Thai nasalized vowels
%J <Warasan manutsasat>
%V 10
%N 3
%P 59-68
%K Thai: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Cooke,, Joseph R.
%A Hudspith,, J. Edwin
%A Morris,, James A.
%D 1976
%T Phlong (Pwo Karen of Hot District, Chiang Mai)
%E Smalley,, William A.
%B <Phonemes and orthography: language planning in ten minority
   languages of Thailand>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.43
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 187-220
%K Pwo: Desc

%0 in journal
%A Cooper,, James S.
%D 1965
%T Halang verb phrase
%J <Te Reo>
%V ?
%P 28-34
%+ Also published 1966 in David D. Thomas, ed. <Papers on four
   Vietnamese languages> (<Te Reo reprints>, no. 2), Auckland:
   Linguistic Society of New Zealand, 187-200
%K Halang: Syntax

%0 in collection
%A Cooper,, James S.
%D 1966
%T Halang verb phrase
%E Thomas,, David D.
%B <Papers on four Vietnamese languages>
%S <Te Reo reprints>
%u 2
%C Auckland
%I Linguistic Society of New Zealand
%+ Originally published 1965, <Te Reo> ??:28-34
%K Halang: Syntax

%0 book
%A Cooper,, James S.
%D 1971
%T {\halang <Bai h\uok n\;or Hal\uang>}
%t Halang language lessons
%C Saigon
%I B\^o Giao-duc
%Z 40 pp.
%+ Republished 1981
%K Halang: Textbook

%0 in collection
%A Cooper,, James S.
%D 1973
%T An ethnography of Halang rhymes
%E Thomas,, David D.
%E Nguy\^en \-Dinh Hoa
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V IV
%S <Center for Vietnamese Studies, Language series>
%u 4
%C Carbondale, Illinois
%I Center for Vietnamese Studies
%P 33-41
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 4
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 4
%K Halang: Rhymes

%0 book
%A Cooper,, James S.
%D 1981
%T {\viet <Bai hoc ti\^eng Halang>} = {\halang <Bai h\uok n\;or
   Halang>} = {\eng <Halang language lessons>}
%S {\viet <T\;u sach Ng\^on-ng\;u d\^an-t\^oc thi\^eu-s\^o
   Vi\^et-Nam>}
%s ?
%u cuon 6, phan 2
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 42 pp.
%+ Originally published 1971
%L UCSD Central PL4438.C65 1981
%K Halang: Textbook

%0 unpublished
%A Cooper,, James S.
%A Cooper,, Nancy
%D 1964
%T <Halang dictionary>
%M ms.
%K Halang: Dict

%0 in collection
%A Cooper,, James S.
%A Cooper,, Nancy
%D 1966
%T Halang phonemes
%E Thomas,, David D.
%E Nguy\^en \-Dinh Hoa
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V II
%S <Linguistic Circle of Saigon>
%u publication no. 3
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Linguistic Circle of Saigon
%Z 111 pp.
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 2
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 2
%+ Also published <V\uan-hoa Nguy^et-san> 14(1965):1212-23
%K Halang: Phon

%0 book
%A Cooper,, James S.
%A Cooper,, Nancy
%D 1976
%T <Halang linguistic articles>
%C ?
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics/Mainland Southeast Asia Branch
%Z 12, 7, 9 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications,
   1mf.
%K Halang: Gen

%0 book
%A Cooper,, James S.
%A Cooper,, Nancy
%D 1976
%T <Halang rhyming dictionary: Halang--English>
%C ?
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics/Mainland Southeast Asia Branch
%Z 195 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications,
   6mf.
%K Halang: Dict, rhyming

%0 book
%A Cooper,, James S.
%A Cooper,, Nancy
%D 1976
%T <Halang vocabulary: Halang--Vietnamese--English thesaurus, a
   computer printout>
%C Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 79 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications,
   3mf.
%K Halang: Dict, Halang-Eng-Viet

%0 thesis
%A Cooper,, Robert George
%D 1976
%T <Resource scarcity and the Hmong response: a study of settlement
   and economy in Northern Thailand>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hull
%K Hmong: Ethnog; Miao: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Cooper,, Robert George
%D 1983
%T Sexual inequality among the Hmong
%E McKinnon,, John
%E Wanat Bhruksasri
%B <Highlanders of Thailand>
%C Kuala Lumpur
%I Oxford University Press
%P 174-86
%O Ethnographic information, with demographic map
%K Hmong: Ethnog; Miao: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A Cooper,, W. G.
%D 1914
%T A note on Talaing Nissayas and vocabulary
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 4
%P 125-35
%K Mon\3: Vocab

%0 book
%A Cooper,, W. G.
%D 1915
%T <A Mon (Talaing) thinbongyi>
%t Mon spelling-book
%% ?? what is thinbongyi ?
%C Rangoon
%I Irrawaddy Press
%Z 43 pp.
%K Mon\3: Orthog

%0 book
%A Cordier,, Georges
%D 1930
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire annamite--fran\,cais \`a l'usage des \'el\'eves
   des \'ecoles et des annamitisants>}
%t ?
%C Hanoi
%I Imprimerie Tonkinoise
%Z 1433 pp.
%L NRLF $B 699 478
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Viet-French

%0 book
%A Cordier,, Georges
%D 1932
%T {\fr <Cours de la langue annamite. Ann\'ee pr\'eparatoire:
   Grammaire et exercices, 2e annee>}
%t ?
%C Hanoi ?
%I ?
%Z 257 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cordier,, Georges
%D 1934
%T {\fr <Cours de la langue annamite. Ann\'ee pr\'eparatoire:
   Grammaire et exercices, 3e annee>}
%t ?
%C Hanoi ?
%I ?
%Z 219 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cordier,, Georges
%D 1935-36
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire fran\,cais--annamite>}
%t French--Annamese dictionary
%C Hanoi
%I Imprimerie Tonkinoise
%K Vietnamese: Dict, French-Viet

%0 in journal
%A Cordier,, Henri
%D 1892
%T Review of Cadi\`ere, {\fr <Phon\'etique annamite>}
%J <T'oung Pao>
%V 3
%P 190-1

%0 book
%A Cordier,, Henri
%D 1904
%T <{\latin Bibliotheca sinica}: {\fr dictionnaire bibliographique des
   ouvrages relatifs \`a l'empire chinois}>
%Z 4 vols.
%N 1st ed.
%C Paris
%I Librairie Orientale et Americaine
%K China: Biblio

%0 book
%A Cordier,, Henri
%D 1905
%T <{\latin Bibliotheca sinica}: {\fr dictionnaire bibliographique des
   ouvrages relatifs \`a l'empire chinois}>
%Z 4 vols.
%N 2nd ed.
%C Paris
%I E. Guilmoto
%K China: Biblio

%0 in journal
%A Cordier,, Henri
%D 1908
%T {\fr Les Mosos}
%t The Mosos
%J <T'oung Pao>, series 2
%V 9
%P 663-88
%O Moso, Madrolle (=Tseku)
%K Moso: Gen; Tseku: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Cordier,, Henri
%D 1909
%T Review of Vial, {\fr <Dictionnaire fran\,cais-lolo>}
%J <T'oung Pao>, series 2
%V 10
%P 706-9

%0 in journal
%A Cordier,, Henri
%D 1912
%T Review of Tandart, {\fr <Dictionnaire fran\,cais-cambodgien>}
%J <T'oung Pao>, series 2
%V 13
%P 744-5

%0 book
%A Cordier,, Henri
%D 1912-32
%T <{\latin Bibliotheca indosinica}: {\fr Dictionnaire bibliographique
   des ouvrages relatifs \`a la p\'eninsule indo-chinoise}>
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>}
%u 15-18
%C Paris
%I Imprimerie Nationale, Ernest Leroux
%Z 5 vols.
%O Vol. 1: Le Birmanie, l'Assam, le Siam, le Laos, 192, columns
   1-1104;
%K Indochina: Biblio

%0 in journal
%A Cordier,, Henri
%D 1914
%T Review of Ball, <Chinese and Sumerian>
%J <T'oung Pao>, series 2
%V 15
%P 300-1

%0 book
%A Cordier,, Palmyr
%D 1908
%T {\fr <Cours de tib\'etain classique>}
%t Course on Classical Tibetan
%C Hanoi
%I ?
%Z 60 pp.
%K Tibetan, Classical: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%D 1944
%T <Outline of Burmese grammar>
%S <Language>
%u 20.4, supplement
%S <Language dissertation>
%u 38
%C Baltimore
%I Linguistic Society of America
%Z 34 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1977, New York: Kraus Reprint Corp.
%O Author's Ph.D. thesis, Yale University, 1944
%R Benedict, <Journal of the American Oriental Society> 67(1947):65-7
%R McDavid, <Language> 21(1945):290-3
%L UCB Main PL3931.C6
%K Burmese: Grammar; Burmese: Phon

%0 book
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%D 1946
%T <Guide's manual for spoken Burmese, basic course, units 1-30>
%? Guide manual prepared by U Shwe Waing, U Tun Wai, and Tha Gyo Wai
%S <War Department education manual>
%u EM 543
%C n.l.
%I Linguistics Society of American and Intensive Language Program of
   the American Council of Learned Societies, for the United States
   Armed Forces Institute
%Z 4, 496 pp.
%L NRLF B 3 445 423
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%D 1946
%T <Guide's manual for spoken Burmese, basic course, units 1-30>
%? prepared by U Shwe Waing, U Tun Wai, and Tha Gyo Wai
%C New York
%I Henry Holt
%Z 4, 496 pp.
%L UCLA URL PL3933.C81s manual
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%D 1946
%T <Spoken Burmese, basic course>
%C New York
%I Henry Holt
%Z 2 vols., vii, 472 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1979, Ithaca, NY: Spoken Language Services
%L UCB Main PL3933.C7 v.1-2
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%D 1950
%T Review of Stewart,, J. A., et al., <A Burmese--English dictionary,
   Part I>
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 70
%P 133-4

%0 book
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%D 1957
%T <Burmese chrestomathy>
%S <American Council of Learned Societies Program in Oriental
   Languages, Publication series>
%u A-Texts-4
%C Washington, DC
%I American Council of Learned Societies
%Z ix, 393 pp.
%R Allot, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   22(1959).3:601-3
%R Minn Latt, <Archiv Orient'al'ni> 27(1959).3:512-3
%K Burmese: Reader

%0 in collection
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%D 1967
%T Burma
%E Sebeok,, Thomas A.
%B <Linguistics in East Asia and Southeast Asia>
%S <Current trends in linguistics>
%u 2
%C The Hague and Paris
%I Mouton
%P 777-81
%O Includes 50-item bibliography of post-World War II works on
   Tibeto-Burman languages
%K Burma: Langs

%0 in journal
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%D 1970
%T Aspect in the Burmese verb expression
%J <Actes du Congr\`es International des Linguistes>
%V 10
%N 4
%P 303-4
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 in journal
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%A McDavid,, Raven I.
%D 1958
%T Causatives in Burmese
%J <Studies in Linguistics>
%V 1
%N 18
%P 1-6
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 book
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%A Musgrave,, John K.
%D 1958
%T <Burmese glossary>
%C New York
%I American Council of Learned Societies
%Z 209 pp.
%R Andreev, <Lexicographical collection> 6(1963):189-90
%R Allott, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   22(1959).3:601-3
%R Minn Latt, <Archiv Orient'al'ni> 17(1959).3:512-3
%K Burmese: Glossary

%0 book
%A Cornyn,, William S.
%A Roop,, D. Haigh
%D 1968
%T <Beginning Burmese>
%S <Yale Linguistic Series>
%C New Haven
%I Yale University Press
%Z xiii, 501 pp.
%R Allott, <Asia Major> 15(1969).1:119-21
%R Allott, <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
   33(1970):669-71
%R Bernot,, D., <Bulletin de la Soci'et'e Linguistique de Paris>
   66(1971-72):368-70
%R Jones,, R. B., <Modern Language Journal> 54(1970).3:209-10
%R Okell, <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
   90(1970).2:399-400
%R Richter, <Orientalistische Literaturzeitung> 68(1973):509-11
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Costa,, Giulio
%D 1954
%T The Garo code of law
%J <Anthropos>
%V 49
%P 1041-66
%O Legal terms
%K Garo: Ethnog

%0 in collection
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%D 1966
%T Affixes in Katu
%E Thomas,, David D.
%E Nguy\^en \-Dinh Hoa
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V II
%S <Linguistic Circle of Saigon>
%u publication no. 3
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Linguistic Circle of Saigon
%P 63-86
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 2
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 2
%+ Also published 1965, <V\uan-hoa Nguy^et-san> 14:1033-56
%K Katu: Affixes

%0 unpublished
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%D 1966
%T <Katu dictionary>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/Vietnam Branch
%K Katu: Dict

%0 in collection
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%D 1969
%T The Katu noun phrase
%E Johnston,, Richard
%E et al.
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V III
%S <Linguistic Circle of Saigon>
%u publication no. 4
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics and Linguistic Circle of Saigon
%P 21-35
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 3
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 3
%+ Also published 1966, <V\uan-hoa Nguy^et-san> 15.2-3:475-89
%K Katu: Syntax

%0 book
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%D 1971
%T {\viet <Ng\;u-vang Katu>}: {\eng <Katu vocabulary>}
%S <Vietnam Montagnard Language Series>
%u 5
%C Saigon
%I Department of Education
%Z 12, 124 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications,
   2mf.
%O A 4,000-word Katu--Vietnamese--English vocabulary, with Vietnamese
   and English indices
%R Meier, <Zeitschrift f"ur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft, und
   Kommunikationsforschung> 28(1975):460-1
%K Katu: Dict, Katu-Viet-Eng

%0 unpublished
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%D 1974
%T {\?? <Br\~u--Vi\^et--Anh>}
%t Bru language lessons
%M Summer Institute of Linguistics/Vietnam Branch
%K Bru: Textb

%0 in collection
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%D 1980
%T Death and burial in Katu culture
%E Gregerson,, Marilyn
%E Thomas,, Dorothy
%B <Notes from Indochina on ethnic minority cultures>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Museum of Anthropology>
%u publication no. 6
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 99-108
%K Katu: Ethnog

%0 unpublished
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%D n.d.
%T <Katu texts>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North Dakota
%K Katu: Texts

%0 unpublished
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%D n.d.
%T <Katu thesaurus>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North Dakota
%K Katu: Thesaurus

%0 unpublished
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%A et al.
%D 1976
%T <Katu notes and word lists>
%C ?
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics/Mainland Southeast Asia Branch
%Z 72 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications,
   2mf.
%K Katu: Vocab

%0 unpublished
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%A Kitrunh
%D 1976
%T <Katu ethnographic texts>
%C Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 40 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications,
   2mf.
%K Katu: Texts

%0 unpublished
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%A Wallace,, Judy
%D 1976
%T <Katu linguistic articles>
%M Summer Institute of Linguistics/Mainland Southeast Asia Branch
%Z 10, 24, 15, 8 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications,
   2mf.
%K Katu: Gen

%0 book
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%A Wallace,, Judy
%D 1976
%T <Katu rhyming dictionary>
%C Huntington Beach, CA
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 260 pp.
%+ Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications,
   5mf.
%K Katu: Dict, rhyming

%0 unpublished
%A Costello,, Nancy A.
%A Wallace,, Judy
%D n.d.
%T <Katu--English--Vietnamese dictionary>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North Dakota
%K Katu: Dict, Katu-Eng-Viet

%0 book
%A Cotter,, Michael
%D 1977
%T <Vietnam: a guide to reference sources>
%C Boston
%I G. K. Hall
%Z 272 pp.
%O Language dictionaries, 25-37; linguistics, 65-7
%R Roff, <Journal of Asian Studies> 39(1980).4:862-5
%K Vietnam: Biblio

%0 in journal
%A Court,, Christopher
%D 1962
%T Review of Smalley, <Outline of Khmu' structure>
%J <Oceania>
%V 33
%N 4
%P 303-4

%0 in collection
%A Court,, Christopher
%D 1972
%T The tones of the Traat dialect
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Noss,, Richard B.
%B <Tai phonetics and phonology>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English language, Office of State
   Universities, Faculty of Science, Mahidol University
%P 47-9
%O Thai
%L UHM ASIA PL4113.C6 1971
%K Thai, Traat: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Court,, Christopher [translator]
%D 1972
%T Two-way and three-way splitting of tonal systems in some Far
   Eastern languages
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Noss,, Richard B.
%B <Tai phonetics and phonology>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English language, Office of State
   Universities, Faculty of Science, Mahidol University
%P 58-86
%O Translation of Haudricourt, Bipartition et tripartition des
   syst\`emes de tons dans quelques langues d'Extr\^eme-Orient, 1961,
   with an additional note by Christopher Court
%L UHM ASIA PL4113.C6 1971
%K Southeast Asian languages: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Court,, Christopher
%D 1974
%T Tonalized Malay vocabulary in Satu, Thailand, where Northern Malay
   meets Southern Thai
%M First International Conference on Austroasiatic Linguistics
   (Honolulu, Hawaii)
%K Thai, Satun: Malay loans

%0 in collection
%A Court,, Christopher
%D 1975
%T The segmental and suprasegmental representation of Malay loanwords
   in Satun Thai: a description with historical remarks
%E Harris,, Jimmy G.
%E Chamberlain,, James R.
%B <Studies in Tai linguistics in honor of William J. Gedney>
%C Bangkok
%I Central Institute of English Language
%P 67-88
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA PL4111.S8
%K Thai, Satun: Malay loans

%0 unpublished
%A Court,, Christopher
%D 1975
%T Towards a structural typology of the Tai syllable - and an
   asegmental phonology?
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 8 (University of California/Berkeley)
%K Tai: Syllables

%0 unpublished
%A Court,, Christopher
%D 1980
%T What can tone sandhi tell us?; some case studies from Chinese and
   Tai
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 12 (Paris)
%K Tai: Tones; Chinese: Tones

%0 in collection
%A Court,, Christopher
%D 1981
%T Creating new words in contemporary Thai: between laissez-faire and
   language planning
%E Omar,, Asmah Haji
%E Mohd,, Noor Ein
%B <National language as a medium of instruction>
%C Kuala Lumpur
%I Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka
%P 331-48
%K Thai: Neologisms

%0 in collection
%A Court,, Christopher
%D 1985
%T Observations on some cases of tone sandhi
%E Thurgood,, Graham
%E Matisoff,, James A.
%E Bradley,, David
%B <Linguistics of the Sino-Tibetan area: the state of the art. Papers
   presented to Paul K. Benedict for his 71st birthday>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.87
%C Canberra
%I Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies,
   Australian National University
%P 125-37
%K Tai: Tones

%0 book
%A Coussot,, Alfred
%A Ruel,, Henri
%D 1898
%T {\fr <Douse mois chez les sauvages du Laos>}
%t Twelve months among the savages of Laos
%C Paris
%I ?
%O Vocabulary of Khmer, Lao, and Jarai, 339-50 - SJS
%K Jarai: Vocab; Khmer: Vocab; Lao\2: Vocab

%0 book
%A Couvert,, R.
%D 1968
%T {\fr <Alphabetisation fonctionelle (Laos)>}
%t Functional alphabetization (Laos)
%C Paris
%I UNESCO
%% Huffman has title in quotes
%K

%0 in journal
%A Cowan,, H. K. F.
%D 1938
%T {\fr Rectification de quelques affixes \vcams, rendus inexactment
   dans les grammaires}
%t ?
%J <Acta Orientalia>
%V 16
%P 181-91
%O Cham
%K Cham: Affixes

%0 in journal
%A Cowan,, H. K. F.
%D 1947
%T {\dutch Aanteekeningen betreffende de verhouding van het Atjehsch
   tot de Mon-Khmer-talen}
%t ?
%J <Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land-, en Volkenkunde van
   Nederlandsch-Indi"e>
%V 104
%P 429-514
%K Achinese: Affil w Mon-Khmer; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Achinese

%0 in journal
%A Cowan,, H. K. F.
%D 1957
%T Prospects of a `Papuan' comparative linguistics
%J <Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land-, en Volkenkunde van
   Nederlandsch-Indi"e>
%V 113
%N 1
%P 70-91
%O Summarizes his theory of the relationship of Achinese to Mon-Khmer
%K Achinese: Affil w Mon-Khmer; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Achinese

%0 in journal
%A Cowan,, H. K. F.
%D 1964
%T Review of Shorto, ed., <Linguistic comparison in South-East Asia
   and the Pacific>
%J <Lingua>
%V 13
%N 3
%P 305-11

%0 in journal
%A Cowan,, H. K. F.
%D 1974
%T Evidence for long vowels in early Achehnese
%J <Oceanic Linguistics>
%V 13
%N 1-2
%P 187-212
%O Lexical comparisons with Cham, Bahnar, Stieng, and Khasi
%K Achinese: Affil w Mon-Khmer; Bahnar: Comp w Achinese; Cham: Comp w
   Achinese; Khasi: Comp w Achinese; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Achinese;
   Mon-Khmer: Comp w Achinese; Stieng: Comp w Achinese

%0 book
%A Cox,, Helen M.
%D 1960
%T <A preliminary guide to the study of the Yao language>
%C Chiengmai
%I Overseas Missionary Fellowship
%Z 106 pp.
%+ Revised ed. 1967
%K Yao: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Coyaud,, Maurice
%D 1975
%T Review of Nishida, {\fr <Le tosu, langue de groupe lolo>}
%J <Bulletin de la Soci'et'e Linguistique de Paris>
%V 70
%N 2
%P 430-1

%0 in journal
%A Coyaud,, Maurice
%D 1978
%T {\fr Grammaire lolo: dialecte de xide}
%t Grammar of Lolo, dialect Xide
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 4
%N 1
%P 75-7
%O R\'esum\'e of an article by Chen Shi-lin, <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
   1964.4:334ff.
%K Xide: Gram

%0 book
%A Coyaud,, Maurice
%D 1981
%T {\fr <Contes de Thailande>}
%t Stories of Thailand
%C Paris
%I Soci\'et\'e d'Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France
%Z 154 pp.
%O Description of Thai, 13-34
%K Thai: Desc; Thai: Folktales

%0 in journal
%A Coyaud,, Maurice
%D 1981
%T {\fr Un texte Miao du Guizhou}
%t A Miao text from Guizhou
%J <Cahiers de Linguistique, Asie Orientale>
%V 9
%P 73-82
%K Miao, Guizhou: Texts

%0 book
%A Cramer,, Carol J.
%D 1970
%T <Bibliography on the Lisu>
%C Bangkok
%I Battelle Memorial Institute, Thailand Information Center
%Z 25 pp.
%K Lisu: Biblio

%0 book
%A Crawfurd,, John
%D 1820
%T <History of the Indian Archipelago>
%C Edinburgh
%I Constable
%Z 3 vols.
%O Kentak vocabulary, 125-91 - SJS
%K Kentak: Vocab

%0 book
%A Crawfurd,, John
%D 1828
%T <Journal of an embassy from the Governor-General of India to the
   courts of Siam and Cochin China; exhibiting a view of the actual
   state of those kingdoms...>
%C London
%I Henry Colburn
%Z vii, 598 pp., 15 plates, 2 maps
%O Contains comparative vocabulary of English, Lao, Thai, Mon, Khmer,
   Chong, Vietnamese, and Cham - SJS
%K Cham: Vocab; Chong: Vocab; Khmer, Old: Vocab; Lao\2: Vocab; Mon\3:
   Vocab; Thai: Vocab; Vietnamese: Vocab

%0 book
%A Crawfurd,, John
%D 1852
%T <A grammar and dictionary of the Malay language, vol. 1:
   Dissertation and grammar>
%C London
%I Smith, Elder
%Z 84 pp.
%O Kentak vocabulary, clxxi-clxxii - SJS
%K Kentak: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Credner,, W.
%D 1935
%T {\germ Kulturgeographische Beobachtungen in der Landschaft um Tali
   (Y\"unnan) mit besonderer Ber\"ucksichtigung des Nan Tsao Problems}
%t Cultural geographical observations in the region around Tali
   (Y\"unnan) with special reference to the problem of Nan Tsao
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 27
%P 135-57
%O Vocabulary: TB: Hou-shan (Lolo), 3 vocabularies of Minchia; TK:
   Pu-yi, Thai, with map showing Tai areas
%K Hou-shan: Vocab; Minchia: Vocab; Pu-yi: Vocab; Tai, Y\"unnan: Map;
   Thai: Vocab

%0 book
%A Cr\'emieux,, Maxime
%D 1899
%T {\fr <Notions d'annamite vulgaire>}
%t Ideas on common Annamese
%C Paris
%I J. Andre
%Z 240 pp.
%O Grammar
%K Vietnamese: Gram

%0 in collection
%A Crisfield,, Arthur G.
%D 1974
%T Lao final particles
%E Nguy\^en \-D\uang Li\^em
%B <Southeast Asian linguistic studies 1>
%S <Pacific linguistics>
%u C.31
%C Canberra
%I Australian National University
%P 41-5
%L UHM HMTLN PL3501.N47 v.1
%L UCB Main PL5001.A1 P212 no.31 v.1
%K Lao\2: Syntax

%0 thesis
%A Crisfield,, Arthur G.
%D 1978
%T <Sound symbolism and the expressive words of Lao>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 39.8:4916-A; University Microfilms
   7903492
%K Lao\2: Sound symbolism

%0 cross reference
%A Critchfield,, Jean
%x see also Braine,, Jean Critchfield

%0 unpublished
%A Critchfield,, Jean
%D 1962
%T Car-Nicobarese phonology
%M Unpublished ms., Berkeley, CA
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   32(1966).4:393
%K Car: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Critchfield,, Jean
%D 1963
%T A binary comparison of the Car and Central dialects of Nicobarese
%M Unpublished ms., Berkeley, CA
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   32(1966).4:393
%K Car: Comp w Nicobarese; Nicobarese: Dialects; Nicobarese, Bompaka:
   Clfn; Nicobarese, Central: Clfn; Nicobarese, Coastal Great: Clfn;
   Nicobarese, Little: Clfn; Nicobarese, Northern: Clfn; Nicobarese,
   Shompe: Clfn; Nicobarese, Southern: Clfn

%0 unpublished
%A Critchfield,, Jean
%D 1963
%T Car Nicobarese vocabularies
%M Unpublished ms., University of Chicago
%K Car: Vocab

%0 unpublished
%A Critchfield,, Jean
%D 1963
%T Loanwords in Car-Nicobarese
%M Unpublished ms., Berkeley, CA
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   32(1966).4:393-4; includes some discussion of Burmese as a donor
   language
%K Car: Loans

%0 unpublished
%A Critchfield,, Jean
%D 1964
%T Portuguese loanwords in Car Nicobarese
%M Paper read to the Western Branch of the American Oriental Society,
   Berkeley, CA
%K Car: Portuguese loans

%0 unpublished
%A Critchfield,, Jean
%D 1964
%T Car Nicobarese morphology I: the substantive
%M Unpublished ms., Berkeley, CA
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   32(1966).4:394
%K Car: Morph

%0 in journal
%A Crooke,, W.
%D 1892
%T Vocabulary of the Korwa language
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>, 1st series
%V 61
%N 1
%P 125-8
%K Korwa: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Cross,, Edmund B.
%D 1866
%T Karens and their language
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 9
%P xi-xii
%K Sgaw: Gen

%0 book
%A Cross,, Edmund B.
%D 1896
%T <A dictionary of the Sgaw Karen language>
%C Rangoon
%I Baptist Mission Press
%K Sgaw: Dict

%0 book
%A Crowley,, Dale P.
%A Khambir Suvanat
%D 1966
%T <A sequential course in Thai>
%S <University of Hawaii Peace Corps training project>
%C Hilo, Hawaii
%I University of Hawaii
%L UHM ASIA PL4163.C76
%K Thai: Textbook

%0 book
%A Csoma de K\"or\"os, Alexander (Csoma S\'andor, k\"or\"osi)
%D 1834
%T <Essay towards a dictionary, Tibetan and English>
%? prepared with the assistance of Band\'e Sang-Rgyas Phun-ts'oge
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%K Tibetan: Dict, Tibetan-Eng

%0 book
%A Csoma de K\"or\"os, Alexander (Csoma S\'andor, k\"or\"osi)
%D 1834
%T <A grammar of the Tibetan language in English>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 book
%A Csoma de K\"or\"os, Alexander (Csoma S\'andor, k\"or\"osi)
%D n.d.
%T <Sanskrit--Tibetan--English vocabulary, being an edition and
   translation of the Mah\=avyutpatti>
%C ?
%I ?
%R Chavannes, <T'oung Pao>, series 2, 12(1911?):436
%K Tibetan: Dict, Sanskrit-Tibetan-Eng

%0 in journal
%A Cu \-Dinh Tu
%D 1974
%T {\viet \-D\uac \-di\^em \-dat cua ti\^eng ta qua cac ph\;u\;ong
   ti\^en ng\;u \^am}
%t Characteristics of expressive phonology in our language
%J <Ng^on-ngu>
%V 1974
%N 3
%P 56-60
%K Vietnamese: Sound symbolism

%0 book
%A Cuaz,, Marie Joseph, Bishop of Hermopolis
%D 1903
%T {\fr <Essai de dictionnaire fran\,cais--siamois>}
%t Essay at a French--Siamese dictionary
%C Bangkok
%I Imprimerie de la Mission Catholique
%Z 28, 4, 1012 pp.
%L SRLF D 0006896583
%K Thai: Dict, French-Thai

%0 book
%A Cuaz,, Marie Joseph, Bishop of Hermopolis
%D 1904
%T {\fr <Etude sur la langue laocienne; appendice: vocabulaire So>}
%t Study of the Laotian language; appendix: So vocabulary
%C Hong Kong
%I ?
%K Lao\2: Gram; So: Vocab

%0 book
%A Cuaz,, Marie Joseph, Bishop of Hermopolis
%D 1904
%T {\fr <Lexique fran\,cais--laocienne>}
%t French--Laotian lexicon
%C Hongkong
%I Imprimerie de la Soci\'et\'e des Missions Etrang\`eres
%Z lxxvi, 490 pp.
%K Lao\2: Dict, French-Lao\2

%0 book
%A Cuaz,, Marie Joseph, Bishop of Hermopolis
%D 1906
%T {\fr <Manuel de la conversation franco--laocienne>}
%t French--Loatian conversation manual
%C Hongkong
%I Imprimerie de Nazareth
%Z vi, 7-296 pp., table
%K Lao\2: Textbook

%0 cross reference
%A Cubuat
%D 1976, 1977, 1979
%x see Watson,, Richard, Saundra Watson, and Cubuat

%0 book
%A Cubuat
%A Watson,, Richard
%D 1976
%T <{\pacoh Bai ihoc cang Pac\uoh}: {\viet Bai hoc ti\^eng Pac\uoh}:
   {\eng Pacoh language lessons)}>
%C Manila
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics/Mainland Southeast Asia Branch
%Z x, 42 pp.
%K Pacoh: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cuisinier,, Jeanne
%D 1951
%T {\fr <Pri\`eres accompagnant les rites agraires chez les M\;u\;ong
   de Man D\;uc>}
%t ?
%S {\fr <Publications de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>} 33
%C Hanoi
%I Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%Z 74 pp., tables
%O {\fr Present\'e comme th\'ese compl\'ementaire de doctorat des
   lettres}
%o ?
%L UCSD Central DS501.E3 v.33
%K M\;u\;ong: Texts

%0 in journal
%A Culshaw,, Wesley J
%D 1939
%T Some notes on Bangaigan
%J <Journal of the American Oriental Society>
%V 15
%P 427-31
%O Listed in Hugoniot under Santali
%K Santali: Notes

%0 book
%A Cummings,, Joseph
%D 1984
%T <Thailand phrasebook>
%C Berkeley, CA
%I Lonely Planet Publications
%Z 94 pp.
%K Thai: Phrasebook

%0 book
%A Cunningham,, Alexander
%D 1854
%T <Ladak, physical, statistical, and historical, with notices of the
   surrounding countries>
%C London
%I W. H. Allen and Co.
%Z xii, 1, 485 pp., 31 plates, illus., map.
%O Chapter 15 contains Milchang vocabulary
%L UCB Main DS485.L2 C8
%+ Reprinted New Delhi: Sagar Publications, 1970; xii, 485, iv viii
   pp., illus., map.
%L UHM ASIA DS485.L2 C9 1970
%% Huffman has this authored by Thomas Grahame Bailey (1872!-1924)
%K Milchang: Vocab; Ladakh

%0 in journal
%A Cunningham,, Joseph Davey
%D 1844
%T Notes on Moorcroft's travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard's account of
   Kun\'awar
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 13
%P 172-253
%O Vocabulary, TB: Milchang (Kanauri), Spiti, Thebor, 225-8
%K Milchang: Vocab; Spiti: Vocab; Thebor: Vocab

%0 book
%A Cunningham,, Joseph Davey
%D 1854
%T <Ladakh, physical, statistical, and historical, with notices of the
   surrounding countries>
%C London
%I ?
%O Vocabulary, TB: Spiti, Thebor
%K Spiti: Vocab; Thebor: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Cushing,, Josiah Nelson
%D 1880
%T Grammatical sketch of the Kakhyen language
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society> n.s.
%V 12
%P 395-416
%O Kachin
%K Kachin: Gram

%0 book
%A Cushing,, Josiah Nelson
%D 1887
%T <Grammar of the Shan language>
%N 2nd ed.
%C Rangoon
%I American Baptist Mission Press
%Z 4, 118 pp.
%+ 1st ed., 1871
%K Shan: Gram

%0 book
%A Cushing,, Josiah Nelson
%D 1906
%T <Elementary handbook of the Shan language>
%N 2nd ed.
%C Rangoon
%I American Baptist Mission Press
%Z 276 pp.
%+ 1st ed., 1880; 2nd ed. reprinted 1971, Farnborough: Gregg, 5, 272
   pp.
%K Shan: Textbook

%0 book
%A Cushing,, Josiah Nelson
%D 1914
%T <A Shan and English dictionary>
%N 2nd ed.
%C Rangoon
%I American Baptist Mission Press
%+ 1st ed., 1881; 2nd ed. reprinted 1971, Farnborough: Gregg, 1, 15,
   708 pp.
%K Shan: Dict, Shan-Eng

%0 thesis
%A Cushman,, Richard D.
%D 1970
%T <Rebel haunts and lotus huts: towards an ethnohistory of the
   Kuangshe Yao>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University
%K Yao: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Cust,, Robert Needham
%D 1878
%T <A sketch of the modern languages of the East Indies, accompanied
   by two language maps>
%C London
%I Tr\"ubner
%Z xii, 198 pp.
%O Chapter VI: Khasi family, 117-8; Tai family, 119-23 (reference to
   Thai, Lao, Shan, Ahom, Aiton, Khamti, Tai, Mow); chapter VIII:
   Mon-Annam family
%K Khasi: Gen; Mon\3: Comp w Vietnamese; Mon-Annam: Gen; Tai: Gen;
   Tai: Map; Vietnamese: Comp w Mon

%0 in journal
%A Cust,, Robert Needham
%D 1884
%T Grammatical data and vocabulary of the language of the Korku: a
   Kolarian tribe in Central India
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society> n.s.
%V 16
%P 164-79
%K Korku: Vocab

%0 book
%A C\;uu Long Giang
%A Toan Anh
%D 1974
%T {\viet <Cao nguy\^en mi\^en th\;u\;ong>}
%t Anthropology of minority tribes of Vietnam
%C Saigon
%I ?
%Z 558 pp., illustrations, map
%K Vietnam: Minorities

 D
%% D (Huffman pp. 87-116), input by Seiichiro Keach Inaba, edited by
   David Stampe, April 1995

%0 book
%A Dagyab,, Loden Sherap
%D 1966
%T {\tib <Bod brda'i tshig mdzod>}
%t Tibetan dictionary
%C Dharamsala
%I Dagyab
%Z 6, 2, 772, 5 pp.
%O Preface in English and Tibetan
%L NRLF B 2 739 576
%% Huffman had Panjab: Imperial Printing Press
%K Tibetan: Dict, Tibetan-Tibetan

%0 in collection
%A Dahal,, Ballagh Mani
%D 1976
%T Linguistic perspectives and priorities in Nepal
%E Sharma,, P. R.
%E Friedman,, L. C.
%B <Seminar papers in linguistics>
%C Kirtipur
%I Institute of Nepal and Asian Studies, Tribhuvan University
%P 153-67
%K Nepal: Ling

%0 in journal
%A Dahal,, D. R.
%D 1975
%T Kiranti reviewed in the Nepali context
%J <Panchayat Darpan> (Jawalakhel, Nepal)
%V 5
%N 15
%P 89-96
%K Kiranti: Sociol

%0 in journal
%A Dai Qingxia (Tai Ch'ing-hsia)
%D 1979
%T {\ch Wo guo zang mian zu song jin yuan yin lai yuan chu tan}
%t Etymology of the Tibeto-Burman lax and tense vowels
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 1979
%N 1
%P 31ff
%K Tibetan: Etym

%0 cross reference
%A Dai Qingxia (Tai Ch'ing-hsia)
%D 1980
%x see Zhou Yaowen and Dai Qingxia

%0 in journal
%A Dai Qingxia (Tai Ch'ing-hsia)
%D 1981
%T {\ch ??}
%t On the morphology of the causative category in the Zaiwa language
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1981
%N 4
%P 36-41
%O With romanized Zaiwa (= Jinghpaw) words
%K Jinghpaw, China: Morph

%0 cross reference
%A Dai Qingxia (Tai Ch'ing-hsia)
%D 1982
%x see Ma Hueliang and Dair Qingxia

%0 in journal
%A Dai Qingxia (Tai Ch'ing-hsia)
%D 1984
%T {\ch ??}
%t The origin of the weakened syllables of some Tibeto-Burman
   languages
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1984
%N 2
%P 39-44
%O With roman examples
%K Tibeto-Burman: Hist

%0 in journal
%A Dai Qingxia (Tai Ch'ing-hsia)
%D nda.
%T {\ch T'ang-t'an sung-chin y\"ua-an-yin}
%t ?
%J <Hsiao-shu ming-ts'u y\"u-yun lun-chi>
%V 2
%P 2:35-48
%O On normal [lax] vowels and laryngealized [tense] vowels in Hani,
   Kachin, Yi, and Wa - BSTL
%K Hani: Phon; Kachin: Phon; Wa: Phon; Yi: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Dai Qingxia (Tai Ch'ing-hsia)
%A Cui Zhichao
%D 1983
%T {\ch ??}
%t A brief description of the Achang language
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1983
%N 3
%P 69-80
%O With romanized Achang citations
%K Achang: Descr

%0 in journal
%A \-Dai Xu\^an Ninh
%D 1969
%T {\viet M\^ot s\^o v\^an \-d\^e v\^e cu phap ti\^eng Vi\^et hi\^en
   \-dai}
%t Some problems in modern Vietnamese syntax
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1969
%N 2
%P 57-61
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A \-Dai Xu\^an Ninh
%D 1973
%T {\viet Co n\^en xem c\^au \-d\;on co trang t\;u la m\^ot ki\^eu
   c\^au ghep kh\^ong?}
%t Should a simple sentence containing an adverb be considered a type
   of compound sentence?
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1973
%N 3
%P 49-54
%K Vietnamese: Syntax

%0 in journal
%A \-Dai Xu\^an Ninh
%D 1974
%T {\viet V\^on t\;u t\^oi thi\^eu}
%t Basic (Vietnamese) vocabulary
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1974
%N 4
%P 59063
%K Vietnamese: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A \-Dai Xu\^an Ninh
%D 1976
%T {\viet Ti\^en t\;oi m\^ot quy\^en t\;u \-di\^en ti\^eng Vi\^et theo
   h\^e th\^ong khai ni\^em}
%t Towards a systematic and ideological Vietnamese dictionary
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1976
%N 4
%P 26-33
%K Vietnamese: Lexicography

%0 book
%A Dainamco
%D 1982
%T <Cambodian--English, English--Cambodian dictionary>
%C Ft. Lewis, WA
%I Dainamco
%Z 358 pp.
%O A xerox copy of Dem Sos, Lim Hak Kheang, and Madeline E. Ehrman
   1975, but with the Khmer title (and the `z' section of the
   English--Khmer) copied from Huffman and Proum 1978
%K Khmer: Dict, Khmer-Eng, Eng-Khmer

%0 book
%A Dajao Jaken (Th\;oi)
%A Thomas,, David D.
%D 1974
%T {\chrau <Mins\ua trong Chrau>}: {\viet <Bai hoc ti\^eng Chrau>}:
   {\eng <Chrau conversation lessons>}
%C Saigon
%I Department of Education
%Z x, 30 pp.
%K Chrau: Textbook

%0 cross reference
%A Dajao,, Ken
%x see Thomas,, D., Thomas,, D., Th\^o, Nhu, and Dajao

%0 book
%A Dala,, H.
%D 1942
%T {\?? <India Pren>}
%t Geography of India
%C Churachandpur, Manipur
%I ?
%O Mru
%K Mru: Demog

%0 book
%A Dala,, H.
%A Ngarua,, Menkrawi
%D 1939
%T {\mru <Rik chhang mi bowih>}
%t A Mru primer
%C Churachandpur
%I ?
%K Mru: Primer

%0 book
%A Dala,, H.
%A Ngarua,, Menkrawi
%D 1940
%T {\mru <Satang iung Johan rui ami>}
%t Gospel according to St. John
%C Churachandpur
%I ?
%K Mru: Texts

%0 book
%A Dala,, H.
%A Ngarua,, Menkrawi
%D 1941
%T {\mru <Maruchah Kristian meng bawih>}
%t Christian songs
%C Chruachandpur
%I ?
%O In all the four above, the Lushei alphabet was adjusted to Mru by
   Dala, a Lushei who lived for ten years among the Mru, and by
   Menkraw, a Mru who knew Lushei - BSTL ??COPY
%K Mru: Texts

%0 book
%A Dalgado,, Sebasti\~ao Rodolfo
%D 1913
%T {\portug <Influencia do vocabul\'ario portugu\^es em l\'inguas
   asi\'aticas (abrangendo c\^erca de cinquenta idiomas)>}
%t ?
%C Coimbra
%I Imprensa da Universidade
%Z xcii, 253 pp., map
%O Arranged under Portuguese words; Index to Cambodian words, 198; to
   Khasi words, 227; to Nicobarese words, 235; to Thai words, 237
%% ?? spelled Delgado in index
%K Khasi: Loans from Portuguese; Khasi: Vocab; Khmer: Loans, foreign,
   in Portuguese; Khmer: Vocab; Nicobarese: Loans from Fortuguese;
   Nicobarese: Vocab; Thai: Vocab

%0 book
%A Dalgado,, Sebasti\~ao Rodolfo
%D 1936
%T <Portuguese vocables in Asiatic languages...>, translated into
   English with notes, additions and comments by Anthony Xavier Soares
%C Baroda
%I Oriental Institute
%Z cxxvi, 520 pp.
%O Index to Khmer words, 437; to Khasi words, 439; Nicobarese, 493;
   Thai 495-6
%K Khasi: Loans from Portuguese; Khasi: Vocab; Khmer: Loans, foreign,
   in Portuguese; Nicobarese: Loans from Fortuguese; Thai: Vocab

%0 book
%A Dalton,, Edward Tuite
%D 1866
%T <Brief vocabulary of the Moonda and cognate languages of the
   Kolarian type>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%O Munda
%K Munda: Vocab

%0 book
%A Dalton,, Edward Tuite
%D 1872
%T <Descriptive ethnology of Bengal>
%C Calcutta
%I Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing
%Z vi, 340 pp., 34 plates, tables
%O Vocab, AA: Mon, Khasi, 235-41;
%K Abor: Vocab; Ahom: Vocab; Angami: Vocab; Biate: Vocab; Burmese:
   Vocab; Chutiya: Vocab; Dafla: Vocab; Dhimal: Vocab; Empeo: Vocab;
   Garo: Vocab; Hruso: Vocab; Kachin: Vocab; Karenbyu: Vocab; Karenni:
   Vocab; Khami: Vocab; Khami, North: Vocab; Khamti: Vocab; Khari:
   Vocab; Khasi: Vocab; Kiranti: Vocab; Koch: Vocab; Konch: Vocab;
   Lao\2: Vocab; Lepcha: Vocab; Limbu: Vocab; Mech: Vocab; Meithei:
   Vocab; Mikir: Vocab; Miri: Vocab; Mon\3: Vocab; Mru: Vocab; Murmi:
   Vocab; Muthun: Vocab; Sho: Vocab; Tableng: Vocab; Tengima: Vocab;
   Thado: Vocab; Thai: Vocab; Tibetan: Vocab; Zeme: Vocab

%0 in collection
%A Dalton,, Edward Tuite
%D 1971
%T A list of a few Tai words
%E Gogoi,, Lila
%B <The Tai Khamtis>
%C Chawkham, North-East Frontier Agency, Arunachal Pradesh
%I Chowkhamoon Gohain (Namsoom)
%P 187-9
%+ Reprint from Dalton 1872
%K Ahom: Vocab; Khamti: Vocab; Lao\2: Vocab; Thai: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Dam Bo (Dournes,, Jacques)
%D 1950
%T {\fr <Les populations montagnardes du Sud-Indochinois
   (P\'emsiens)>}
%t The Montagnard populations of South-Indochina (P\'emsiens)
%? presentation par Rene de Berval
%S {\fr <Collection "Animismes">}
%J <France-Asie>, 5e ann\'ee
%V 5 {\fr <Num\'ero sp\'ecial consacr\'e aux populations montagnardes
   du Sud-Indochinois>}
%v Special number devoted to Montagnard populations of South
   Indo-China
%? 49-50
%O {\fr Chap. II: Les tribus, leurs dialectes et leurs visages. La
   parole une et multiple}
%o ?
%C Lyon
%I Derain
%Z 278 pp., [20] pp. of plates, illus.
%O Author assumes all dialects under consideration to be
   `indon\'esienner', linguistic division between
   Raglai-Noang-Jarai-Rad\'e and Biat-Stieng-Bahnar plus Ma-Sr\^e -
   SJS
%L NRLF B 4 014 623
%K Indochina, South: Ethnoling

%0 book
%A \-Dam Trung Phap
%D 1980
%T <A contrastive approach for teaching English as a second language
   to Indochinese students>
%C San Antonio, Texas
%I Intercultural Development Research Association
%K Vietnamese: TEFL

%0 in journal
%A Damais,, L. C.
%D 1955
%T {\fr Les \'ecritures d'origine indienne en Indon\'esie et dans le
   Sudest Asiatique continental}
%t ?
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 30
%N 4
%P 365-82
%O Mon and Tai scripts
%K Mon\3: Script; Tai: Scripts

%0 in journal
%A Damant,, Gaborn Henry
%D 1875
%T Notes on Manipuri grammar
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 44
%P 173-81
%O Meithei
%K Meithei: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Damant,, Gaborn Henry
%D 1875
%T Specimen of the Manipuri alphabet
%J <Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 1875
%P 17
%O Meithei
%K Meithei: Script

%0 in journal
%A Damant,, Gaborn Henry
%D 1877
%T Note on the old Manipuri character
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 46
%P 36-8, 2 plates
%K Meithei: Script

%0 in journal
%A Damant,, Gaborn Henry
%D 1880
%T Notes on the locality and population of the tribes dwelling between
   the Brahmaputra and Ningthi rivers
%J <Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society>
%V 12
%P 228-58
%O Vocab, TB: Anal, Andro, Angami, Dimasa (Hill Kachari), Empeo, Garo,
   Hallam, Kabui, Koch, Kwoireng, Lotha, Lushei, Meithei, Maram,
   Maring, Mech, Mikir, Muthun, Namsang, Phadang, Maitrai, Rabha,
   Rengama, Sema, Tableng, Thado, 254-8 - BSTS;
%K Ahom: Vocab; Aiton: Vocab; Anal: Vocab; Andro: Vocab; Angami:
   Vocab; Dimasa: Vocab; Empeo: Vocab; Garo: Vocab; Hallam: Vocab;
   Khamti: Vocab; Koch: Vocab; Kwoireng: Vocab; Lotha: Vocab; Lushei:
   Vocab; Maram\1: Vocab; Maring: Vocab; Mech: Vocab; Meithei: Vocab;
   Mikir: Vocab; Muthun: Vocab; Ningru: Clfn; Nocte: Vocab;
   Nruanghmei: Vocab; Phadang: Vocab; Rabha: Vocab; Rengma: Vocab;
   Sema: Vocab; Shan: Vocab; Tableng: Vocab; Thado: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Damm,, Hans
%D 1969
%T Review of Milner & Henderson, eds., <Indo-Pacific linguistic
   studies>
%J <Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft>
%V 119
%N 1
%P 224-5

%0 cross reference
%A Damrak,, Wilaiwan
%x see Wilaiwan Damrak

%0 thesis
%A Damrong Mapawongse
%D 1979
%T <A phonological description of the Nakhon Thai dialect>
%U M.A. thesis, ILCRD, Mahidol University
%K Thai, Nakorn Thai: Phon

%0 in journal
%A Damrong Rajanubhap
%D 1935
%T Some loan words in Siamese
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 28
%P 188-93
%O Thai
%K Thai: Loanwords

%0 in journal
%A Damrong Rajanubhap
%D 1940
%T {\thai Winitchain\uam}
%t On the origin of Meklong and Jetavan
%J <Journal of the Siam Society>
%V 32
%P 1-15
%K Thai: Etym

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1974, 1976
%x see Lindell and Damrong

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1976
%x see Lindell, Swahn, and Damrong

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1976-79
%x see Lindell and Damrong

%0 book
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1977
%T {\khmu <Loem ton phasa kammu>}
%t Kammu primer
%C Lund
%I ?
%+ 2nd revised ed. 1981, published by Kammu Association: Paris
%O Khmu
%K Khmu: Primer

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1977
%x see Lindell, Swahn, and Damrong

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1978, 1980
%x see Lindell, Svantesson, and Damrong

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1980
%x see Lindell, Swahn, and Damrong

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1981
%x see Lindell, Svantesson, and Damrong
%K Khmu: Primer

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1981
%x see Lindell, Svantesson, Damrong, and Lundstrom

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D 1984
%x see Lindell, Swahn, and Damrong

%0 cross reference
%A Damrong Tayanian
%D forthcoming
%x see Lindell, Svantesson, and Damrong

%0 in journal
%A Dan Ba Jia Cuo
%D 1979
%T {\ch An mu duo zang yu chu tan (zang wen)}
%t Exploration of Anmuduo Tibetan
%J <Qinghai xueyuan xuebao>
%V 1979
%N 3-4
%P 118ff
%O Amdo
%K Amdo: Gen

%0 book
%A Danda,, Dipali G.
%D 1978
%T <Among the Dimasa of Assam: an ethnographic study>
%C New Delhi
%I Sterling
%Z xi, 192 pp., 4 leaves of plates
%+ Revision of author's thesis
%L UHM ASIA DS432.K15 D36 1970
%K Kachari: Ethnog

%0 cross reference
%A Dandaron,, B. D.
%x see Semichov, Parfionovich, and Dandaron

%0 book
%A \-D\ang Ch\^an Li\^eu
%A Bui Y
%D 1976
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en Anh--Vi\^et>}
%t English--Vietnamese dictionary
%C Hanoi
%I Giao-duc
%Z 1022 pp.
%R Nguy\^en \-Dinh Hoa, <Language> 55(1979).2:490-1
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Eng-Viet

%0 cross reference
%A \-Dang N\ua Qua
%x see Thi\^en and \-Dang

%0 cross reference
%A \-Dang Nghi\^em Van
%D 1968
%x see La and \-Dang

%0 in journal
%A \-Dang Nghi\^em Van
%D 1971
%T {\viet B\;u\;oc \-d\^au tim hi\^eu tinh hinh s\;u dung nhi\^eu
   ti\^eng noi \;o mi\^en B\uac n\;u\;oc ta}
%t First steps in understanding the multilingual situation in our
   northern highlands
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1971
%N 3
%P 35-42
%K Vietnam, North: Minorities

%0 in journal
%A \-Dang Nghi\^em Van
%D 1972
%T An outline of the Thai in Vietnam
%J <Vietnamese Studies>
%V 32
%P 143-99
%O Thai = Tai; ethnolinguistic map of N. Vietnam following p. 199
%K Tai, North Vietnam: Desc; Vietnam, North: Ethnoling map

%0 in journal
%A \-Dang Nghi\^em Van
%D 1973
%T The Khmu in Vietnam
%J <Vietnamese Studies>
%V 36
%P 62-40
%% ?? non-ascending page sequence in Huffman
%O Ethnographic; 18,000 Khmuin North Vietnam, called variously by
   their neighborgoods: Xa Cau, Kha Klau, Mang, Tenh, Pu Thenh, Tay
   Hay, Mun Xen, etc.
%K Khmu, N. Vietnam: Ethnog

%0 in journal
%A \-Dang Nghi\^em Van
%D 1974
%T {\viet Ban v\^e m\^ot vai t\^oc danh goi theo vi tri trong xa
   h\^oi}
%t Discussion of some family names based on social position
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1974
%N 1
%P 16-21
%K Vietnamese: Family names

%0 book
%A \-Dang Nghi\^em Van
%A C\^am Trong
%A Kha V\uan Ti\^en
%A Tong Kim \^An
%D 1977
%T {\viet <T\;u li\^eu v\^e lich s\;u va xa h\^oi d\^an t\^oc Thai>}
%t Documents on the history and society of the Tai
%C Hanoi
%I Khao hoc xa hoi
%Z 493 pp.
%O On the Black Tai
%R Nguy\^en Xu\^an Linh, <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
   9(1978).1-2:285-7
%K Tai, Black: Hist

%0 book
%A \-Dang Nghi\^em Van
%A Nguy\^en Truc Binh
%A Nguy\^en V\uan Huy
%A Thanh Thi\^en
%D 1972
%T {\viet <Nh\;ung nhom d\^an t\^oc thu\^oc ng\;u h\^e Nam A \;o t\^ay
   b\uac Vi\^et Nam>}
%t Austroasiatic ethnic groups in northwestern Vietnam
%C Hanoi
%I Nha Xuat Ban Khao Hoc Xa hoi
%Z 425 pp.
%O Vocab, AA: Kh\'ang, M\~ang, Xinh Mul
%K Austroasiatic, Northwestern Vietnam: Ethnoling; Khang\2: Vocab;
   Mang: Vocab; Xinh Mul: Vocab

%0 book
%A Dang Qu
%D 1954
%T {\ch <Zang zi yung fa ju li (Zang wen)>}
%t Examples of lexical usage in Tibetan
%C ?
%I Ethnic Publishing House
%K Tibetan: Etym

%0 in journal
%A \-D\uang Thai Mai
%D 1960
%T The place of Vietnamese language in the building of a new culture
   of the Vietnamese people
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 43
%P 33-6
%K Vietnamese: Socioling

%0 in journal
%A \-D\uang Thai Mai
%D 1972
%T {\viet L\^oi noi lai trong v\uan ch\;u\;ong}
%t Techniques of word play (reversal) in literature
%J <V\uan nhg\^e>
%V 1972
%P 441-7
%K Vietnamese: Word play

%0 in journal
%A \-D\uang Thanh Ph\;u\;ong
%D 1980
%T {\fr Quelques donn\'ees du bilinguisme tay nung-vietnamien dans la
   province du Cao Lang}
%t ?
%J <Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien>
%V 11
%P 1-4
%? (=Cheminements: \'ecrits offerts \`a Georges
   Condominas):317-26. (Translated from the Vietnamese by Nguy\^en
   Xu\^an Linh)
%K Nung\2: Biling

%0 book
%A \-D\uang Th\^e Binh
%A et al.
%D 1982
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en anh--vi\^et hi\^en \-dai>}
%t Modern English--Vietnamese dictionary
%C Hongkong
%I Lee Man Publishing
%Z 1959 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Eng-Viet

%0 thesis
%A \-D\uang Thi Lanh
%D 1980
%T {\rus <Prosodicheskaia organizatsilia osnovnykh kommunikativnykh
   tipovvyskazyvanii v'etnamskogo iazyke (Eksperim.-fonet. issled.)>}
%t The prosodic organization of the basic communicative types of
   expressions in Vietnamese: experimental phonetic research
%U Kandidat nauk in Philological Sciences, Moskovkii gosudarstvennyi
   universitet imeni M. V. Lomonosova, Filologischeskii fakul'tet
%K Vietnamese: Phonet

%0 in journal
%A \-D\uang V\uan Ng\;u
%D 1961
%T {\viet Tham lu\^an v\^e cai ti\^en ch\;u qu\^oc ng\;u}
%t Discussing the improvement of the national script
%J <V\uan \-d\^e cai ti\^en ch\`u qu^oc ng\;u>
%V 1961
%P 269-76
%K Vietnamese: Orthog

%0 in collection
%A Dani,, Ahmad Hassan
%D 1960
%T Review of Bessaignet, <Tribesmen of the Chittagong Hills>
%B <Social Research in East Pakistan>
%S <Asiatic Society of Pakistan>
%u publication no. 5
%C Dacca
%I Asiatic Society of Pakistan
%P 372-3

%0 in journal
%A Dantsuji,, Masatake
%D 1982
%T An acoustic study on glottalized vowels in the Yi (Lolo) language -
   a preliminary report
%J <Studia Phonologica>
%V 16
%P 1-11
%K Yi: Phonet

%0 cross reference
%A Danmimathana,, Nantana
%x see Nantana Danvivathana

%0 in journal
%A Dao Bu
%D 1980
%T {\ch Shuo shuo zang wen}
%t Discussion on Tibetan
%J <Minzu tauanjie>
%V 1980
%N 6
%P 46ff
%K Tibetan: Gen

%0 book
%A \-Dao \-D\uang Vy
%D 1957
%T {\viet <Phap--Vi\^et t\;u-\-di\^en, loai hian-y\^eu>}
%t Concise French--Vietnamese dictionary
%C Saigon
%I ?
%N 2nd ed.
%Z 1280 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, French-Viet

%0 book
%A \-Dao \-D\uang Vy
%D 1957
%T {\viet <Vi\^et--Phap t\^an t\;u-\-di\^en>}
%t New Vietnamese--French dictionary
%C Saigon
%I ?
%Z 1458 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Viet-French

%0 book
%A \-Dao \-D\uang Vy
%D 1977
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en Phap--Vi\^et va Vi\^et--Phap>}
%t French--Vietnamese and Vietnamese--French dictionary
%C Gennevilliers, France
%I Que Me Publishing House
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Viet-French, French-Viet

%0 book
%A \-Dao \-D\uang Vy
%A et al.
%D 1960-61
%T {\viet <Vi\^et-Nam bach-khoa t\;u-\-di\^en co b\^o-chu ch\;u Han,
   Phap va Anh>}
%t Vietnamese encyclopedic dictionary with annotations in Chinese,
   French, and English
%C Saigon
%I ?
%Z 3 vols.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Viet-Chinese-Eng-French

%0 book
%A \-Dao Duy Anh
%D 1936
%T {\viet <Phap--Viet t\;u-\-di\^en>}
%t French--Vietnamese dictionary
%C Paris
%I Minh-T\^an
%Z 1958 pp.
%O Sino-Vietnamese words transcribed in Chinese
%K Vietnamese: Dict, French-Viet

%0 book
%A \-Dao Duy Anh
%D 1951
%T {\viet <Gian-y\^en Han--Vi\^et t\;u-\-di\^en>}
%t Concise Sino-Vietnamese dictionary
%N revised and enlarged by Han Man T\;u
%C Paris
%I Minh-T\^an
%Z 2 vols.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Chinese-Viet

%0 in journal
%A \-Dao Duy Anh
%D 1970
%T {\viet V\^e cach phe\^in-\^am va phe\^in-dich `Qu\^oc-\^am' va
   `\'Uc-trai thi-t\^ap'}
%t On the transcription and translation of the `Qu\^oc-\^am thi-t\^ap'
   and `Uc-trai thi-t\^ap'
%J <Tac-ph\^am m\;oi>
%V 6
%P 99-104
%K Vietnamese: Transc of N\^om

%0 in journal
%A \-Dao Duy Anh
%D 1970
%T {\viet V\^e m\^ot s\^o t\;u c\^o trong truy\^en Ki\^eu}
%t On some archaic words in the Tale of Ki\^eu
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1970
%N 3
%P 63-5
%K Vietnamese: Etym

%0 book
%A \-Dao Duy Anh
%D 1974
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en truy\^en Ki\^eu>}
%t A dictionary of the Tale of Ki\^eu
%C Hanoi
%I Nha xuat ban Khoa hoc Xa hoi
%Z 558 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Tale of Kieu

%0 book
%A \-Dao Duy Anh
%D 1975
%T {\viet <Ch\;u n\^om: ngu\^on g\^oc, c\^au tao, di\^en bi\^en>}
%t The nom characters: Their origin, structure, and development
%C Hanoi
%I Khoa hoc xa hoi
%Z 223 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Nom script

%0 in journal
%A Dao Shixun
%D 1956
%T {\ch Daile yu qing kuang jie shao}
%t Introduction to Daile
%J <Chung-kuo Y\"u-wen>
%V 1956
%N 7
%P 44ff
%O Tai L\"u ?
%K Tai, China: Intro

%0 in journal
%A Dao Shixun
%D 1980
%T {\ch Xishuangbanna Dai wen}
%t The Tai language of Sipsongpanna
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1980
%N 1
%P 70ff
%O Tai L\"u ?
%K Tai, Sipsong Panna: Script

%0 in journal
%A Dao Shixun
%D 1982
%T {\ch ??}
%t The influence of the Pali language upon the Dai language
%J <Minzu yuwen>
%V 1982
%N 6
%P 1-16
%K Tai, China: Pali infl

%0 in journal
%A \-Dao Than
%D 1962
%T {\viet M\^ay v\^an \-d\^e ng\^on ng\;u hi\^en nay}
%t Some problems of present-day Vietnamese
%J <Nghi\^en c\;u V\ua-hoc>
%V 1962
%N 5
%P 60-73
%K Vietnamese: Gen

%0 in journal
%A \-Dao Than
%D 1964
%T {\viet \-Di t\;oi th\^ong nh\^at m\^ot s\^o qui t\uac dung d\^au
   ng\uat c\^au}
%t Toward a standardization of the use of punctuation marks
%J <T\^ap chi v\uan hoc>
%V 1966
%N 1
%P 70-80
%O Vietnamese
%K Vietnamese: Punctuation

%0 in journal
%A \-Dao Than
%D 1966
%T {\viet \-Di tim m\^ot vai \-d\uac \-di\^em cua ng\^o ng\;u truy\^en
   Ki\^eu}
%t Looking at some characteristics of the language of the Tale of Kieu
%J <T\^ap chi v\uan hoc>
%V 1966
%N 1
%P 67-75
%K Vietnamese: Ling anal of "Ki\^eu"

%0 in journal
%A \-Dao Than
%D 1970
%T {\viet Nh\;ung \-d\uac \-di\^em cua t\;u lay ti\^eng Vi\^et}
%t The characteristics of repetitive words in Vietnamese
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1970
%N 1
%P 54-64
%K Vietnamese: Redup

%0 thesis
%A \-Dao Thi H\;oi
%D 1965
%T <Representation of time and time relationships in English and
   Vietnamese>
%U Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University
%Z 205 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 27.4:1046-A; University Microfilms
   66-2655
%K Vietnamese: Contr anal, Viet-Eng; Vietnamese: Time relations

%0 book
%A \-Dao Thi H\;oi
%A Nguy\^en Ngoc Bich
%D 1982
%T <Practical Vietnamese for educators>
%S <Teacher Corps Program>
%u 78
%C Arlington, VA
%I Teacher Corps Program
%K Vietnamese: Pedagogy

%0 in journal
%A \-Dao Trong T\;u
%D 1956
%T {\viet M\^ot vai y ki\^en v\^e phi\^en \^am ti\^eng n\;u\;oc ngoai}
%t Some ideas on the transcription of foreign languages
%J <T\^o qu\^oc>
%V 1956
%N 39
%P 25
%K Vietnamese: Transc of foreign words

%0 in journal
%A \-Dao Trong T\;u
%D 1956
%T {\viet V\^e v\^an \-d\^e phi\^en \^am}
%t The problem of phonetic transcription
%J <To quoc>
%V 1956
%N 42
%P 26
%K Vietnamese: Transc

%0 book
%A \-Dao V\uan T\^ap
%D 1949
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en Phap--Vi\^et ph\^o-th\^ong>}
%t Popular French--Vietnamese dictionary
%C Saigon
%I Vinh-bao
%Z 1242 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1966
%K Vietnamese: Dict, French-Viet

%0 book
%A \-Dao V\uan T\^ap
%D 1951
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en Phap--Vi\^et y\^eu-l\;u\;oc>}
%t Basic French--Vietnamese dictionary
%C Saigon
%I Vinh-bao
%Z 354 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, French-Viet

%0 book
%A \-Dao V\uan T\^ap
%D 1953
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en Han--Vi\^et y\^eu-l\;u\;oc>}
%t Basic Chinese--Vietnamese dictionary
%C Saigon
%I Vinh-bao
%Z 467 pp.
%K Vietnamese: Dict, Chinese-Viet

%0 cross reference
%A Dao Xiaozhong
%x see Tao Hsiao-chung

%0 cross reference
%A Dao Youliang
%x see Tac Yu-liang

%0 cross reference
%A Daoratanahong,, Lakana
%x see Lakana Daoratanahong

%0 cross reference
%A Darawong,, Saowarat
%x see Saowarat Darawong

%0 collection
%E Dardjowidjojo,, Soenjono
%D 1973
%T <Cultural-linguistic aspects in Asian language teaching>:
   <Proceedings of the First Annual Meeting of the American Council of
   Teachers of Uncommonly-Taught Asian Languages>
%S <Working Papers in South-east Asian Studies>
%u 1
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Southeast Asia Program
%Z 96 pp.
%O S
%K Southeast Asian languages: Pedagogy

%0 book
%A Darjeeling
%D 1874
%T <Lepcha primer in Lepcha characters>
%C Darjeeling
%I ?
%% ??
%K Lepcha: Primer

%0 book
%A Darjeeling
%D 1893
%T {\?? <R\'ong-sa v\'am. L\=apch\=a-g\=ita-sa\:mgraha>}
%t ?
%C Darjeeling
%I ?
%O Lepcha
%% ??
%K Lepcha: Gen

%0 book
%A Darnault,, Robert
%D 1939
%T {\fr <Cours de dialecte th\^o: comprenant des \'el\'ements de
   grammaire, un vocabulaire fran\,cais-th\^o, une conversation
   usuelle>}
%t ?
%C ?
%I Imprimerie du Nord
%K Th\^o: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Das,, Amal Kumar
%D 1958
%T Language and dialects of the tribals of West Bengal
%J <Vanya-jati> (Delhi)
%V 8
%N 3
%P 130-6
%O Reference to Santali
%K Santali: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Das,, A. R.
%D 1977
%T <A study on the Nicobarese language>
%C Calcutta
%I Anthropological Survey of India
%Z 86 pp.
%K Nicobarese: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Das,, Bhuban Mohan
%D 1955
%T Rabha kinship terms
%J <Man in India>
%V 35
%P 52-6
%K Rabha: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Das,, Bhuban Mohan
%D 1960
%T Semantic variations among the Hill and Plains Garo of Assam
%J <Man in India>
%V 40
%P 128-48
%K Garo: Semantics

%0 cross reference
%A Das,, Bimal Prasad
%x see Zide,, Norman H., and Das,, B. P.

%0 in journal
%A Das,, Rajat Kanti
%D 1981
%T An analysis of the Maring consanguineal kin groups
%J <Journal of the Indian Anthropological Society>
%V 16
%N 2
%P 107-19
%K Maring: Kinship

%0 in journal
%A Das,, Rakal
%D 1871
%T An introduction to the Mundari language
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 40
%P 46-66
%K Mundari: Intro

%0 in journal
%A Das,, Sarat Chandra
%D 1888
%T The sacred and ornamental characters of Tibet
%J <Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal>
%V 57
%P 41-8
%K Tibetan: Orthog

%0 book
%A Das,, Sarat Chandra
%D 1902
%T <A Tibetan--English dictionary with Sanskit synonyms>
%N revised and edited by Graham Sandberg and A. William Heyde
%C Alipore
%I West Bengal Government press
%Z 1353 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1951, 1960, 1970, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass; reprinted
   1970, Mystic, CT: Lawrence Verry, 1, 384 pp.
%R Simon,, W., <Transactions of the Philological Society>
   (1964):85-107
%K Tibetan: Dict, Tibetan-Eng; Tibetan: Dict, Tibetan-Sanskrit

%0 book
%A Das,, Sarat Chandra
%D 1915
%T <An introduction to the grammar of the Tibetan language, with the
   texts of Situ sum-tag, Dag-je salwai me-long, and Situi shal lung>
%C Darjeeling
%I ?
%Z 325 pp.
%+ Reprinted 1972, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass
%K Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan: Texts

%0 book
%A Das,, Sarat Chandra
%D 1975
%T <Tibetan-Sanskrit dictionary>
%N 3rd ed.
%C Delhi
%I Motilal Banarsidass
%+ 4th ed., 1982, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass
%K Tibetan: Dict, Tibetan-Sanskrit

%0 book
%A Das,, Tarakchandra
%D 1945
%T <The Purums...>
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%O Terms of relationship, 147-52; numerals, 264; words and very short
   texts, passim - BSTL
%K Purum: Kinship; Purum: Numerals; Purum: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Dipankar
%D 1966
%T A note on linguistic changes in Bhumij and Juang
%J <Bulletin of the Philological Society of Calcutta>
%V 6
%P 91-8
%K Bhumij: Change; Juang: Change

%0 book
%A Das Gupta,, Dipankar
%D 1978
%T <Linguistic studies in Juang, Kharia Thar, Lodha, Mal-Pahariya,
   Ghatoali, Pahariya>
%C Calcutta
%I Anthropological Survey of India, Government of India
%Z 255 pp.
%O AA:Juang, Kharia; TB: Ghatoali, Lotha, Mal, Pahari
%K Ghatoali: Studies; Juang: Studies; Kharia Thar [IA]: Studies;
   Lotha: Studies; Pahari: Studies; Pahari, Mal: Studies

%0 book
%A Das Gupta, Dipankar
%A Sharma, S. R. (Suhnu Ram)
%D 1982
%T <A hand book of Onge language>
%S <Anthropological Survey of India, Linguistic series>
%u 5
%C Calcutta
%I Anthropological Survey of India, Govt. of India
%Z 128 pp.
%L UCB Main PL7501.A6 D381 1982
%K

%0 book
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1963
%T <An introduction to the Gallong language>
%C Shillong
%I Philological Section, Research Department, North East Frontier
   Agency
%Z vi, 124 pp.
%L UCB Main PL40001.G16 D3
%O Galo
%K Galo: Intro

%0 book
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1968
%T <An introduction to Central Monpa>
%C Shillong
%I Philology Section, Research Department, North East Frontier Agency
%Z vi, 167 pp.
%L UCB Main PL3651.M6 D3
%K Monpa, Central: Intro

%0 book
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1968
%T <Galo language guide>
%C Shillong
%I North-East Frontier Agency, Arunachal Pradesh
%Z 68 pp.
%K Galo: Guide

%0 book
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1969
%T <Dafla language guide>
%C Shillong
%I Philological Section, Research Department, North East Frontier
   Agency
%Z iii, 114 pp.
%L CRL GenCollec 72-902756
%K Dafla: Guide

%0 book
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1971
%T <An introduction to the Nocte language>
%C Shillong
%I Philology Section, Research Department, North East Frontier Agency
%Z 127 pp.
%L UCLA URL PL 4001.N63 D26
%K Nocte: Intro

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1976
%T Agglutination in Adi languages of Arunachal
%J <Journal of the Research Department, Government of Arunachal
   Pradesh>
%V 2
%N 4
%P 18-21
%K Adi: Agglutination

%0 book
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1977
%T <A phrase book in Miju>
%C Shillong
%I Director of Information and Public Relations, Arunachal Pradesh
%Z 103 pp.
%L NRLF B 3 175 244
%K Miju: Phrasebook

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1977
%T Patterns of interrelationship among the languages of Arunachal
   (Singpho, Nocte, Gallong, Miju, and Monpa): toward a more precise
   classification
%J <Journal of the Research Department, Government of Arunachal
   Pradesh>
%V 3
%N 2
%P 13-25
%K Galo: Clfn; Hawajap: Clfn; Jinghpaw, Arunachal: Clfn; Miju: Clfn;
   Monpa: Clfn; Nocte: Clfn; Tangjap: Clfn; Tutsa: Clfn

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1977
%T A few features in some of the languages of Arunachal Pradesh
%J <Journal of the Research Department, Government of Arunachal
   Pradesh>
%V 3
%N 3
%P 31-5
%K Tibeto-Burman, Arunachal: Features

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1977
%T A few aspects of the Minyong language
%J <Journal of the Research Department, Government of Arunachal
   Pradesh>
%V 3
%N 4
%P 15-22
%K Minyong: Desc

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1977
%T The Tagins and their language
%J <Journal of the Research Department, Government of Arunachal
   Pradesh>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 6-11
%K Tagen: Gen

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1978
%T Language in Adi culture
%J <Journal of the Research Department, Government of Arunachal
   Pradesh>
%V 4
%N 1
%P 36-41
%K Adi: Socioling

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1978
%T A note on the Tangsa language
%J <Journal of the Research Department, Government of Arunachal
   Pradesh>
%V 4
%N 2
%P 6-16
%K Tangsa: Notes

%0 in journal
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1979
%T A note on the Wancho language of Arunachal Pradesh
%J <Journal of the Research Department, Government of Arunachal
   Pradesh>
%V 5
%N 1
%P 25-37
%K Wancho: Notes

%0 book
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1979
%T <A phrasebook in Singpho>
%C Shillong
%I Director of Information and Public Relations on behalf of the
   Government of Arunachal Pradesh
%Z 95 pp.
%L UCB Main PL4001.K32 D371
%K Jinghpaw: Phrasebook

%0 book
%A Das Gupta, Kamalesh
%D 1980
%T <The Tangsa language : a synopsis>
%C Shillong
%I Government of Arunachal Pradesh
%Z 77 pp.
%L UCB Main PL4001.T32 D371 1980
%K Tangsa: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A Das Gupta,, Kamalesh
%D 1980
%T Grammatical categories of the Idu language
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 13 (University of Virginia,
   Charlottesville)
%O Read by title only
%K Idu: Gram

%0 book
%A Das Gupta, Kamalesh
%D 1983
%T <An outline on Tagin language>
%C Shillong
%I Directorate of Research, Government of Arunachal Pradesh
%Z 8, 60 pp.
%L UCB Main PL4001.T24 D371 1983
%K Tagen: Gram

%0 in journal
%A Dash,, J.
%D 1980
%T A peep into the Juang kinship system
%J <Orissa Historical Research Journal> (Bhubaneswar)
%V 24-26
%P 113-22
%K Juang: Kinship

%0 thesis
%A Dass\'e,, Martial
%D 1974
%T {\fr <Le probl\'eme des minorit\'es ethniques in Asie du sud-est
   continentale>}
%t ?
%U Doctorat d'Etat, Montpellier I
%Z 360 pp.
%K Southeast Asian languages: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Datta,, Parul
%D 1978
%T <The Noctes>
%C New Delhi
%I ?
%Z 317 pp.
%K Nocte: Ethnog

%0 book
%A D'Attaides,, P.
%D 1902
%T <Short lessons in colloquial English and Burmese>
%C Bassein
%I ?
%Z 67 pp.
%K Burmese: Textbook

%0 in journal
%A Daudin,, P.
%D 1937
%T {\fr Sigillographie sino-annamite}
%t Sino-Annamese seals
%J <Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e des Etudes Indo-chinoises>
%V 12
%N 1
%P i-x, 1-322
%K Sino-Vietnamese: Seals

%0 in journal
%A Dauff\`es,, A. E.
%D 1906
%T {\fr Notes ethnographiques sur les Kos}
%t Ethnographic notes on the Kos
%J <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient>
%V 6
%P 327-34
%O Brief vocabulary of Akha of Muong-sing - BSTL
%K Akha: Ethnog; Akha: Vocab

%0 thesis
%A Dauphin,, Antoine
%D 1975
%T {\fr <Lexique de terminologie linguistique, vietnamien--fran\,cais
   (avec introduction et commentaires)>}
%t Lexicon of linguistic terminology, Vietnamese--French (with
   introduction and commentary)
%U Doctorat de 3e cycle en linguistique, Paris V (Ren\'e Descartes)
%Z 228 pp.
%O A copy is available at the Biblioth\`eque de la Sorbonne, no. I
   3146-4
%K Vietnamese: Ling terminology

%0 book
%A Dauphin,, Antoine
%D 1976
%T {\fr <Cours de vietnamien, 1i\`ere ann\'ee>}
%t Vietnamese course, first year
%S {\fr <Langues de l'Asie>}
%u 1
%C Paris
%I Asiath\`eque
%Z 153 pp.
%R Nhuy\^en Tr\^an Hu\^an, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise
   d'Extr\^eme-Orient> 66(1979):316-19
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Dauphin,, Antoine
%A Dauphin,, Ha
%D 1977
%T {\fr <Cours de vietnamien, 2\`eme ann\'ee>}
%t Vietnamese course, second year
%S {\fr <Langues de l'Asie>}
%u 2
%C Paris
%I Asiath\`eque
%Z 135 pp.
%R Nguy\^en Tr\^an Hu\^an, <Bulletin de l'Ec\^ole Fran\,caise
   d'Extr\^eme-Orient> 66(1979):316-19
%K Vietnamese: Textbook

%0 book
%A Davenport,, Mrs.
%D 1883
%T <A collection of words and phrases in English and Siamese for
   schools and beginners>
%? prepared by Mrs. Davenport, revised by N. A. McDonald; re-revised
   and rearranged with additions by Rev. S. G. Mcfarland
%C Bangkok
%I Bradley's Press
%Z 152 pp.
%K Thai: Vocab

%0 book
%A Davias-Baudrit,, J.
%D 1966
%T {\fr <Dictionnaire rhad\'e--fran\,cais>}
%t Rhad\'e--French dictionary
%C Banmethuot, Vietnam
%I Mission Catholique
%Z mimeo., 514 pp.
%O Rad\'e
%K Rad\'e: Dict, Rad\'e-French

%0 book
%A Davias-Baudrit,, J.
%D 1969
%T {\fr <Le\,cons de Rhad\'e>}
%t ?
%C Dalat, Vietnam
%I Centre Montangard de Cam Ly
%Z 99 pp.
%+ Summer Institute of Linguistics/Manila
%O Rad\'e
%K Rad\'e: Lessons

%0 book
%A Davidson,, F. A. L.
%D 1889
%T <Anglicized colloquial Burmese...>
%C London
%I ?
%K Burmese: Grammar

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1975
%T A new version of the Chinese--Vietnamese vocabulary of the Ming
   Dynasty - I
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 38
%N 2
%P 296-315
%K Sino-Vietnamese: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1975
%T A new version of the Chinese--Vietnamese vocabulary of the Ming
   Dynasty - II
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 38
%N 3
%P 586-608
%K Sino-Vietnamese: Vocab

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1977
%T Review of Nguy\^en Phu Phong, {\fr <Le syntagme verbal en
   vietnamien>}
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 40
%N 1
%P 226

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1978
%T Review of Jenner, et al., ed., <Austroasiatic studies>
%J <Journal of Southeast Asian Studies>
%V 9
%N 1
%P 141-3

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1980
%T Review of Jenner, ed., <Mon-Khmer studies VI>
%J <Journal of Southeast Asian Studies>
%V 11
%N 2
%P 408-10

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1981
%T Review of Boscher, {\germ <W\"orterbuch Vietnamesisch--Deutsch>}
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 44
%N 1
%P 207-9

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1982
%T Review of DeFrancis, <Colonialism and language policy in Vietnam>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 45
%N 1
%P 213-14

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1982
%T Review of Dell, {\fr <La langue bai>}
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 45
%N 3
%P 615-16

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1982
%T Review of Po Dharma, {\fr <Compl\'ement au catalogue des manuscrits
   \vcam>}
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 45
%N 3
%P 626-7

%0 in journal
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1982
%T Review of Watson,, Richard, Watson, & Bubuat, <Pacoh dictionary>
%J <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies>
%V 45
%N 1
%P 214-15

%0 book
%A Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1987
%T <Lu Su Thai: essays in honour of E. H. S. Simmonds>
%S <Collected papers in Oriental and African studies>
%C London
%I School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London
%Z x, 190 pp.
%O Thai
%L UHM ASIA PL4158.L35 1987
%K Southeast Asian languages: Studies

%0 collection
%E Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1989
%T <South-East Asian linguistics: essays in honour of Eug\'enie
   J. A. Henderson>
%S <Collected papers in Oriental and African studies>
%C London
%I School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London
%Z xi, 235 pp.
%K Southeast Asian languages: Studies

%0 collection
%E Davidson,, Jeremy H. C. S.
%D 1991
%T <Austroasiatic languages: essays in honour of H. L. Shorto>
%S <Collected papers in Oriental and African studies>
%C London
%I School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London
%Z viii, 249 p., ill.
%L UHM ASIA PL4281.A97 1991
%K Austroasiatic languages: Studies

%0 in journal
%A Davies,, C. H.
%D 1914
%T A common Burmese cipher
%J <Journal of the Burma Research Society>
%V 4
%P 139-44
%K Burmese: Orthog

%0 book
%A Davies,, Henry Rudolph
%D 1894
%T <Diary of the expedition with the Chinese deputies to find the
   Huchi, Tienma, and Hanlung gates>
%C Rangoon
%I Superintendent, Government Printing
%Z 3, 28, 2, 15 pp.
%O Contains Khmu--Palaung--English vocabulary - SJS
%K Khmu: Vocab; Palaung: Vocab

%0 book
%A Davies,, Henry Rudolph
%D 1909
%T <Yun-nan: the link between India and the Yangtze>
%C Cambridge
%I University Press
%Z xii, 431 pp., 73 plates, map
%O Vocab, AA: Khmer, K'amu (Khmu), La, Mon, Plalaung, P'u-man
   (Phuman), and Wa in pocket at back;
%K Achang: Vocab; Austroasiatic: Affil w Miao-Yao; Burmese: Vocab;
   Kachin: Vocab; Khmer: Vocab; Khmu: Vocab; La\1: Vocab; Lahu: Vocab;
   Lashi: Vocab; Lisu: Vocab; Lolo: Vocab; Mahei: Vocab; Maru: Vocab;
   Menghwa: Vocab; Miao-Yao: Affil w Austroasiatic; Minchia: Vocab;
   Mon\3: Vocab; Mon-Khmer: Affil w Miao-Yao; Palaung: Vocab; Phru-mi:
   Vocab; Phu-man: Vocab; Phun, Megyaw: Vocab; Tsaiwa: Vocab; Tseku:
   Vocab; Wa: Vocab

%0 cross reference
%A Davies,, Somchit
%x see also Somchit Piyatham

%0 in journal
%A Davies,, Somchit
%D 1972
%T Some notes on final stops in Phuket dialect
%J <W\=aras\=an manutsas\=at>
%V 3
%N 1
%P 1-7
%O Tai
%K Thai, Phuket: Phon

%0 in collection
%A Davies,, Somchit
%D 1979
%T A comparative study of Yong and standard Thai
%E Thongkum,, Theraphan L.
%E Panupong,, Vichin
%E Kullavanijaya,, Pranee
%E Tingsabadh,, M. R. Kalaya
%B <Studies in Tai and Mon-Khmer phonetics and phonology in honour of
   Eug\'enie J. A. Henderson>
%C Bangkok
%I Chulalongkorn University Press
%P 26-48
%L UHM ASIA REF PL4165.T475
%L UCB Main PL4165.S8
%K Thai: Comp w Yong; Yong: Comp w Thai

%0 in collection
%A Davis,, John J.
%D 1973
%T Note on Nyaheun grammar
%E Thomas,, David D.
%E Nguy\^en \-Dinh Hoa
%B <Mon-Khmer studies>
%V IV
%S <Center for Vietnamese Studies, Language series>
%u 4
%C Carbondale, Illinois
%I Center for Vietnamese Studies
%P 69-75
%L UHM HMLTN PL4301.M65 v. 4
%L UCB Main PL4301.A3 BOUND 4
%K Nyaheun: Gram

%0 in collection
%A Davis,, John J.
%D 1980
%T Nyaheun medicine and some problems posed to western medical
   practice
%E Gregerson,, Marilyn
%E Thomas,, Dorothy
%B <Notes from Indochina on ethnic minority cultures>
%S <Summer Institute of Linguistics Museum of Anthropology>
%u publication no. 6
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%P 107-12
%K Nyaheun: Ethnog

%0 book
%A Davis,, Richard B.
%D 1970
%T <A Northern Thai reader>
%C Bangkok
%I The Siam Society
%Z 91 pp.
%R Gething, <Journal of Oriental Studies> 12(1974):131-2
%R Purnell, <Journal of the Siam Society> 59(1971).2:245-8
%K Thai, Northern: Reader

%0 book
%A Davis,, Richard B.
%D 1984
%T <Muang metaphysics: a study of Northern Thai myth and ritual>
%C Bangkok
%I Pandora
%Z 324 pp.
%K Thai, Northern: Myths

%0 in journal
%A Davison,, Walter F.
%D 1974
%T Review of Anthony, <A programmed course in reading Thai syllables>
%J <Pasaa>
%V 4
%N 2
%P 79-85

%0 in journal
%A Davydon,, L. A.
%D 1962
%T Review of Ignatenko, {\rus <Karmannyi birmansko--russkii slovar'>}
%J <NarodyAzii i Afriki>
%V 2
%P 249

%0 in journal
%A Dawa-Sengei-Dvangma
%D 1959
%T Tibetology in Sikkim
%J <Maha Bodhi>
%V 67
%P 133-7
%K Tibetan: Studies in Sikkim

%0 thesis
%A Dawson,, Willa
%D 1980
%T <Tibetan phonology>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Washington
%Z 150 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 41/11A-4699; University Microfilms
   8109722
%K Tibetan: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Dawson,, Willa
%D 1980
%T Tibetan tone and the suffix -pa: a case for two binary tonal
   features
%M Winter mtg. of the LSA
%K Tibetan: Phon; Tibetan: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Dawson,, Willa
%D 1980
%T The vowel feature `constricted' in Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 13 (University of Virginia,
   Charlottesville)
%K Tibetan: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A Dawson,, Willa
%D 1981
%T Tibetan tones: evidence for two-tiered representation
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 14 (University of Florida, Gainesville)
%K Tibetan: Phon; Tibetan: Tones

%0 unpublished
%A Dawson,, Willa
%D 1982
%T Underlying tonal form in spoken Lhasa Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 15 (Peking)
%K Tibetan: Phon; Tibetan: Tones; Tibetan, Lhasa: Tones

%0 in journal
%A Day,, Arthur Colin
%D 1962
%T Final consonants in northern Vietnamese
%J <Transactions of the Historical Research Institute>
%V 3
%P 98-109
%K Vietnamese, Northern: Phon

%0 thesis
%A Day,, Arthur Colin
%D 1966
%T <The syntax of Tho, a Tai language of Vietnam>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of London
%Z 149 pp.
%R Meier, <Zeitschrift f\"ur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft, und
   Kommunikationsforschung> 25(1972):525-6
%K Th\^o: Syntax

%0 unpublished
%A Day,, Arthur Colin
%D n.d.
%T <Tho phonology>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North Dakota
%K Th\^o: Phon

%0 book
%A Day,, Arthur Colin
%A et al.
%D 1977
%T <Articles on Vietnamese phonology>
%C Dallas
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics Microfiche Publications
%Z 88 pp., 2mf.
%K Vietnamese: Phon

%0 book
%A Day,, Arthur Colin
%A Day,, Jean
%D 1961
%T <Tho dictionary: Tho--Vietnamese--English>
%C Saigon
%I Summer Institute of Linguistics
%Z 99 pp.
%K Th\^o: Dict, Th\^o-Viet-Eng

%0 unpublished
%A Day,, Arthur Colin
%A Day,, Jean
%D 1962
%T <Tho dictionary and text>
%M ms., Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North Dakota
%K Th\^o: Dict, Th\^o-Viet-Eng; Th\^o: Texts

%0 unpublished
%A Day,, Jean
%D 1962
%T A comparison of the tones of White Tai and Tho
%M ms., Saigon; Summer Institute of Linguistics/University of North
   Dakota
%Z 18 pp.
%K Tai, White: Tones; Th\^o: Comp w White Tai; Th\^o: Tones

%0 book
%A Dba\:n-ldan (Lama Wang-dan)
%D 1902
%T <Tibetan primers 1, 2>
%? transcribed and translated by \.Sat\=i\.sachandra Vidy\=abh\=usana
%C Calcutta
%I ?
%Z 26, 50 pp.
%K Tibetan: Primer

%0 cross reference
%A Dbangpo,, Thubldan
%x see Luo Bingfen and Dbangpo

%0 book
%A dBya\:ns tsan dga-bai blo gros
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Rtahs-kyi \~ad\'zug-pai dka gnas bdag g\'zan bya da\:n byed
   las gsum-gyi k'yad-par zin-tu p'ye-ba nyu\:n gsal \~ap'rul-gyi
   lde-mig t\'ses buaba (b\'zugs-so)>}
%t ?
%C ?
%I ?
%Z 7 pp.
%O Tibetan
%% ?? spelled t\`san (presumably t\'san) in index
%K

%0 book
%A dBya\:ns tsan dga-bai blo gros
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Rhai\:n dbye brgyad da\:n bya byed las sogs-k'yad-par mdo
   tsam brad\'zod-pa dka gnad-bai me-lon \'zes bya-ba (b\'zugs-so)>}
%t ?
%C ?
%I ?
%Z 7 pp.
%K

%0 book
%A dBya\:ns tsan dga-bai blo gros
%D n.d.
%T {\tib <Rtags-kyi \~ad\'zug-pai dgo\:ns \~agrel rab gsal sna\:n-ba
   \'zes bya-ba (b\'zugs-so)>}
%t ?
%C ?
%I ?
%Z 19 pp.
%O Commentary to Rtags-kyi \~ad\'zug-pa - BSTL
%K

%0 unpublished
%A DeArmond,, Richard C.
%D 1965
%T Grammatical categories of the Gutob verb
%M Unpublished ms., Milwaukee
%K Gutob: Gram; Gutob: Verb

%0 in collection
%A DeArmond,, Richard C.
%D 1976
%T Proto-Gutob-Remo-Gtaq stressed monosyllabic vowels and initial
   consonants
%E Jenner,, Philip N.
%E Thompson,, Laurence C.
%E Starosta,, Stanley
%B <Austroasiatic studies>
%S <Oceanic Linguistics, Special publication>
%u 13
%C Honolulu
%I University of Hawaii Press
%V I
%P 213-28
%L UHM HMLTN/ASIA/PACC PL5001.A3451 no.13 pt.1
%K Gutob-Remo-Gata', Proto-: Phon

%0 unpublished
%A DeArmond,, Richard C.
%D n.d.
%T Compound words in Gutob
%M ms.
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   31(1965).4:338-9
%K Gutob: Compounds

%0 unpublished
%A DeArmond,, Richard C.
%D n.d.
%T On intonation in Gutob
%M ms.
%O Abstract in <International Journal of American Linguistics>
   31(1965).4:339
%K Gutob: Intonation

%0 in collection
%A DeArmond,, Richard C.
%D forthcoming
%T The structure of the Gutob verb in a generative grammar: syntactic
   aspects vs. semantic aspects
%B <Proceedings of the Conference on Asian Syntax and Semantics>
%C Seattle
%I ?
%K Gutob: Gram; Gutob: Verb

%0 book
%A Debbarm\=a,, Late Radhamohan
%D 1966
%T {\?? <Kak-B\`ar\`ak-m\=a: Tripura Vyakaran>}
%t Tripuri grammar
%C Tripura
%I Education Directorate
%K Tippera: Gram

%0 book
%A Debbarm\=a,, Amjitbandhu
%D 1967
%T {\?? <Kak-rab\=am>}: {\eng <English--Tripuri dictionary>}
%C Angartala, Tripura
%I Sri Saktipada on behalf of the Education Directorate, Government of
   Tripura, Agartala
%Z 273 pp.
%K Tippera: Dict, Eng-Tippera

%0 cross reference
%A Dechathamrong,, Onthai
%x see Onthai Dechathamrong

%0 book
%A Deeney,, John J., S.J.
%D 1975
%T <Ho grammar and vocabulary>
%C Chaibasa, Bihar
%I St. Xavier's high School
%Z 216 pp.
%O English--Ho vocabulary, 185-216
%K Ho: Gram; Ho: Vocab

%0 book
%A Deeney,, John J., S.J.
%D 1978
%T <Ho--English dictionary>
%C Chiabasa
%I Xavier Ho Publications
%Z 376 pp.
%K Ho: Dict, Ho-Eng

%0 cross reference
%A Deepadung,, Sujaritlak
%x see Sujaritlak Deepadung

%0 cross reference
%A Deepuengton,, Pawadee
%x see Pawadee Deepuengton

%0 cross reference
%A Deepungton,, Panida
%x see Panida Deepungton

%0 thesis
%A Deeyoo Palikupt
%D 1983
%T <Central Thai and Northeastern Thai: a linguistic and attitudinal
   study>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin
%K Thai, Northeastern: Socioling

%0 book
%A DeFrancis,, John
%D 1978
%T <Colonialism and language policy in Vietnam>
%S <Contributions to the Sociology of Language>
%u 19
%C The Hague
%I Mouton
%Z 264 pp.
%R Davidson,, J., <Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African
   Studies> 45(1982).1:213-14
%R Whitmore, <Journal of Asian Studies> 38(1979).3:620
%K Vietnamese: Socioling

%0 in journal
%A DeGeorge,, J. B.
%D 1921-25
%T {\fr Legends Tay, Annam}
%t Thai and Annamese legends
%J <Anthropos>
%V 16-20 ??
%P 633-59, 40-68, 496-515, 952-80
%K Tai: Legends

%0 in journal
%A DeGeorge,, J. B.
%D 1927-28
%T {\fr Proverbes, maximes et sentences tays}
%t Thai proverbs, maxims, and sentences
%J <Anthropos>
%V 22/23
%P 911-32/596-616
%K Tai: Proverbs

%0 book
%A Dehong dai zu Jingpo zu zi zhi zhou wen jiao ke
%D 1965
%T {\ch <Jingpo zu xue Han hua>}
%t The Jingpo people learn to speak Chinese
%C ?
%I Yunan Ethnic Publishing house
%K Jinghpaw: Learning Chinese

%0 cross reference
%A Dejvongsa,, Soulang
%x see Soulang Dejvongsa

%0 in journal
%A Deka
%D 1867
%T Have the Miao-Tsz a written language?
%J <Notes and Queries on China and Japan>
%V 1
%N 8
%P 104
%K Miao: Script

%0 in journal
%A Deka
%D 1867
%T Written language of the Miao-Tsz
%J <Notes and Queries on China and Japan>
%V 1
%N 9
%P 116
%K Miao: Script

%0 in journal
%A Deka
%D 1867
%T Spoken language of the Miao-Tsz
%J <Notes and Queries on China and Japan>
%V 1
%N 10
%P 131-2
%K Miao: Gen

%0 in journal
%A D\^el R\;omah
%D 1970
%T {\viet Pham tru v\^o sinh h\;uu sinh trong danh t\;u ti\^eng Jarai}
%t Animate and inanimate categories in Jarai nouns
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1970
%N 1
%K Jarai: Gram

%0 book
%A D\^el R\;omah
%D 1977
%T {\viet <T\;u-\-di\^en Vi\^et--Gia Rai>}
%t Vietnamese--Jarai dictionary
%C Hanoi
%I Khoahoc Xa-hoi
%Z 724 pp.
%% CARL has author's name in reverse order
%L UHM ASIA REF PL4498.J3 R6 1977
%K Jarai: Dict, Viet-Jarai

%0 in journal
%A D\^el R\;omah
%A Tr\;u\;ong V\uan Sinh
%D 1974
%T {\viet Vai net v\^e m\^ot s\^o nh\^on ng\;u malay-p\^olin\^edia \;o
   Vi\^et-Nam}
%t Notes on some Malayo-Polynesian languages in Vietnam
%J <Ng\^on-ng\;u>
%V 1974
%N 1
%P 22-33
%O Phonology of Rad\'e (Ed\^e, Rhad\^e), Jarai (Giarai, Gi\;orai,
   Djarai), R\;oglai (Raglai), Chru (Tiuru), Bih, Haroi (Ch\uam hroi,
   Hroy, Harwai) and Cham
%K Chru: Phon; Haroi: Phon; Jarai: Phon; Rad\'e: Phon; Rad\'e, Bih:
   Phon

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1977
%T From ergative to accusative in Tibet-Burman
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 10 (Georgetown University, Washington, DC)
%K Tibeto-Burman: Gram

%0 in journal
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1977
%T The Tibeto-Burman tense/aspect mechanisms
%J <University of Michigan Papers in Linguistics>
%K Tibeto-Burman: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1978
%T Implications from Sino-Tibetan for a proposed structural principal
   of language
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 11 (University of Arizona, Tucson)
%O Discusses various TB languages
%K Sino-Tibetan: Gram; Tibeto-Burman: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1978
%T Mood particles in Sino-Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 11 (University of Arizona, Tucson)
%O Examples from various TB languages
%K Sino-Tibetan: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1978
%T Empathy hierarchies and Jinghpaw agreement phenomena
%M Paper presented to the LSA, Dec. 1978
%K Jinghpaw: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1979
%T Aspect, transitivity, and viewpoint
%M UCLA Tense and Aspect Symposium
%K Tibeto-Burman: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1979
%T Remarks on Tibeto-Burman verb agreement patterns
%M ms., Indiana University Linguistics Department
%K Tibeto-Burman: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1980
%T The category of direction in Tibeto-Burman
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 13 (University of Virginia,
   Charlottesville)
%K Tibeto-Burman: Gram; Tibeto-Burman: Verb

%0 thesis
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1980
%T <Deictic categories in the Tibeto-Burman verb>
%U Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University
%Z 295 pp.
%# Dissertation Abstracts Intl. 41.6:2584-85-A; University Microfilms
   802918
%K Tibeto-Burman: Gram; Tibeto-Burman: Verb

%0 in journal
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1981
%T An interpretation of split ergativity and related patterns
%J <Language>
%V 57
%N 3
%P 626-57
%O Example from Kham, Tangut (Hsi-hsia), Jinghpaw, Sizang Chin, Tiddim
   Chin, Nocte, Jyarong, and Syuwa
%K Tibeto-Burman: Gram

%0 in journal
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1981
%T The category of direction in Tibeto-Burman
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 6
%N 1
%P 83-102
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1981
%T Lhasa Tibetan: a case study in ergative typology
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 14 (University of Florida, Gainesville);
   LSA Winter Meeting
%K Tibetan: Gram

%0 in journal
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1981
%T Review of Kepping, {\rus <Sun' tszy v tangutskom perevode>}
%J <Language>
%V 57
%N 4
%P 972-3

%0 in journal
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1981
%T Review of Koshal, <Ladakhi grammar>
%J <Language>
%V 57
%N 4
%P 972

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1983
%T Etymological notes on Tibeto-Burman case particles
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 16 (University of Washington, Seattle)
%K Tibeto-Burman: Etym

%0 in journal
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1983
%T Tangut and Tibeto-Burman morphology
%J <Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman area>
%V 7
%N 2
%P 100-8
%K Hsi-hsia: Morph; Tibeto-Burman: Morph

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1983
%T Towards a history of Tai classifier systems
%M Symposium on Categorization and Noun Classification
%Z 28 pp.
%K Tai: Clfr

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1984
%T Grammaticalized verbs in Newari and Tibetan
%M Paper presented to the LSA Winter Meeting
%K Newari: Gram; Newari: Verbs; Tibetan: Gram; Tibetan: Verbs

%0 unpublished
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1984
%T Versatile verbs in Lhasa Tibetan
%M Sino-Tibetan Conference 17 (University of Oregon, Eugene)
%K Tibetan, Lhasa: Gram; Tibetan, Lhasa: Verbs

%0 in journal
%A DeLancey,, Scott
%D 1984
%T Review of Koshal, <Conversational Ladakhi>
%J <Language>
%V 60
%N 3
%P 678

%0 in collection
%A De